See in Reader
Add "Alternate translatiom:" label to notes without other content in Mat, Act, 2Co (#2328)
Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2328
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
f4053f8773
commit
ffcaf81673
1144
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
1144
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -50,20 +50,20 @@ MAT 1 25 dlm9 υἱόν 1 a son Make sure it is clear that Joseph is not portra
|
|||
MAT 1 25 jtz8 καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦν 1 And he called his name Jesus Alternate translation: “And Joseph named the child Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 2 intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “His star”<br><br>These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Learned men”<br><br>English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 j9yn 0 General Information: A new part of the story begins here and continues through the end of the chapter. Matthew tells about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 2 1 k518 Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Bethlehem of Judea “the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 id55 ἐν…ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 2 in the days of Herod the king “when Herod was king there”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 k518 Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Bethlehem of Judea Alternate translation: “the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 id55 ἐν…ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 2 in the days of Herod the king Alternate translation: “when Herod was king there”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 kf5g Ἡρῴδου 1 of Herod This refers to **Herod** the Great.
|
||||
MAT 2 1 p6gc μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 learned men from the east “men from the east who studied the stars”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 ft22 ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 from the east “from a country far east of Judea”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 p6gc μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 learned men from the east Alternate translation: “men from the east who studied the stars”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 ft22 ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 from the east Alternate translation: “from a country far east of Judea”
|
||||
MAT 2 2 v5t4 ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων? 1 Where is the one who has been born King of the Jews? The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: “A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?”
|
||||
MAT 2 2 zj7c αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 his star They were not saying that the baby was the rightful owner of the **star**. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth”
|
||||
MAT 2 2 a7y9 ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 in the east “as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”
|
||||
MAT 2 2 a7y9 ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 in the east Alternate translation: “as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”
|
||||
MAT 2 2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 to worship This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 2 3 p5rw ἐταράχθη 1 became troubled “he was worried.” Herod was worried that this baby would replace him as king.
|
||||
MAT 2 3 qu3d figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people.Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 2 3 mc1r figs-hyperbole πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 2 4 ne4v 0 General Information: In verse 6, the chief priests and scribes of the people quote the prophet Micah to show that the Christ would be born in Bethlehem.
|
||||
MAT 2 5 w68n ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In Bethlehem of Judea “In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
|
||||
MAT 2 5 w68n ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In Bethlehem of Judea Alternate translation: “In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
|
||||
MAT 2 5 z2i4 figs-activepassive οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 thus it has been written through the prophet If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 6 kmw7 figs-apostrophe σύ Βηθλέεμ 1 you, Bethlehem Micah was speaking to the people of Bethlehem as if they were with him but they were not. Alternate translation: “you, people of Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 2 6 c2cl figs-litotes οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah The phrase “are by no means the least” can be translated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -72,35 +72,35 @@ MAT 2 7 b487 Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους 1
|
|||
MAT 2 7 tax3 figs-quotations ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος 1 inquired from them the time of the appearing of the star You can translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “men, and he asked them, ‘When exactly did this star appear?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 2 7 vng3 figs-explicit τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος 1 the time of the appearing of the star It is implied that the learned men told him when the star appeared. Alternate translation: “what time the star had appeared. The learned men told Herod when the star first appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 8 v7y2 τοῦ παιδίου 1 the young child This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 2 8 t4u1 ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι 1 report to me “let me know” or “tell me” or “report back to me”
|
||||
MAT 2 8 t4u1 ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι 1 report to me Alternate translation: “let me know” or “tell me” or “report back to me”
|
||||
MAT 2 8 jtw7 προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ 1 might worship him See how you translated this in [Matthew 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
MAT 2 9 h1zx οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 And they, having heard “And the learned men, after they heard”
|
||||
MAT 2 9 wl4r εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 they saw in the east “they had seen come up in the east” or “they had seen in their country”
|
||||
MAT 2 9 hy1i προῆγεν αὐτούς 1 was going before them “guided them” or “led them”
|
||||
MAT 2 9 jp2j ἐστάθη ἐπάνω 1 it stood over “it stopped over”
|
||||
MAT 2 9 w3v1 οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 where the young child was “the place where the young child was staying”
|
||||
MAT 2 9 h1zx οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 And they, having heard Alternate translation: “And the learned men, after they heard”
|
||||
MAT 2 9 wl4r εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 they saw in the east Alternate translation: “they had seen come up in the east” or “they had seen in their country”
|
||||
MAT 2 9 hy1i προῆγεν αὐτούς 1 was going before them Alternate translation: “guided them” or “led them”
|
||||
MAT 2 9 jp2j ἐστάθη ἐπάνω 1 it stood over Alternate translation: “it stopped over”
|
||||
MAT 2 9 w3v1 οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 where the young child was Alternate translation: “the place where the young child was staying”
|
||||
MAT 2 11 pv3r 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to the house where Mary, Joseph, and the young Jesus were living.
|
||||
MAT 2 11 tu5s ἐλθόντες 1 having gone “after he learned men went”
|
||||
MAT 2 11 tu5s ἐλθόντες 1 having gone Alternate translation: “after he learned men went”
|
||||
MAT 2 11 d41d translate-symaction πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 having fallen down, they worshiped him “they knelt down and put their faces close to the ground.” They did this to honor Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 2 11 r452 figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 their treasures Here, **treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 2 12 zyq6 χρηματισθέντες 1 having been warned “when God warned the learned men.” God knew that Herod wanted to harm the child.
|
||||
MAT 2 12 dr1p figs-quotations κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην 1 through a dream not to return to Herod You can translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “through a dream, saying, ‘Do not go back to King Herod’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 brp5 0 General Information: In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt.
|
||||
MAT 2 13 iw8p ἀναχωρησάντων…αὐτῶν 1 after they had departed “when the learned men had departed”
|
||||
MAT 2 13 zwj5 φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ 1 appears to Joseph in a dream “came to Joseph while he was dreaming”
|
||||
MAT 2 13 iw8p ἀναχωρησάντων…αὐτῶν 1 after they had departed Alternate translation: “when the learned men had departed”
|
||||
MAT 2 13 zwj5 φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ 1 appears to Joseph in a dream Alternate translation: “came to Joseph while he was dreaming”
|
||||
MAT 2 13 u4a4 figs-you ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε…φεῦγε…ἴσθι…σοι 1 Get up, take … flee … remain … you God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 g3t7 εἴπω σοι 1 I tell you Here, **I** refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
|
||||
MAT 2 15 ft3a figs-explicit ἦν 1 he was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: “they remained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 15 d11g ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου 1 until the death of Herod Herod does not die until [Matthew 2:19](../02/19.md). This statement describes the length of their stay in Egypt, and it does not say that Herod died at this time.
|
||||
MAT 2 15 d5wl ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν Υἱόν μου 1 Out of Egypt I called my son “I have called my son out of Egypt”
|
||||
MAT 2 15 d5wl ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν Υἱόν μου 1 Out of Egypt I called my son Alternate translation: “I have called my son out of Egypt”
|
||||
MAT 2 15 dr9b τὸν Υἱόν μου 1 my son In Hosea this refers to the people of Israel. Matthew quoted it to say that this was true of God’s Son, Jesus. Translate it using a word for son that could refer to the only **son** or the first son.
|
||||
MAT 2 16 s2la figs-events 0 General Information: These events happen before Herod’s death, which Matthew mentioned in [Matthew 2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 2 16 yq7p 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts back to Herod and tells what he did when he learned that the learned men had deceived him.
|
||||
MAT 2 16 g513 figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 he had been mocked by the learned men If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 16 d8d5 figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 having sent forth, he killed all the male children Herod did not kill the children himself. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 16 nkr1 translate-numbers διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω 1 two years and under “2 years old and younger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 2 16 dr3r κατὰ τὸν χρόνον 1 according to the time “based on the time”
|
||||
MAT 2 16 dr3r κατὰ τὸν χρόνον 1 according to the time Alternate translation: “based on the time”
|
||||
MAT 2 17 q1y9 0 General Information: Matthew quotes the prophet Jeremiah to show that the death of all of the male children in the region of Bethlehem was according to scripture.
|
||||
MAT 2 17 l8g5 figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη 1 Then was fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled” or “Herod’s actions fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 17 v6a1 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been spoken through Jeremiah the prophet If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophet Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ MAT 2 19 r4yu ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in
|
|||
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who seek the life of the child Here, **seek the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 20 y6r6 οἱ ζητοῦντες 1 those who seek This refers to King Herod and his advisors.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 kg7u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 2:1](../02/01.md) about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 uq8p ἀκούσας δὲ 1 But having heard “But when Joseph heard”
|
||||
MAT 2 22 uq8p ἀκούσας δὲ 1 But having heard Alternate translation: “But when Joseph heard”
|
||||
MAT 2 22 h4cq translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 Archelaus This is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 2 22 zk37 ἐφοβήθη 1 he was afraid “Joseph was afraid”
|
||||
MAT 2 22 zk37 ἐφοβήθη 1 he was afraid Alternate translation: “Joseph was afraid”
|
||||
MAT 2 23 dx5i figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 what had been spoken through the prophets If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 23 hc8g translate-names Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 he will be called a Nazarene Here, **he** refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: “people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”<br><br>Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -143,19 +143,19 @@ MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-metonymy φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀ
|
|||
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 q7b1 figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham for our father “Abraham is our ancestor” or “We are descendants of Abraham.” The Jewish leaders thought that God would not punish them since they were descendants of **Abraham**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 r29p λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what John is about to say.
|
||||
MAT 3 9 k843 ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones “God is able to make physical descendants even out of these stones and give them to Abraham”
|
||||
MAT 3 9 k843 ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones Alternate translation: “God is able to make physical descendants even out of these stones and give them to Abraham”
|
||||
MAT 3 10 ls7m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 3 10 ke4s figs-metaphor ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. Alternate translation: “As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 10 d4j5 figs-activepassive ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire. If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 11 lx69 εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 for repentance “to show that you have repented”
|
||||
MAT 3 11 lx69 εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 for repentance Alternate translation: “to show that you have repented”
|
||||
MAT 3 11 mc2r ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 But he who comes after me Jesus is the person who comes after John.
|
||||
MAT 3 11 c1xf ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν 1 is mightier than I “is more important than I am”
|
||||
MAT 3 11 c1xf ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν 1 is mightier than I Alternate translation: “is more important than I am”
|
||||
MAT 3 11 gtm7 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with **fire**. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by **Holy Spirit** and **fire** will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the word **baptize** in your translation to keep the comparison to John’s baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 gcq8 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor This metaphor compares the way Christ will separate the righteous people from the unrighteous people to the way a man separates wheat grain from chaff. Alternate translation: “and Christ is like a man whose winnowing fork is in his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 sq4p figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. Alternate translation: “and Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 b5m4 translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat up into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar in shape to a pitchfork but with wide tines made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 yw29 διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor Christ is like a man with a winnowing fork who is ready to clear off his threshing floor.
|
||||
MAT 3 12 r2ua τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor “his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff”
|
||||
MAT 3 12 r2ua τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor Alternate translation: “his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff”
|
||||
MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ…ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 gather his wheat into the storehouse … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like **wheat** into a farmer’s **storehouse**, and God will **burn up** the people who are like **chaff** with a **fire** that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 bdb7 figs-activepassive πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 unquenchable fire If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “fire that will never burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 13 vl93 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,16 +186,16 @@ MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπ
|
|||
MAT 4 5 r4a5 0 General Information: In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
|
||||
MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 c5kr βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 throw yourself down “let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
|
||||
MAT 4 6 c5kr βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 throw yourself down Alternate translation: “let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
|
||||
MAT 4 6 a5h2 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 for it is written If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 ebc9 figs-quotations τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ 1 ‘He will command his angels to take care of you,’ and “God will command his angels to take care of you, and” You can translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “God will say to his angels, ‘Take care of him,’ and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 f1mm ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up “The angels will hold you”
|
||||
MAT 4 6 f1mm ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up Alternate translation: “The angels will hold you”
|
||||
MAT 4 7 j6cb 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
MAT 4 7 u5jp figs-ellipsis πάλιν γέγραπται 1 Again it is written It is understood that Jesus is quoting scripture again. Alternate translation: “Again, it is written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 4 7 fn07 figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 Again it is written If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 7 c7t5 οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 You will not test Here, **You** refers to anyone. Alternate translation: “One must not test” or “No person should test”
|
||||
MAT 4 8 d12q πάλιν…ὁ διάβολος 1 Again, the devil “Next, the devil”
|
||||
MAT 4 9 bq1u εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 he said to him “the devil said to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 4 8 d12q πάλιν…ὁ διάβολος 1 Again, the devil Alternate translation: “Next, the devil”
|
||||
MAT 4 9 bq1u εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 he said to him Alternate translation: “the devil said to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 4 9 al72 ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω 1 All these things I will give you “I will give you all these things.” The tempter is emphasizing here that he will give **All these things**, not just some of them.
|
||||
MAT 4 9 eas8 translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 having fallen down “putting your face near the ground.” This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 4 10 s91r 0 General Information: In verse 10, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -222,10 +222,10 @@ MAT 4 19 y3zg δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me Jesus invites Simo
|
|||
MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 21 pcg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 21 utn4 ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 he called them “Jesus called John and James.” This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 22 dlk3 οἱ…εὐθέως ἀφέντες 1 immediately having left “at that moment they left”
|
||||
MAT 4 22 dlk3 οἱ…εὐθέως ἀφέντες 1 immediately having left Alternate translation: “at that moment they left”
|
||||
MAT 4 22 gr2i ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον…ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 having left the boat … followed him It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
|
||||
MAT 4 23 y3qe writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 4 23 ztr8 διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν 1 teaching in their synagogues “teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people”
|
||||
MAT 4 23 ztr8 διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν 1 teaching in their synagogues Alternate translation: “teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people”
|
||||
MAT 4 23 jt3m figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 preaching the gospel of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 23 nr8m πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. A **disease** is what causes a person to be sick.
|
||||
MAT 4 23 uc55 μαλακίαν 1 sickness This is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
|
|
@ -242,8 +242,8 @@ MAT 5 3 j7ct figs-idiom οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 the poor in
|
|||
MAT 5 3 wpi6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for God in the heavens will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 4 pgy8 οἱ πενθοῦντες 1 those who mourn This could mean: (1) they are sad for the sinfulness of the world. (2) They are sad for their own sins. (3) they are sad for the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.
|
||||
MAT 5 4 lie5 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 they will be comforted If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 5 mvb1 οἱ πραεῖς 1 the meek “the gentle” or “those who do not rely on their own power”
|
||||
MAT 5 5 iy1y αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν 1 they will inherit the earth “God will give them the entire earth”
|
||||
MAT 5 5 mvb1 οἱ πραεῖς 1 the meek Alternate translation: “the gentle” or “those who do not rely on their own power”
|
||||
MAT 5 5 iy1y αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν 1 they will inherit the earth Alternate translation: “God will give them the entire earth”
|
||||
MAT 5 6 bi1j figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 those who hunger and thirst for righteousness This metaphor describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 6 hlq2 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 they will be filled If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 8 s9gd figs-metonymy οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 the pure in heart “people whose hearts are pure.” Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or intentions. Alternate translation: “those who only want to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -252,12 +252,12 @@ MAT 5 9 p1ez οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί 1 the peacemakers These are the peop
|
|||
MAT 5 9 tv19 figs-activepassive ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 for they will be called sons of God If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” or “they will be children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 9 vcr2 υἱοὶ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God It is best to translate **sons** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.
|
||||
MAT 5 10 bqu7 figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 those who have been persecuted If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 10 xnb6 ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης 1 for the sake of righteousness “because they do what God wants them to do”
|
||||
MAT 5 10 xnb6 ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης 1 for the sake of righteousness Alternate translation: “because they do what God wants them to do”
|
||||
MAT 5 10 f3li figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 theirs is the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 11 jvm4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes describing the characteristics of people who are blessed.
|
||||
MAT 5 11 t5kb figs-you μακάριοί ἐστε 1 Blessed are you The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 11 rk69 εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι 1 may say every evil thing against you falsely “may say all kinds of evil lies about you” or “may say bad things about you that are not true”
|
||||
MAT 5 11 eez3 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me”
|
||||
MAT 5 11 rk69 εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι 1 may say every evil thing against you falsely Alternate translation: “may say all kinds of evil lies about you” or “may say bad things about you that are not true”
|
||||
MAT 5 11 eez3 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me”
|
||||
MAT 5 12 ssk9 figs-doublet χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 Rejoice and be very glad Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus wanted his hearers not merely to rejoice but to do even more than rejoice if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 5 13 qp6l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about how his disciples are like salt and light.
|
||||
MAT 5 13 i3zp figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς 1 You are the salt of the earth This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ MAT 5 13 e7cz figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπα
|
|||
MAT 5 14 wgh5 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 You are the light of the world This means Jesus’ followers bring the message of God’s truth to all the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 14 bn28 figs-explicit οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city being set on a hill is not able to be hidden At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 14 ny4h figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city being set on top of a hill is not able to be hidden If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “During the night, no one can hide the lights that shine from a city on a hill” or “Everyone sees the lights of a city on a hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 15 s5sb οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον 1 Neither do they light a lamp “People do not light a lamp”
|
||||
MAT 5 15 s5sb οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον 1 Neither do they light a lamp Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp”
|
||||
MAT 5 15 c8el τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον 1 put it under a basket “place the lamp under a basket.” This is saying it is foolish to create light only to hide it so people do not see the light of the lamp.
|
||||
MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Let your light shine before men This means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 16 iiu8 τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your Father who is in the heavens It is best to translate **Father** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς κ
|
|||
MAT 5 18 ylz6 figs-explicit ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 one jot or one tittle The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 m5pf figs-activepassive πάντα γένηται 1 all things might be accomplished If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “all things have happened” or “God causes all things to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 n77j figs-explicit πάντα 1 all things The phrase **all things** refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς ἐὰν…λύσῃ 1 whoever may break “whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 k9th μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 one of the least of these commandments “any of these commandments, even the least important one”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς ἐὰν…λύσῃ 1 whoever may break Alternate translation: “whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 k9th μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 one of the least of these commandments Alternate translation: “any of these commandments, even the least important one”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 dv5c figs-activepassive διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται 1 may teach men to do so will be called If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος…ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 u5kp ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ 1 might do and might teach them “obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 u5kp ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ 1 might do and might teach them Alternate translation: “obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 nk9n μέγας 1 great most important
|
||||
MAT 5 20 jwm9 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 20 vsc5 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 to you … your These are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -299,10 +299,10 @@ MAT 5 22 d5nl τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 with his brother This refers
|
|||
MAT 5 22 w721 ῥακά…μωρέ 1 Fool … You fool These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. A **fool** is one who disobeys God.
|
||||
MAT 5 22 s89d Συνεδρίῳ 1 council This was likely a local council, not the main Sanhedrin in Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 5 23 msz4 figs-you προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 you may be offering your gift at the altar and there may remember that your brother has something against you Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 23 r49y προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου 1 you may be offering your gift “you may be giving your gift” or “you may be bringing your gift”
|
||||
MAT 5 23 r49y προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου 1 you may be offering your gift Alternate translation: “you may be giving your gift” or “you may be bringing your gift”
|
||||
MAT 5 23 chv4 figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον 1 at the altar It is implied that this is God’s **altar** at the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 23 dz75 κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς 1 and there may remember “and while you are standing at the altar you happen to remember”
|
||||
MAT 5 23 xvf5 ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 your brother has something against you “another person is angry with you because of something you did”
|
||||
MAT 5 23 dz75 κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς 1 and there may remember Alternate translation: “and while you are standing at the altar you happen to remember”
|
||||
MAT 5 23 xvf5 ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 your brother has something against you Alternate translation: “another person is angry with you because of something you did”
|
||||
MAT 5 24 z9m5 figs-activepassive πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 first, be reconciled with your brother If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 x4ta figs-you ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 Be in agreement with your accuser quickly while you are with him on the way, lest your accuser may hand you over to the judge, and the judge to the officer, and you will be thrown into prison Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 sr9d τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου 1 with your accuser This is a person who blames someone for doing something wrong. He takes the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge.
|
||||
|
|
@ -311,22 +311,22 @@ MAT 5 25 pq6d figs-ellipsis ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 the judge
|
|||
MAT 5 25 gcm5 τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 to the officer a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge
|
||||
MAT 5 25 pzh4 figs-activepassive εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 you will be thrown into prison If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 26 gec9 ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 26 eem5 ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there “from prison”
|
||||
MAT 5 26 eem5 ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there Alternate translation: “from prison”
|
||||
MAT 5 27 c8dn figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not commit adultery,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 27 mj3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about adultery and lust.
|
||||
MAT 5 27 jxg5 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 27 yn7m οὐ μοιχεύσεις 1 Do not commit adultery The word **commit** means to act out or do something.
|
||||
MAT 5 28 qfl6 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 28 glg9 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a **woman** is as guilty of **adultery** as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 28 k7sc πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 to lust after her “and lusts after her” or “and desires to sleep with her”
|
||||
MAT 5 28 k7sc πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 to lust after her Alternate translation: “and lusts after her” or “and desires to sleep with her”
|
||||
MAT 5 28 eqs8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 et3n figs-you εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 But if your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you. For it is better for you that one of your members should perish, and your whole body should not be thrown into hell Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 ikp5 figs-metonymy εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 if your right eye causes you to stumble Here, **eye** refers to what a person sees. Alternate translation: “if what you see causes you to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 y0f2 figs-metaphor εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 if your right eye causes you to stumble Here, **stumble** is a metaphor for “sin.” Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 mb58 figs-idiom ὁ ὀφθαλμός…ὁ δεξιὸς 1 right eye This means the most important **eye**, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate **right** as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 v6jr figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν 1 pluck it out This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means “forcefully remove it” or “destroy it.” If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy your eyes.” If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 zg1v βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 throw it away from you “get rid of it”
|
||||
MAT 5 29 im6u ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 one of your members should perish “you should lose one part of your body”
|
||||
MAT 5 29 zg1v βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 throw it away from you Alternate translation: “get rid of it”
|
||||
MAT 5 29 im6u ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 one of your members should perish Alternate translation: “you should lose one part of your body”
|
||||
MAT 5 29 v1cn figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 and your whole body should not be thrown into hell If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 30 zx8x figs-metonymy εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 if your right hand causes you to stumble In this metonymy, the **hand** stands for the actions of the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 30 hk9z figs-idiom ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ 1 your right hand This means the most important **hand**, as opposed to the left hand. You may need to translate **right** as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -334,42 +334,42 @@ MAT 5 30 qs74 figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν 1 cut it off This is a
|
|||
MAT 5 31 fdr8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about divorce.
|
||||
MAT 5 31 dh23 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 it has been said If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 quq9 figs-euphemism ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 sends his wife away This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 tp9l δότω 1 let him give “he must give”
|
||||
MAT 5 31 tp9l δότω 1 let him give Alternate translation: “he must give”
|
||||
MAT 5 32 q6aq ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 32 j2aq ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 makes her to commit adultery It is the man who divorces the woman improperly who “makes her to commit adultery.” In many cultures it would be normal for her to remarry, but if the divorce is improper, such a remarriage is adultery.
|
||||
MAT 5 32 zai7 figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένην 1 she who has been divorced If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” or “the divorced woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 i5ak figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “Do not swear” and “carry out your oaths,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 dg2a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about swearing oaths.
|
||||
MAT 5 33 vv1e πάλιν ἠκούσατε 1 Again, you have heard “Also, you have heard” or “Here is another example. You have heard”
|
||||
MAT 5 33 vv1e πάλιν ἠκούσατε 1 Again, you have heard Alternate translation: “Also, you have heard” or “Here is another example. You have heard”
|
||||
MAT 5 33 fk86 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to the ancients This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 tk9y οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord. “Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do”
|
||||
MAT 5 33 tk9y οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord. Alternate translation: “Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do”
|
||||
MAT 5 34 mpk1 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I tell Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 34 u7su figs-metaphor θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 it is the throne of God Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a **throne**. Alternate translation: “it is from here that God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 35 c8lx 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his words from verse 34, telling the people not to swear.
|
||||
MAT 5 35 v2hf μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ…πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 nor by the earth … it is the city of the great King Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or **earth**, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God.
|
||||
MAT 5 35 e7z8 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 it is the footstool for his feet This metaphor means the earth also belongs to God. Alternate translation: “it is like a footstool where a king rests his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 35 e6zn ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 for it is the city of the great King “for it is the city that belongs to God, the great King”
|
||||
MAT 5 35 e6zn ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 for it is the city of the great King Alternate translation: “for it is the city that belongs to God, the great King”
|
||||
MAT 5 36 kr2d 0 General Information: Previously Jesus told his hearers that God’s throne, footstool, and earthly home are not theirs to swear by. Here he says that they may not swear even by their own heads.
|
||||
MAT 5 36 l9c8 figs-you μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν 1 Neither may you swear by your head, for you are not able to make one hair white or black Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 36 z5vu ὀμόσῃς 1 may you swear This refers to taking an oath. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:34](../05/34.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 37 tke6 ἔστω…ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ 1 let your word be ‘Yes, yes,’ or ‘No, no.’ “if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’”
|
||||
MAT 5 37 tke6 ἔστω…ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ 1 let your word be ‘Yes, yes,’ or ‘No, no.’ Alternate translation: “if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’”
|
||||
MAT 5 38 quy6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” in “whoever strikes you” and the understood “you” in “turn to him” are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 38 s39u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.
|
||||
MAT 5 38 zar1 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 38 w53l ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 An eye in exchange for an eye, and a tooth in exchange for a tooth The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 x2y9 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I tell Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 qrx1 τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil person “an evil person” or “someone who harms you”
|
||||
MAT 5 39 qrx1 τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil person Alternate translation: “an evil person” or “someone who harms you”
|
||||
MAT 5 39 ec5y ῥαπίζει…τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα 1 strikes … your right cheek To strike the side of a man’s face was an insult in Jesus’ culture. As with the eye and the hand, the **right cheek** is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 d5xg ῥαπίζει 1 strikes hits with the back of an open hand
|
||||
MAT 5 39 wz54 στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 turn to him the other also “let him hit your other cheek also”
|
||||
MAT 5 39 wz54 στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 turn to him the other also Alternate translation: “let him hit your other cheek also”
|
||||
MAT 5 40 gr2x figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, including the understood “you” in the commands “let,” “go,” “give,” and “do not turn away.” In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 40 t9f4 τὸν χιτῶνά…ἱμάτιον 1 coat … cloak The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night.
|
||||
MAT 5 40 p5m2 ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 let him also have your cloak “give also to that person your cloak”
|
||||
MAT 5 40 p5m2 ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 let him also have your cloak Alternate translation: “give also to that person your cloak”
|
||||
MAT 5 41 i867 figs-explicit ὅστις 1 whoever “anyone who.” The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 41 i86s μίλιον ἕν 1 one mile This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If **mile** is confusing, it can be translated as “one kilometer” or “a distance.”
|
||||
MAT 5 41 n8r4 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him This refers to the one who compels you to go.
|
||||
MAT 5 41 zv6i ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 go with him two “go the mile he forces you to go, and then go another mile.” If “mile” is confusing, you can translate it as “two kilometers” or “twice as far.”
|
||||
MAT 5 42 pe6x μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 do not turn away from “do not refuse to lend to.” You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “lend to”
|
||||
MAT 5 41 zv6i ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 go with him two Alternate translation: “go the mile he forces you to go, and then go another mile.” If “mile” is confusing, you can translate it as “two kilometers” or “twice as far.”
|
||||
MAT 5 42 pe6x μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 do not turn away from Alternate translation: “do not refuse to lend to.” You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “lend to”
|
||||
MAT 5 43 cyz3 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “You must love your neighbor and hate your enemy,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. All occurrences of “you” and “your” after that are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 43 xf8l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about loving enemies.
|
||||
MAT 5 43 fp6x figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -402,10 +402,10 @@ MAT 6 5 a7z4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about prayer.
|
|||
MAT 6 5 e12v figs-explicit ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 so that they may be seen by men It is implied that those who see them will give them honor. Alternate translation: “so that they will be seen and people will honor them for what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 rzpj figs-activepassive ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 so that they may be seen by men If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 z3h6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 6 dqv4 εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου 1 enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door “go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”
|
||||
MAT 6 6 dqv4 εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου 1 enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door Alternate translation: “go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”
|
||||
MAT 6 6 vdr7 τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 to your Father who is in secret This could mean: (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is invisible” (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is with you in private”
|
||||
MAT 6 6 kkn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 to your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 6 eb6r ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 your Father who sees in secret “your Father will see what you do in private and”
|
||||
MAT 6 6 eb6r ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 your Father who sees in secret Alternate translation: “your Father will see what you do in private and”
|
||||
MAT 6 7 d1t2 μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 do not make useless repetitions This could mean: (1) the **repetitions** are **useless**. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
|
||||
MAT 6 7 a8ai figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 they will be heard If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 fr1d figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words **you** and **your** are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words **you** and **your** are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ MAT 6 18 tby8 ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 who sees in secret
|
|||
MAT 6 19 afg9 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural, except in verse 21, where they are singular. In some languages these occurrences of “you” and “your” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 19 z3jx 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about money and possessions.
|
||||
MAT 6 19 tqp1 θησαυροὺς 1 treasures riches, the things to which a person gives the most value
|
||||
MAT 6 19 z9wd ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει 1 where moth and rust destroy “where moth and rust ruin treasures”
|
||||
MAT 6 19 z9wd ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει 1 where moth and rust destroy Alternate translation: “where moth and rust ruin treasures”
|
||||
MAT 6 19 tqc9 σὴς 1 moth a small, flying insect that destroys cloth
|
||||
MAT 6 19 enl6 βρῶσις 1 rust a brown substance that forms on metals
|
||||
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -445,9 +445,9 @@ MAT 6 22 r4d1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν
|
|||
MAT 6 22 u47q ὀφθαλμός 1 eye You may have to translate this as plural, “eyes.”
|
||||
MAT 6 23 dl86 figs-metaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου…τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 But if your eye … how great is that darkness This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 23 p231 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ 1 if your eye is evil This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 23 n42m εἰ…τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 if the light that is in you is darkness, how great is that darkness! “if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness”
|
||||
MAT 6 23 n42m εἰ…τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 if the light that is in you is darkness, how great is that darkness! Alternate translation: “if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness”
|
||||
MAT 6 24 ijn3 figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 6 24 zt2u οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 You are not able to serve God and wealth “You cannot love God and money at the same time”
|
||||
MAT 6 24 zt2u οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 You are not able to serve God and wealth Alternate translation: “You cannot love God and money at the same time”
|
||||
MAT 6 25 s5uy figs-you 0 General Information: Here the instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 25 wcz4 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 25 xdu1 ὑμῖν 1 to you Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -474,14 +474,14 @@ MAT 6 30 m23l figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1
|
|||
MAT 6 30 ym2c figs-ellipsis οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 will he not much more The verb **clothe** is implied from earlier in the sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 cd8w figs-rquestion οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 will he not much more, you of little faith? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 ic18 ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith “you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
|
||||
MAT 6 31 jps3 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because of all of this”
|
||||
MAT 6 31 jps3 οὖν 1 Therefore Alternate translation: “Because of all of this”
|
||||
MAT 6 31 pd6x figs-synecdoche τί περιβαλώμεθα 1 What will we wear In this sentence, what people wear is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: “What possessions will we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 32 j77y πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν 1 For the Gentiles seek all these things “For the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear”
|
||||
MAT 6 32 j77y πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν 1 For the Gentiles seek all these things Alternate translation: “For the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear”
|
||||
MAT 6 32 ecb9 οἶδεν…ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἁπάντων 1 your heavenly Father knows that you need all of these things Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
|
||||
MAT 6 32 unz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ak39 figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 all these things will be added to you If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 34 qm2a οὖν 1 Therefore “Because of all this”
|
||||
MAT 6 34 qm2a οὖν 1 Therefore Alternate translation: “Because of all this”
|
||||
MAT 6 34 xdg7 figs-personification ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 tomorrow will be anxious for itself Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Matthew 5-7<br><br>Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.<br><br>### “By their fruits you will know them”<br><br>Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
|
||||
MAT 7 1 jav3 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The instances of “you” and the commands are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -504,8 +504,8 @@ MAT 7 4 k58h figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου
|
|||
MAT 7 6 av85 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural.
|
||||
MAT 7 6 arm9 figs-metaphor τοῖς κυσίν…τῶν χοίρων 1 to the dogs … the pigs Jews considered these animals to be dirty, and God told the Jews not to eat them. They are metaphors for wicked people who do not value holy things. It would be best to translate these words literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 6 xy2e figs-metaphor τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 pearls These are similar to round, valuable stones or beads. They are a metaphor for the knowledge of God or precious things in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 6 vt72 καταπατήσουσιν 1 they will trample “the pigs will trample”
|
||||
MAT 7 6 y5mm στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 having turned, they may tear you to pieces “the dogs may then turn and tear you apart”
|
||||
MAT 7 6 vt72 καταπατήσουσιν 1 they will trample Alternate translation: “the pigs will trample”
|
||||
MAT 7 6 y5mm στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 having turned, they may tear you to pieces Alternate translation: “the dogs may then turn and tear you apart”
|
||||
MAT 7 7 j1qa figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 7 7 ut6i figs-metaphor αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε…κρούετε 1 Ask … Seek … Knock These are metaphors for praying to God. The verb form shows that we are to keep praying until he answers. If your language has a form for continuing to do something over and over, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 7 fh57 αἰτεῖτε 1 Ask request things from someone, in this case God
|
||||
|
|
@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ MAT 7 10 t19o figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄ
|
|||
MAT 7 11 h3k6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 7 11 pk31 figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 how much more will your Father who is in the heavens give good things to those who ask him? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 11 z8zr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 7 12 wr93 ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 whatever you might want that men would do to you “whatever way you want others to act toward you”
|
||||
MAT 7 12 wr93 ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 whatever you might want that men would do to you Alternate translation: “whatever way you want others to act toward you”
|
||||
MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 for this is the law and the prophets Here, **law** and **prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 uhb3 0 General Information: This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 dgr2 figs-metaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Enter through the narrow gate … there are many who are entering through it This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a **gate** into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ MAT 7 13 y9ru τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς 1 the narrow ga
|
|||
MAT 7 13 zv24 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 to destruction If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 7 14 x8u9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak of people choosing how they are going to live as if they are choosing whether to go on one path or another.
|
||||
MAT 7 14 wlr9 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 to life If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **life**, you can express it with the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 7 15 s91c προσέχετε ἀπὸ 1 Beware of “Be on guard against”
|
||||
MAT 7 15 s91c προσέχετε ἀπὸ 1 Beware of Alternate translation: “Be on guard against”
|
||||
MAT 7 15 lj5v figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves This metaphor means that false prophets will pretend they are good and want to help people, but they are really evil and will do people harm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 16 pul5 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 By their fruits you will know them This metaphor refers to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by how they act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 16 nve4 figs-rquestion μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 they do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The people would have known that the answer is no. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -542,15 +542,15 @@ MAT 7 19 xwrm figs-explicit πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπ
|
|||
MAT 7 19 g7fs figs-activepassive ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 is cut down and thrown into the fire If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “people cut down and burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 20 x87m figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 you will recognize them from their fruits The word **their** can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 21 rj2v figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 will enter into the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “will live with God in the heavens when he shows himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 21 rq5h ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 the one who does the will of my Father who is in the heavens “whoever does what my Father in the heavens desires”
|
||||
MAT 7 21 rq5h ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 the one who does the will of my Father who is in the heavens Alternate translation: “whoever does what my Father in the heavens desires”
|
||||
MAT 7 21 c6yz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 mp6e figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 in that day Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 m9py figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds? The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 t5j7 figs-exclusive οὐ…ἐπροφητεύσαμεν 1 did we not prophesy This **we** does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 in your name This could mean: (1) this refers to his authority or power. (2) they were doing what he wanted them to do. or (3) they were asking him for the power to do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds “miracles”
|
||||
MAT 7 22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds Alternate translation: “miracles”
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 fg9k οὖν 1 Therefore “For that reason”
|
||||
MAT 7 24 fg9k οὖν 1 Therefore Alternate translation: “For that reason”
|
||||
MAT 7 24 hbd7 figs-metonymy μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 these words of mine Here, **words** refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 qjh9 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 will be compared to a wise man who built his house upon the rock Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his **house** where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 dy1f πέτραν 1 rock This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
|
||||
|
|
@ -566,23 +566,23 @@ MAT 8 intro f33a 0 # Matthew 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
|
|||
MAT 8 1 qb1d writing-newevent 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that contains several accounts of Jesus healing people. This theme continues through [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MAT 8 1 clf8 καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 Now when he had come down from the hill, large crowds followed him “After Jesus came down from the hill, a large crowd followed him.” The crowd may have included both people who had been with him on the mountain and people who had not been with him.
|
||||
MAT 8 2 vas8 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 8 2 q4x2 λεπρὸς 1 a leper “a man who had leprosy” or “a man who had a skin disease”
|
||||
MAT 8 2 q4x2 λεπρὸς 1 a leper Alternate translation: “a man who had leprosy” or “a man who had a skin disease”
|
||||
MAT 8 2 n77q translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed before him This is a sign of humble respect before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yc3f ἐὰν θέλῃς 1 if you would be willing “if you want to” or “if you desire.” The leper knew that Jesus had the power to heal him, but he did not know if Jesus would want to touch him.
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yjn2 figs-idiom δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you are able to make me clean Here, **clean** means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 3 kg7e figs-imperative καθαρίσθητι 1 Be clean By saying this, Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
MAT 8 3 eht7 εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη 1 immediately he was cleansed “at that moment he was cleansed”
|
||||
MAT 8 3 eht7 εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη 1 immediately he was cleansed Alternate translation: “at that moment he was cleansed”
|
||||
MAT 8 3 lj1x figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα 1 he was cleansed of his leprosy The result of Jesus saying “Be clean” was that the man was healed. If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “he was well” or “the leprosy left him” or “the leprosy ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 gzy6 αὐτῷ 1 to him This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
|
||||
MAT 8 4 gt5s ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς 1 See that you may tell no one “Do not say anything to anyone” or “Do not tell anyone I healed you”
|
||||
MAT 8 4 gt5s ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς 1 See that you may tell no one Alternate translation: “Do not say anything to anyone” or “Do not tell anyone I healed you”
|
||||
MAT 8 4 zi3a figs-explicit σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 tq9l figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 rj8u figs-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 to them This could refer to: (1) the priests. (2) all the people. (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
MAT 8 5 sxz8 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
|
||||
MAT 8 5 vzb9 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ…παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 came to him, begging him Here both instances of **him** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 8 6 cr8h παραλυτικός 1 paralyzed unable to move because of disease or stroke
|
||||
MAT 8 7 b9br λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Jesus says to him “Jesus said to the centurion”
|
||||
MAT 8 7 r3sx ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν 1 I, when I have come, will heal him “I will come to your house and make your servant well”
|
||||
MAT 8 7 b9br λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Jesus says to him Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the centurion”
|
||||
MAT 8 7 r3sx ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν 1 I, when I have come, will heal him Alternate translation: “I will come to your house and make your servant well”
|
||||
MAT 8 8 p7p4 figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην 1 under my roof This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: “into my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 hig7 figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 speak a word Here, **word** represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 rk1z figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται 1 will be healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “will become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -601,12 +601,12 @@ MAT 8 12 liu4 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the out
|
|||
MAT 8 12 gww4 translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 ki92 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω σοι 1 let it be done for you If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 sdn6 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 the servant was healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 ln7p ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 at that very hour “at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant”
|
||||
MAT 8 13 ln7p ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 at that very hour Alternate translation: “at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant”
|
||||
MAT 8 14 s6g4 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ja31 ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus had come The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ynh8 τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ 1 his mother-in-law “the mother of Peter’s wife”
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ynh8 τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ 1 his mother-in-law Alternate translation: “the mother of Peter’s wife”
|
||||
MAT 8 15 w7nh figs-personification ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, You can translate this as “she became better” or “Jesus healed her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 8 15 r9lt ἠγέρθη 1 she got up “she got out of bed”
|
||||
MAT 8 15 r9lt ἠγέρθη 1 she got up Alternate translation: “she got out of bed”
|
||||
MAT 8 16 bpx7 0 General Information: In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ healing ministry was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 8 16 b7cx 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to later that evening and tells of Jesus healing more people and casting out demons.
|
||||
MAT 8 16 yv9y figs-explicit ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης 1 Now evening having come Because Jews did not work or travel on the Sabbath, **evening**may imply after the Sabbath. They waited until evening to bring people to Jesus. You do not need to mention the Sabbath unless you need to avoid wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ MAT 8 17 r3dc figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠ
|
|||
MAT 8 17 eyu9 figs-parallelism αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν 1 He himself took our weaknesses and bore our diseases Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of **our diseases**. Alternate translation: “healed those who were sick and made them well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 8 18 h8bx 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts and tells about Jesus’ response to some people who wanted to follow him.
|
||||
MAT 8 18 dqh1 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 8 18 a2pn ἐκέλευσεν 1 commanded “told his disciples”
|
||||
MAT 8 18 a2pn ἐκέλευσεν 1 commanded Alternate translation: “told his disciples”
|
||||
MAT 8 19 e1b7 ὅπου ἐὰν 1 wherever to any place
|
||||
MAT 8 20 pqp6 writing-proverbs αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests Jesus answers with this proverb. This means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 8 20 ub5o figs-explicit αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests Jesus assumes that his hearers know what **foxes** are and what they use the **holes** for. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this information explicit. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -628,21 +628,21 @@ MAT 8 20 yl4s figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλ
|
|||
MAT 8 21 hlx9 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου 1 permit me first to go away and to bury my father It is unclear whether the man’s **father** has died and he will **bury** him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 8 22 h7fb figs-metaphor ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 allow the dead to bury their own dead Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** could be: (1) a metaphor for those who will soon die. (2) a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 8 23 us1s 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to the account of Jesus calming a storm as he and his disciples cross the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MAT 8 23 e8k1 καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον 1 And when he had entered into a boat “And when he got into a boat”
|
||||
MAT 8 23 e8k1 καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον 1 And when he had entered into a boat Alternate translation: “And when he got into a boat”
|
||||
MAT 8 23 sl7v ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples followed him Try to use the same words for **disciples** and **followed** that you used in ([Matthew 8:21-22](../08/21.md)).
|
||||
MAT 8 24 j55j ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “suddenly” or “without warning”
|
||||
MAT 8 24 x7k1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 a great storm happened on the sea If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 24 m6w8 figs-activepassive ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 so that the boat was covered by the waves If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 k2hd ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 they woke him, saying, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” This could mean: (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
|
||||
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-exclusive Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 Save us, Lord; we are perishing! If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 xf5d ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing “we are about to die”
|
||||
MAT 8 26 jmt8 αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 8 25 xf5d ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing Alternate translation: “we are about to die”
|
||||
MAT 8 26 jmt8 αὐτοῖς 1 to them Alternate translation: “to the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 8 26 g8p7 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Why are you cowardly, you of little faith? Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should not be cowardly, you of little faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 26 r5ve ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith “you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
MAT 8 27 u2qh figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν? 1 What sort of is he, that even the winds and the sea obey him? “Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?” This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 27 k5mk figs-personification καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 even the winds and the sea obey him For people or animals to obey or disobey is not surprising, but for wind and water to obey is very surprising. This personification describes the natural elements as being able to hear and respond like people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 8 28 g6mr 0 Connecting Statement: Here the author returns to the theme of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
|
||||
MAT 8 28 iy7a εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”
|
||||
MAT 8 28 iy7a εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”
|
||||
MAT 8 28 yzi6 translate-names τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν 1 the country of the Gadarenes The **Gadarenes** were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 8 28 hz5n figs-activepassive δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι 1 two men … being possessed by demons If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons possessed” or “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 28 ylu6 χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης 1 very violent, so that no one was strong enough to pass through that road The demons that were controlling these two men were so dangerous that no one could go through that area.
|
||||
|
|
@ -654,23 +654,23 @@ MAT 8 30 v91c writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a br
|
|||
MAT 8 31 tf32 figs-explicit εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς 1 If you cast us out It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 31 cgf7 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This is exclusive, meaning the demons only. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 32 h86e αὐτοῖς 1 to them This refers to the demons inside the men.
|
||||
MAT 8 32 gtx2 οἱ…ἐξελθόντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους 1 the demons, having come out, went away to the pigs “the demons left the man and entered the pigs”
|
||||
MAT 8 32 gtx2 οἱ…ἐξελθόντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους 1 the demons, having come out, went away to the pigs Alternate translation: “the demons left the man and entered the pigs”
|
||||
MAT 8 32 qa1i ἰδοὺ 1 behold This alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 8 32 lhn7 ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ 1 rushed down the steep hill “ran quickly down the steep slope”
|
||||
MAT 8 32 zk2p ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν 1 they died in the water “they fell into the water and drowned”
|
||||
MAT 8 32 lhn7 ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ 1 rushed down the steep hill Alternate translation: “ran quickly down the steep slope”
|
||||
MAT 8 32 zk2p ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν 1 they died in the water Alternate translation: “they fell into the water and drowned”
|
||||
MAT 8 33 qmc5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
|
||||
MAT 8 33 v39w οἱ…βόσκοντες 1 those who had been feeding the pigs “those who had been taking care of the pigs”
|
||||
MAT 8 33 v39w οἱ…βόσκοντες 1 those who had been feeding the pigs Alternate translation: “those who had been taking care of the pigs”
|
||||
MAT 8 33 ev2w figs-activepassive τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων 1 the things concerning the men who were possessed by demons If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons had controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 34 b2hp ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
|
||||
MAT 8 34 j6sp figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 the whole city The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 34 xb5x figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 the whole city The word **whole** is probably an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out. Not necessarily every person came out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 8 34 bsf4 τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 their region “their region”
|
||||
MAT 8 34 bsf4 τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 their region Alternate translation: “their region”
|
||||
MAT 9 intro tg41 0 # Matthew 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Proverbs<br><br>Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 1 nl8w 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew returns to the theme, which he began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md), of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man.
|
||||
MAT 9 1 cs8l πλοῖον 1 a boat This is probably the same boat as in [Matthew 8:23](../08/23.md). You only need to specify this if needed to avoid confusion.
|
||||
MAT 9 1 lje9 εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν 1 into his own city “to the town where he lived.” This refers to Capernaum.
|
||||
MAT 9 2 i6xp ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 2 szd4 προσέφερον 1 they were bringing “some men from the city were bringing”
|
||||
MAT 9 2 szd4 προσέφερον 1 they were bringing Alternate translation: “some men from the city were bringing”
|
||||
MAT 9 2 k5eh τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 their faith This refers to the faith of the men and may also include the faith of the paralyzed man.
|
||||
MAT 9 2 k9qq τέκνον 1 Child The man was not Jesus’ real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “My friend” or “Young man” or even omitted.
|
||||
MAT 9 2 iys2 figs-activepassive ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -689,23 +689,23 @@ MAT 9 6 gk68 figs-you ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may k
|
|||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat … your house Here, **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 td1z ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 go to your house Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
|
||||
MAT 9 7 uwq4 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 8 u8qu τὸν δόντα 1 who had given “because he had given”
|
||||
MAT 9 8 u8qu τὸν δόντα 1 who had given Alternate translation: “because he had given”
|
||||
MAT 9 8 x71s ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην 1 such authority This refers to the **authority** to declare sins forgiven.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 fkr2 καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν 1 And as Jesus passes on from there This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 g4r4 παράγων 1 as … passes on “as … was leaving” or “as … was going”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 g4r4 παράγων 1 as … passes on Alternate translation: “as … was leaving” or “as … was going”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 jc18 Μαθθαῖον…αὐτῷ…ἠκολούθησεν 1 Matthew … to him … he followed Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from “him” and “he” to “me” and “I.”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 t5ip λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he says to him “Jesus says to Matthew”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 t5ip λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he says to him Alternate translation: “Jesus says to Matthew”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 q438 ἀναστὰς, ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 having gotten up, he followed him “Matthew got up and followed Jesus.” This means Matthew became Jesus’ disciple.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 h7u9 0 General Information: These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 ksr5 τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 the house This is probably Matthew’s **house**, but it could also be Jesus’ house. Specify only if needed to avoid confusion.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 c751 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 f9lh ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
|
||||
MAT 9 11 ge2u καὶ ἰδόντες, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 And the Pharisees, having seen this “And the Pharisees, when they saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people”
|
||||
MAT 9 11 ge2u καὶ ἰδόντες, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 And the Pharisees, having seen this Alternate translation: “And the Pharisees, when they saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people”
|
||||
MAT 9 11 z4h5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? 1 For what reason does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 xz13 0 General Information: These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 m7fm ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας 1 But he, having heard this Here, **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 tl42 writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Those who are strong in body do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 uhc5 οἱ ἰσχύοντες 1 Those who are strong in body “People who are healthy”
|
||||
MAT 9 12 uhc5 οἱ ἰσχύοντες 1 Those who are strong in body Alternate translation: “People who are healthy”
|
||||
MAT 9 12 h5pg ἰατροῦ 1 of a physician a doctor
|
||||
MAT 9 12 n33c figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 those who have sickness The phrase “need a physician” is understood. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 fu2r πορευθέντες δὲ, μάθετε τί ἐστιν 1 But having gone, learn what is Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: “You should go and learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures”
|
||||
|
|
@ -713,21 +713,21 @@ MAT 9 13 tqr3 ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy
|
|||
MAT 9 13 djt7 οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον 1 For I did not come Here, **I** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 a886 figs-irony δικαίους 1 the righteous Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are **righteous** and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: “those who think they are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 9 14 aa3c 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus’ disciples do not fast.
|
||||
MAT 9 14 k8vc οὐ νηστεύουσιν 1 do not fast “continue to eat regularly”
|
||||
MAT 9 14 k8vc οὐ νηστεύουσιν 1 do not fast Alternate translation: “continue to eat regularly”
|
||||
MAT 9 15 r8if figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? 1 The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. They all knew that people do not mourn and fast at a wedding celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 15 xnp8 writing-proverbs μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? 1 The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not **mourn** because he is still there with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 15 iz9s ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν 1 But the days will come when This is a way of referring to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “But the time will come when” or “But someday”
|
||||
MAT 9 15 p6hz figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away from them If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will not be able to be with them any longer” or “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 15 u8er ἀπαρθῇ 1 may be taken away Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 v4a1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 yf98 οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 But no one puts a patch of new cloth on an old garment “But no one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment” or “But people do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment”
|
||||
MAT 9 16 bk47 ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ…τοῦ ἱματίου 1 an old garment … the garment “old clothing … the clothing”
|
||||
MAT 9 16 yf98 οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 But no one puts a patch of new cloth on an old garment Alternate translation: “But no one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment” or “But people do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment”
|
||||
MAT 9 16 bk47 ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ…τοῦ ἱματίου 1 an old garment … the garment Alternate translation: “old clothing … the clothing”
|
||||
MAT 9 16 x752 αἴρει…τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου 1 his patch tears away from the garment If someone were to wash the **garment**, the **patch** of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 rem6 τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ 1 his patch “the piece of new cloth.” This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 t71t figs-activepassive χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται 1 a worse tear happens If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “this will make the tear worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 q9wh 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to answer the question that disciples of John had asked.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 s13y οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς 1 Neither do they put new wine into old wineskins Jesus uses another proverb to answer John’s disciples. This means the same as the proverb in [Matthew 9:16](../09/16.md).
|
||||
MAT 9 17 fbl3 οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν 1 Neither do they put “Neither does anyone pour” or “People never put”
|
||||
MAT 9 17 fbl3 οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν 1 Neither do they put Alternate translation: “Neither does anyone pour” or “People never put”
|
||||
MAT 9 17 h26e translate-unknown οἶνον νέον 1 new wine This refers to **wine** that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit. Alternate translation: “grape juice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 dpv4 ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς 1 old wineskins This refers to **wineskins** that have stretched and dried out because they were already used for fermenting wine.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 v4x2 ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins “wine bags” or “skin bags.” These were bags made out of animal skins.
|
||||
|
|
@ -740,31 +740,31 @@ MAT 9 18 mj4x ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the answer Jesus gave J
|
|||
MAT 9 18 eqp1 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 n1i6 translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down to him This is a way someone would show respect in Jewish culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 9 18 in6t ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν καὶ ζήσεται 1 having come, lay your hand on her, and she will live This shows that the Jewish official believed Jesus had the power to bring his daughter back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 19 z99m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples “Jesus’ disciples”
|
||||
MAT 9 19 z99m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples”
|
||||
MAT 9 20 ai7a 0 Connecting Statement: This describes how Jesus healed another woman while he was on the way to the Jewish official’s house.
|
||||
MAT 9 20 etd3 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 20 gv15 figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 suffering from a discharge of blood “who had been bleeding” or “who frequently had a flow of blood.” She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 na37 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 for 12 years “for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 m9zq τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 of his garment “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
|
||||
MAT 9 20 m9zq τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 of his garment Alternate translation: “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
|
||||
MAT 9 21 eb6t figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. 1 for she was saying to herself, “If only I might touch his garments, I will be made well.” She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 9 21 ukb8 figs-explicit ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 If only I might touch his garments According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to **touch** anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 9 22 vi84 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς 1 But Jesus “The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 9 22 vi84 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς 1 But Jesus Alternate translation: “The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 9 22 x398 θύγατερ 1 Daughter The woman was not Jesus’ real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “Young woman” or even omitted.
|
||||
MAT 9 22 q6ca ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has saved you “because you believed in me, I will heal you”
|
||||
MAT 9 22 q6ca ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has saved you Alternate translation: “because you believed in me, I will heal you”
|
||||
MAT 9 22 zv2n figs-activepassive ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 the woman was healed from that very hour If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 23 tu2c 0 Connecting Statement: This returns to the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 23 jae1 τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον 1 the flute players and the crowd being stirred up This was a common way to mourn for someone who has died.
|
||||
MAT 9 23 gy7g τοὺς αὐλητὰς 1 the flute players “people playing flutes”
|
||||
MAT 9 23 gy7g τοὺς αὐλητὰς 1 the flute players Alternate translation: “people playing flutes”
|
||||
MAT 9 24 v1st ἀναχωρεῖτε 1 Go away Jesus was speaking to many people, so use the plural command form if your language has one.
|
||||
MAT 9 24 pc1m figs-euphemism οὐ…ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 the girl has not died, but sleeps Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who **sleeps**. But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 25 iy6x 0 General Information: Verse 26 is a summary statement that describes the result of Jesus raising this girl from the dead.
|
||||
MAT 9 25 utu3 0 Connecting Statement: This completes the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 25 nqs6 figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 But when the crowd had been put outside If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” or “But after the family had sent the people outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 25 mm3q ἠγέρθη 1 was raised up “got out of bed.” This is the same meaning as in [Matthew 8:15](../08/15.md).
|
||||
MAT 9 26 rxs4 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην 1 And this report went out into all that region “And the people of that whole region heard about it” or “And the people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it”
|
||||
MAT 9 26 rxs4 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην 1 And this report went out into all that region Alternate translation: “And the people of that whole region heard about it” or “And the people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it”
|
||||
MAT 9 27 b1h6 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus healing two blind men.
|
||||
MAT 9 27 a8nm καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 And when Jesus was departing from there As Jesus was leaving the region
|
||||
MAT 9 27 nwe9 παράγοντι…τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 when Jesus had departed “when Jesus was leaving” or “as Jesus was going”
|
||||
MAT 9 27 nwe9 παράγοντι…τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 when Jesus had departed Alternate translation: “when Jesus was leaving” or “as Jesus was going”
|
||||
MAT 9 27 suc1 ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 followed him This means they were walking behind Jesus, not necessarily that they had become his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 27 d8bu figs-explicit ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 Have mercy on us It is implied that they wanted Jesus to heal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 9 27 dh5d Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
|
|
@ -775,48 +775,48 @@ MAT 9 29 w92e figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γε
|
|||
MAT 9 30 uk2a figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened This means they were able to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 qa39 figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed their eyes” or “the two blind men were able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 t6p8 figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω 1 See that no one knows about this Here, **See** means “be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y574 οἱ δὲ 1 But they “But the two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They”
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y4b2 διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν 1 reported it “told many people what had happened to them”
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y574 οἱ δὲ 1 But they Alternate translation: “But the two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They”
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y4b2 διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν 1 reported it Alternate translation: “told many people what had happened to them”
|
||||
MAT 9 32 tya1 0 Connecting Statement: This is the account of Jesus healing a demon-possessed man who could not speak and how people responded.
|
||||
MAT 9 32 v9tr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 32 sh32 κωφὸν 1 mute not able to talk
|
||||
MAT 9 32 n6fs figs-activepassive ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον 1 a mute, demon-possessed man If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “a man who was mute and whom a demon had possessed” or “a man whom a demon was controlling and making him mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d6zs figs-activepassive ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου 1 when the demon had been cast out If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “after Jesus had forced the demon out” or “after Jesus had commanded the demon to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 r8ce ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός 1 the mute man spoke “the mute man began to speak” or “the man who had been mute spoke” or “the man, who was no longer mute, spoke”
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d1lf ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι 1 the crowds were astonished “the people were amazed”
|
||||
MAT 9 33 r8ce ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός 1 the mute man spoke Alternate translation: “the mute man began to speak” or “the man who had been mute spoke” or “the man, who was no longer mute, spoke”
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d1lf ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι 1 the crowds were astonished Alternate translation: “the people were amazed”
|
||||
MAT 9 33 y4l5 figs-activepassive οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως 1 Such as this has never been seen If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “This has never happened before” or “No one has ever done anything like this before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 34 z2r7 ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 he casts out the demons “he forces demons to leave”
|
||||
MAT 9 34 z2r7 ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 he casts out the demons Alternate translation: “he forces demons to leave”
|
||||
MAT 9 34 q623 ἐκβάλλει 1 he casts out The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 z6ya 0 General Information: Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 xpp4 writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md) about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 x9ck figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 all the cities The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 ehx5 πόλεις…κώμας 1 cities … villages “large villages … small villages” or “large towns … small towns”
|
||||
MAT 9 35 ehx5 πόλεις…κώμας 1 cities … villages Alternate translation: “large villages … small villages” or “large towns … small towns”
|
||||
MAT 9 35 uz5e figs-abstractnouns τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the gospel of the kingdom Here the abstract noun **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [Matthew 4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 e7at πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness “every disease and every sickness.” The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. **Disease** is what causes a person to be sick. **Sickness** is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 9 36 t47i figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 like sheep not having a shepherd This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “as people without a leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 9 37 q95i 0 General Information: Jesus uses a proverb about harvesting to tell his disciples how they should respond to the needs of the crowds mentioned in the previous section.
|
||||
MAT 9 37 mur4 writing-proverbs ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι 1 The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 37 m6ke ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς 1 The harvest is plentiful “There is plenty of ripe food for someone to collect”
|
||||
MAT 9 37 h3a2 ἐργάται 1 laborers “workers”
|
||||
MAT 9 38 vz8y δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 beg the Lord of the harvest “pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest”
|
||||
MAT 9 37 m6ke ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς 1 The harvest is plentiful Alternate translation: “There is plenty of ripe food for someone to collect”
|
||||
MAT 9 37 h3a2 ἐργάται 1 laborers Alternate translation: “workers”
|
||||
MAT 9 38 vz8y δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 beg the Lord of the harvest Alternate translation: “pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest”
|
||||
MAT 10 intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sending of the twelve disciples<br><br>Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
|
||||
MAT 10 1 nhp2 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.
|
||||
MAT 10 1 gjs9 translate-numbers προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 having summoned his 12 disciples “having summoned his twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 10 1 x1er ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave them authority Be sure that the text clearly communicates meaning of this **authority**: (1) Jesus gave it to them to drive out unclean spirits. (2) Jesus gave it to them to heal disease and sickness.
|
||||
MAT 10 1 pq8k ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ 1 so as to cast them out “in order to make the unclean spirits leave”
|
||||
MAT 10 1 pq8k ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ 1 so as to cast them out Alternate translation: “in order to make the unclean spirits leave”
|
||||
MAT 10 1 x29j πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness. “every disease and every sickness.” The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. **Disease** is what causes a person to be sick. **Sickness** is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 10 2 yt7a 0 General Information: Here the author provides the names of the twelve apostles as background information.
|
||||
MAT 10 2 t59v writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 10 2 f1vu τῶν…δώδεκα ἀποστόλων 1 of the 12 apostles This is the same group as the “12 disciples” in [Matthew 10:1](../10/01.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 2 sc7b translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 first This is first in order, not in rank. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 10 3 g6eg Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης 1 Matthew the tax collector “Matthew, who was a tax collector”
|
||||
MAT 10 3 g6eg Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης 1 Matthew the tax collector Alternate translation: “Matthew, who was a tax collector”
|
||||
MAT 10 4 n4st ὁ Καναναῖος 1 the Zealot The word **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” (2) a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
|
||||
MAT 10 4 kmp2 ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him “who would betray Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 10 4 kmp2 ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him Alternate translation: “who would betray Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 10 5 sn9v figs-events 0 General Information: Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 10 5 aw5h 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 5 c46d τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 These Twelve Jesus sent out “Jesus sent out these twelve men” or “It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out”
|
||||
MAT 10 5 c46d τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 These Twelve Jesus sent out Alternate translation: “Jesus sent out these twelve men” or “It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out”
|
||||
MAT 10 5 yix4 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent out Jesus sent them out for a particular purpose.
|
||||
MAT 10 5 ryl4 παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς 1 having instructed them “having told them what they needed to do” or “having commanded them”
|
||||
MAT 10 5 ryl4 παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς 1 having instructed them Alternate translation: “having told them what they needed to do” or “having commanded them”
|
||||
MAT 10 6 q1pb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of **Israel** to **sheep** who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 6 b6i2 figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 of the house of Israel This refers to the nation of **Israel**. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 uff2 figs-you πορευόμενοι 1 as you are going Here, **you** is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ MAT 10 10 i2ex δύο χιτῶνας 1 two tunics Use the same word you used f
|
|||
MAT 10 10 ei4d ὁ ἐργάτης 1 a laborer a worker
|
||||
MAT 10 10 m97h figs-synecdoche τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 of his food Here, **food** refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “of what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 dk1r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 b7ig εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε 1 But whatever city or village you might enter into “But whenever you enter a city or village” or “But when you go into any city or village”
|
||||
MAT 10 11 b7ig εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε 1 But whatever city or village you might enter into Alternate translation: “But whenever you enter a city or village” or “But when you go into any city or village”
|
||||
MAT 10 11 p4ln πόλιν…κώμην 1 city … village “large village … small village” or “large town … small town.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 11 r7kj figs-you εἰσέλθητε 1 you might enter This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 c3uf ἄξιός 1 worthy A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -847,13 +847,13 @@ MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’
|
|||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 2 if it might not be worthy The word **it** means the house, and “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace return to you This could mean: (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household. (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 yn9k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 m8e9 καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ 1 And whoever might not receive you nor listen to “And if no people in that house or city will receive you or listen to”
|
||||
MAT 10 14 m8e9 καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ 1 And whoever might not receive you nor listen to Alternate translation: “And if no people in that house or city will receive you or listen to”
|
||||
MAT 10 14 w5py figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν 1 you … your This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 z826 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν 1 listen to your words Here, **words** refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 hi3i πόλεως 1 city You should translate this the same way you did in [Matthew 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 14 i5mc translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 shake off the dust from your feet “shake the dust off your feet as you leave.” This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 10 15 pk4f ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 15 d6ib ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται 1 it will be more tolerable “the suffering will be less”
|
||||
MAT 10 15 d6ib ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται 1 it will be more tolerable Alternate translation: “the suffering will be less”
|
||||
MAT 10 15 sg3c figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah This refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 15 zmm2 figs-metonymy τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 for that city This refers to the people in the **city** that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: “for the people of the city that does not receive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 16 lf4i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples. Here he begins to tell them about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
|
|
@ -862,50 +862,50 @@ MAT 10 16 c9bi ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς 1 I send you out Jesus i
|
|||
MAT 10 16 b262 figs-simile ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 as sheep in the midst of wolves Sheep are defenseless animals that **wolves** often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: “as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 10 16 s21a figs-simile γίνεσθε…φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί 1 be wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to **serpents** or **doves** is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: “act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 10 17 a55q grammar-connect-words-phrases προσέχετε δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων; παραδώσουσιν γὰρ ὑμᾶς 1 But watch out for men, for they will deliver you up You can translate with “because” to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: “But watch out for people because they will deliver you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
MAT 10 17 csc4 παραδώσουσιν…ὑμᾶς εἰς 1 they will deliver you up to “they will put you under the control of”
|
||||
MAT 10 17 csc4 παραδώσουσιν…ὑμᾶς εἰς 1 they will deliver you up to Alternate translation: “they will put you under the control of”
|
||||
MAT 10 17 fct4 συνέδρια 1 councils local religious leaders or elders who together keep peace in the community
|
||||
MAT 10 17 gs2d μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will whip you “beat you with a whip”
|
||||
MAT 10 17 gs2d μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will whip you Alternate translation: “beat you with a whip”
|
||||
MAT 10 18 pe3d figs-activepassive καὶ…ἀχθήσεσθε 1 you will even be brought If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “they will even bring you” or “they will even drag you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 18 p74k ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because you belong to me” or “because you follow me”
|
||||
MAT 10 18 p74k ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” or “because you follow me”
|
||||
MAT 10 18 u5wc αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 to them and to the Gentiles The pronoun **them** refers either to the “governors and kings” or to the Jewish accusers.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ksi4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 But when they may deliver you up “But when people take you to the councils.” Here, **they** are the same people as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qcs3 figs-you ὑμᾶς…μὴ μεριμνήσητε…λαλήσητε…δοθήσεται…ὑμῖν…λαλήσητε 1 you … you should not be anxious about … you should speak … you should say will be given to you All instances of **you** are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qzd2 μὴ μεριμνήσητε 1 you should not be anxious about “you should not worry about”
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qzd2 μὴ μεριμνήσητε 1 you should not be anxious about Alternate translation: “you should not worry about”
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 how or what you should speak “how you are to speak or what you are to say.” The two ideas may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε 1 for what you should say will be given to you in that hour If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “for at that time, the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here, **hour** means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 you … your … you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 v9tm τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 the Spirit of your Father If necessary, You can translate this as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
|
||||
MAT 10 20 k3xr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 of your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 zxd8 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you “through you”
|
||||
MAT 10 20 zxd8 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you Alternate translation: “through you”
|
||||
MAT 10 21 i8q5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 21 p9ms παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 Brother will deliver up brother to death “But a brother will deliver up his own brother to death” or “But brothers will deliver up their brothers to death.” Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times.
|
||||
MAT 10 21 lh6z figs-abstractnouns παραδώσει…ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 will deliver up brother to death If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **death**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “hand brother over to authorties who will execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 10 21 p8w9 figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father his child These words can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 21 xja9 ἐπαναστήσονται…ἐπὶ 1 will rise up against “will rebel against” or “will turn against”
|
||||
MAT 10 21 xf2d θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death “have them put to death” or “have the authorities execute them”
|
||||
MAT 10 21 xja9 ἐπαναστήσονται…ἐπὶ 1 will rise up against Alternate translation: “will rebel against” or “will turn against”
|
||||
MAT 10 21 xf2d θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death Alternate translation: “have them put to death” or “have the authorities execute them”
|
||||
MAT 10 22 sp6p figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” or “all people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 va6i figs-you ἔσεσθε 1 you will be This is plural and refers to the twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 n3xn figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 k5w9 ὁ…ὑπομείνας 1 the one who endures “whoever stays faithful”
|
||||
MAT 10 22 k5w9 ὁ…ὑπομείνας 1 the one who endures Alternate translation: “whoever stays faithful”
|
||||
MAT 10 22 j71i εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether the **end** means when a person dies, when the persecution ends, or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
MAT 10 22 qn7j figs-activepassive οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 he will be saved If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will deliver that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 23 m42z ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city Here, **this** does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 jjd4 φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν 1 flee to the next “flee to the next city”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 jjd4 φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν 1 flee to the next Alternate translation: “flee to the next city”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 gk1s ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 23 dk4u figs-123person Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 10 23 tm8z ἔλθῃ 1 may come “arrives”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 tm8z ἔλθῃ 1 may come Alternate translation: “arrives”
|
||||
MAT 10 24 uv9r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 24 p8mr writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 A disciple is not above his teacher, nor a slave above his master Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 10 24 syb2 οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 A disciple is not above his teacher “A disciple is always less important than his teacher” or “A teacher is always more important than his disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 24 nc3e οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 nor a slave above his master “and a slave is always less important than his master” or “and a master is always more important than his slave”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 e2ae ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ 1 It is enough for the disciple that he might be like his teacher “The disciple should be satisfied to become like his teacher”
|
||||
MAT 10 24 syb2 οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 A disciple is not above his teacher Alternate translation: “A disciple is always less important than his teacher” or “A teacher is always more important than his disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 24 nc3e οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 nor a slave above his master Alternate translation: “and a slave is always less important than his master” or “and a master is always more important than his slave”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 e2ae ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ 1 It is enough for the disciple that he might be like his teacher Alternate translation: “The disciple should be satisfied to become like his teacher”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 t7jp figs-explicit γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ 1 he might be like his teacher If necessary, you can make explicit how the disciple becomes like the **teacher**. Alternate translation: “he might know as much as his teacher knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 25 e6z3 figs-explicit ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 the slave like his master If necessary, you can make explicit how the slave becomes like the master. Alternate translation: “the slave should be satisfied to become only as important as his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 25 u355 εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 If they called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much worse the members of his household Again Jesus is emphasizing that since people have mistreated him, his disciples should expect people to treat them the same or worse.
|
||||
MAT 10 25 bg2l πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 how much worse the members of his household “the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse” or “they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 cp96 εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν 1 If they called “Since people have called”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 bg2l πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 how much worse the members of his household Alternate translation: “the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse” or “they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 cp96 εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν 1 If they called Alternate translation: “Since people have called”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 pu5y figs-metaphor τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην 1 the master of the house Jesus is using this as a metaphor for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 25 y5md Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul The name **Beelzebul** could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul.” (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 r5ll figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 the members of his household This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -933,31 +933,31 @@ MAT 10 29 i399 ἀσσαρίου 1 for an assarion This is often translated as
|
|||
MAT 10 29 wxt4 figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 not one of them will fall to the ground without the knowledge of your Father You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 fe8z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 of your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 30 cih3 figs-activepassive ὑμῶν…καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν 1 even the hairs of your head are all numbered If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows even how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 30 nb7b ἠριθμημέναι 1 numbered “counted”
|
||||
MAT 10 31 n2tz πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς 1 you are more valuable than many sparrows “God values you more than many sparrows”
|
||||
MAT 10 30 nb7b ἠριθμημέναι 1 numbered Alternate translation: “counted”
|
||||
MAT 10 31 n2tz πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς 1 you are more valuable than many sparrows Alternate translation: “God values you more than many sparrows”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 jtw9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 32 ntt9 πᾶς…ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ…ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 everyone who confesses in me … I will also confess in him “whoever confesses me … I will also confess” or “if anyone confesses me … I will also confess him”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 yj44 ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 will confess in me before men “tells others that he is my disciple” or “acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 ntt9 πᾶς…ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ…ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 everyone who confesses in me … I will also confess in him Alternate translation: “whoever confesses me … I will also confess” or “if anyone confesses me … I will also confess him”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 yj44 ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 will confess in me before men Alternate translation: “tells others that he is my disciple” or “acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 j4dh figs-ellipsis ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 I will also confess in him before my Father who is in the heavens You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in the heavens that that person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 32 kdd2 τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 my Father who is in the heavens “my heavenly Father”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 kdd2 τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 my Father who is in the heavens Alternate translation: “my heavenly Father”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 n1nb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 33 sx8g ὅστις…ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με…ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν 1 whoever would deny me … I will also deny him “whoever denies me … I will also deny” or “if anyone denies me … I will also deny him”
|
||||
MAT 10 33 d15s ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 would deny me before men “denies to other people that he is loyal to me” or “refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 33 sx8g ὅστις…ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με…ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν 1 whoever would deny me … I will also deny him Alternate translation: “whoever denies me … I will also deny” or “if anyone denies me … I will also deny him”
|
||||
MAT 10 33 d15s ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 would deny me before men Alternate translation: “denies to other people that he is loyal to me” or “refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 33 cnu3 figs-ellipsis ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 I will also deny him before my Father who is in the heavens You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will deny before my Father who is in the heavens that this person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 34 bx73 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 34 rrp3 μὴ νομίσητε 1 Do not think “Do not suppose” or “You must not think”
|
||||
MAT 10 34 rrp3 μὴ νομίσητε 1 Do not think Alternate translation: “Do not suppose” or “You must not think”
|
||||
MAT 10 34 l5ad figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 upon the earth This refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 34 jq6d figs-metonymy μάχαιραν 1 a sword This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 35 xx5m διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ 1 to set a man against “to cause a man to fight against”
|
||||
MAT 10 35 k18y ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 a man against his father “a son against his father”
|
||||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 the enemies of a man “a person’s enemies” or “a person’s worst enemies”
|
||||
MAT 10 36 g166 οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 will be those of his own household “will be the members of his own family”
|
||||
MAT 10 35 xx5m διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ 1 to set a man against Alternate translation: “to cause a man to fight against”
|
||||
MAT 10 35 k18y ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 a man against his father Alternate translation: “a son against his father”
|
||||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 the enemies of a man Alternate translation: “a person’s enemies” or “a person’s worst enemies”
|
||||
MAT 10 36 g166 οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 will be those of his own household Alternate translation: “will be the members of his own family”
|
||||
MAT 10 37 ju1k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 37 az6t ὁ φιλῶν 1 The one loving The word **loving** here refers to “brotherly love” or “love from a friend.” Alternate translation: “The one caring for” or “The one who is devoted to” or “The one who is fond of”
|
||||
MAT 10 37 fb3p μου ἄξιος 1 worthy of me “deserve to belong to me” or “worthy to be my disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 37 fb3p μου ἄξιος 1 worthy of me Alternate translation: “deserve to belong to me” or “worthy to be my disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 38 ye95 figs-metonymy οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου 1 does not take up his cross and follow after me “does not carry his cross and follow me.” The **cross** represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 38 xesp figs-metaphor οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου 1 does not take up his cross and follow after me Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 38 ai2r οὐ λαμβάνει 1 does not take up “does not pick up and carry”
|
||||
MAT 10 38 ai2r οὐ λαμβάνει 1 does not take up Alternate translation: “does not pick up and carry”
|
||||
MAT 10 39 u4jh writing-proverbs ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 The one who found his life will lose it, and the one who lost his life for my sake will find it Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. This should be translated with as few words as possible. Alternate translation: “Those who find their lives will lose them. But those who lose their lives for my sake will find them” or “If you find your life you will lose it. But if you lose your life because of me, you will find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 10 39 jwf2 figs-metaphor ὁ εὑρὼν 1 The one who found This is a metaphor for “keeps” or “saves.” Alternate translation: “The one who tried to keep” or “The one who tried to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 39 pbf3 figs-metaphor ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 will lose it This does not mean the person will die. It is a metaphor that means the person will not experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will not have true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -965,26 +965,26 @@ MAT 10 39 i3x4 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτο
|
|||
MAT 10 39 hz7r ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me.” This is the same idea as “for my sake” in [Matthew 10:18](../10/18.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 39 g2c8 figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 will find it This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 40 u2wq 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 40 asg3 ὁ δεχόμενος 1 The one receiving “Whoever receives” or “Anyone who receives” or “The one who welcomes”
|
||||
MAT 10 40 asg3 ὁ δεχόμενος 1 The one receiving Alternate translation: “Whoever receives” or “Anyone who receives” or “The one who welcomes”
|
||||
MAT 10 40 c77e ὁ δεχόμενος 1 The one receiving This means to receive someone as a guest.
|
||||
MAT 10 40 ir49 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles to whom Jesus is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 40 pf1j ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 The one receiving you receives me Jesus means that when someone receives you, it is like receiving him. Alternate translation: “When someone receives you, it is like he is receiving me” or “If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me”
|
||||
MAT 10 40 y9ck ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one receiving me receives the one who sent me This means that when someone receives Jesus, it is like receiving God. Alternate translation: “when someone receives me, it is like he is receiving God the Father who sent me” or “if someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me”
|
||||
MAT 10 41 f9pv εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου 1 in the name of a prophet “because he is a prophet”
|
||||
MAT 10 41 f9pv εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου 1 in the name of a prophet Alternate translation: “because he is a prophet”
|
||||
MAT 10 41 yj1q μισθὸν προφήτου 1 a reward of a prophet This refers to the **reward** that God gives the **prophet**, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 x483 εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου 1 in the name of a righteous man “because he is a righteous man”
|
||||
MAT 10 41 x483 εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου 1 in the name of a righteous man Alternate translation: “because he is a righteous man”
|
||||
MAT 10 41 qfv7 μισθὸν δικαίου 1 a reward of a righteous man This refers to the **reward** God gives to **a righteous** person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx4a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 v6jg ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ 1 whoever might give … to drink “anyone who gives … to drink”
|
||||
MAT 10 42 v6jg ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ 1 whoever might give … to drink Alternate translation: “anyone who gives … to drink”
|
||||
MAT 10 42 z8tk ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 to one of these little ones “to one of these lowly ones” or “to the least important of these.” The phrase **one of these** here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 lza6 εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ 1 in the name of a disciple “because he is my disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 42 lza6 εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ 1 in the name of a disciple Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx29 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 y1ie οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 he may certainly not lose his reward Here, **he** and **his** refer to the one who is giving.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 d61l οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not lose “God will not deny him.” This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly give him”
|
||||
MAT 10 42 d61l οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not lose Alternate translation: “God will not deny him.” This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly give him”
|
||||
MAT 11 intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.<br><br>Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hidden revelation<br><br>After [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
|
||||
MAT 11 1 z2y7 writing-newevent 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MAT 11 1 dr3u καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And when” or “After”
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ki7f ἐτέλεσεν…διατάσσων 1 had finished giving orders “had finished teaching” or “had finished commanding”
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ki7f ἐτέλεσεν…διατάσσων 1 had finished giving orders Alternate translation: “had finished teaching” or “had finished commanding”
|
||||
MAT 11 1 m6h5 translate-numbers τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ 1 to his 12 disciples This refers to the 12 chosen apostles of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ju1q ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 1 in their cities Here, **their** refers to all the Jews in general.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 n2dc δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
|
@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ MAT 11 2 xre1 πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 havin
|
|||
MAT 11 3 w2im εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 said to him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 11 3 q89t σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Are you the one coming “Are you the one whom we are expecting to come.” This is another way to refer to the Messiah or Christ.
|
||||
MAT 11 3 hrk5 ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν? 1 are we expecting another? “should we be expecting someone else?” The pronoun **we** refers to all Jews, not only John’s disciples.
|
||||
MAT 11 4 a66r ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ 1 report to John “tell John”
|
||||
MAT 11 4 a66r ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ 1 report to John Alternate translation: “tell John”
|
||||
MAT 11 5 sd6c figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 lepers are cleansed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “I am healing lepers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 5 v274 figs-idiom νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 the dead are raised Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “people who have died are being caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 5 k796 figs-activepassive νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 the dead are raised If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “I am causing those who have died to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1006,11 +1006,11 @@ MAT 11 7 w269 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1
|
|||
MAT 11 8 n5hx figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing? Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 8 y24r ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον 1 dressed in soft clothing “wearing expensive clothing.” Rich people wore this kind of **clothing**.
|
||||
MAT 11 8 tmb9 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This word adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
|
||||
MAT 11 8 v9k2 τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων 1 the houses of kings “kings’ palaces”
|
||||
MAT 11 8 v9k2 τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων 1 the houses of kings Alternate translation: “kings’ palaces”
|
||||
MAT 11 9 cgm4 0 General Information: In verse 10, Jesus quotes the prophet Malachi to show that the life and ministry of John the Baptist fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 11 9 w9su 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 9 gm97 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 But what did you go out to see—a prophet? Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 9 nkd4 ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Yes, I say to you “I say to you yes,”
|
||||
MAT 11 9 nkd4 ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Yes, I say to you Alternate translation: “I say to you yes,”
|
||||
MAT 11 9 fb75 figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 much more than a prophet You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “he is not an ordinary prophet” or “he is more important than a normal prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 de17 figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 This is he concerning whom it has been written If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the prophet Malachi wrote long ago about John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 ql5h ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου 1 I am sending my messenger The pronouns **I** and **my** refer to God. Malachi is quoting what God said.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ MAT 11 11 j7gw ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell y
|
|||
MAT 11 11 z5yq figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women Even though Adam was not born of a women, this is a way of referring to all humans. Alternate translation: “out of all people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 q2kp οὐκ ἐγήγερται…μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 there has not arisen one greater than John the Baptist You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist is the greatest” or “John the Baptist is the most important”
|
||||
MAT 11 11 cag4 figs-metonymy ὁ…μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the least important in the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important person under the rule of our God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 p5ir μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 is greater than he “is more important than John is”
|
||||
MAT 11 11 p5ir μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 is greater than he Alternate translation: “is more important than John is”
|
||||
MAT 11 12 mb4v ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 But from the days of John the Baptist “But from the time John began preaching his message.” The word **days** probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
|
||||
MAT 11 12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and violent men take it by force There are various possible interpretations of this verse. The UST assumes that it means that some people want to use God’s kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use **force** against other people to accomplish this. Other versions assume a positive interpretation, that the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. A third interpretation is that violent people are harming God’s people and trying to stop God from ruling.
|
||||
MAT 11 13 v3el 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1033,15 +1033,15 @@ MAT 11 15 z97x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέ
|
|||
MAT 11 15 w4cc figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 16 q1s5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 16 mp8g figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 But to what will I compare this generation? Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people of that day and what children might say in the marketplace. Alternate translation: “But this is what this generation is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 16 yat1 τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 this generation “the people living now” or “these people” or “you people of this generation”
|
||||
MAT 11 16 yat1 τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 this generation Alternate translation: “the people living now” or “these people” or “you people of this generation”
|
||||
MAT 11 16 l7km ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplace a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items
|
||||
MAT 11 17 wn37 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words “It is like” in verse 16.
|
||||
MAT 11 17 ai4e figs-parables λέγουσιν…οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 saying … you did not weep Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 rbzf figs-simile λέγουσιν…οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 saying … you did not weep Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here, **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 j5jd καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε 1 and you did not dance “but you did not dance to the happy music”
|
||||
MAT 11 17 j5jd καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε 1 and you did not dance Alternate translation: “but you did not dance to the happy music”
|
||||
MAT 11 17 t723 figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 We mourned This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 f87l καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and you did not weep “but you did not cry with us”
|
||||
MAT 11 17 f87l καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and you did not weep Alternate translation: “but you did not cry with us”
|
||||
MAT 11 18 svc9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 neither eating nor drinking This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 they say, ‘He has a demon.’ You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1050,16 +1050,16 @@ MAT 11 19 iwk8 figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπο
|
|||
MAT 11 19 gs6z ἦλθεν…ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 came eating and drinking This is the opposite of John’s behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!’ You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being a friends of tax collectors and sinners.” Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 cqv7 figs-123person λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners! If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man,” you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 d6gu ἄνθρωπος, φάγος 1 a man, a glutton “he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 pv4n οἰνοπότης 1 a drunkard “a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 d6gu ἄνθρωπος, φάγος 1 a man, a glutton Alternate translation: “he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 pv4n οἰνοπότης 1 a drunkard Alternate translation: “a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 vwk4 writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 But wisdom has been justified by her children This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 dz3c figs-personification ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom has been justified by her children Here, **wisdom** is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 o3zh figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom has been justified by her children Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 bwq8 0 General Information: Jesus begins to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
|
||||
MAT 11 20 w4g8 figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 to rebuke the cities Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 fxs4 πόλεις 1 cities “towns”
|
||||
MAT 11 20 fxs4 πόλεις 1 cities Alternate translation: “towns”
|
||||
MAT 11 20 t51a figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 in which most of his miracles were done You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 wh1g αἱ…δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 his miracles “his mighty works” or “his works of power”
|
||||
MAT 11 20 wh1g αἱ…δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 his miracles Alternate translation: “his mighty works” or “his works of power”
|
||||
MAT 11 21 xxb3 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida** were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tv81 figs-you οὐαί σοι 1 Woe to you “How terrible it will be for you.” Here, **you** is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 y9d3 figs-metonymy Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι 1 Chorazin … Bethsaida … Tyre … Sidon The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ MAT 11 21 lh46 figs-hypo εἰ…αἱ δυνάμεις…πάλαι ἂν ἐν
|
|||
MAT 11 21 tm59 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 if the miracles had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you You can translate this with active forms. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 k3in figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which were done in you Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual **you** to refer to the two cities, or a plural **you** to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 bqi8 πάλαι…μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented long ago The pronoun **they** refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 11 21 qx9m μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented “they would have shown they were sorry for their sins”
|
||||
MAT 11 21 qx9m μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented Alternate translation: “they would have shown they were sorry for their sins”
|
||||
MAT 11 22 mr18 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you Here, **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 22 ab14 figs-you ἢ ὑμῖν 1 than for you Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 22 ibpo figs-explicit ἢ ὑμῖν 1 than for you The implied information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ MAT 11 23 nddz figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1
|
|||
MAT 11 23 d54d figs-activepassive ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down to Hades If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will send you down to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 vk57 figs-hypo ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 z279 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 e2t7 δυνάμεις 1 miracles “mighty works” or “works of power”
|
||||
MAT 11 23 e2t7 δυνάμεις 1 miracles Alternate translation: “mighty works” or “works of power”
|
||||
MAT 11 23 yih1 ἔμεινεν 1 it would have remained The pronoun **it** refers to the city of Sodom.
|
||||
MAT 11 24 y1e3 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 11 24 e3pa figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί 1 it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you Here, **land of Sodom** refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ MAT 11 25 f57a 0 General Information: In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his
|
|||
MAT 11 25 h5x4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 u9cy figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Lord of heaven and earth “Lord who rules over heaven and earth.” The phrase **heaven and earth** is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 p1gl ἔκρυψας ταῦτα…καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ 1 you concealed these things … and revealed them It is not clear what is meant by **these things**. If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths … and revealed them”
|
||||
MAT 11 25 lk8f ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ 1 you concealed these things from “you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” The verb **concealed** is the opposite of “revealed.”
|
||||
MAT 11 25 lk8f ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ 1 you concealed these things from Alternate translation: “you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” The verb **concealed** is the opposite of “revealed.”
|
||||
MAT 11 25 qw5c figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 from the wise and discerning These nominal adjectives can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and who discern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 las9 figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and discerning Jesus is using irony. He does not think these people are really **wise and discerning**. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and discerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 uwu5 ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ 1 revealed them “made them known.” The pronoun **them** refers to “these things” earlier in this verse.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1098,15 +1098,15 @@ MAT 11 26 qp7t figs-metonymy ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο
|
|||
MAT 11 27 yk5w figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been entrusted to me from my Father If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has entrusted all things to me” or “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 gd67 πάντα 1 All things This could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus. (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 j3vk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 s1as οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows the Son except the Father “only the Father knows the Son”
|
||||
MAT 11 27 s1as οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows the Son except the Father Alternate translation: “only the Father knows the Son”
|
||||
MAT 11 27 rt5b οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει 1 no one knows The word **knows** here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 esp4 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Son Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 l8xe guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 w6yq οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows the Father except the Son “only the Son knows the Father”
|
||||
MAT 11 27 w6yq οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows the Father except the Son Alternate translation: “only the Son knows the Father”
|
||||
MAT 11 28 q9x1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
MAT 11 28 x978 figs-you πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 all you who are laboring and are heavy burdened, and I will give you rest Both occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 28 t2jj figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 who are laboring and are heavy burdened Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. Alternate translation: “who are discouraged from trying so hard” or “who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 28 f1w4 κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 and I will give you rest “and I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”
|
||||
MAT 11 28 f1w4 κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 and I will give you rest Alternate translation: “and I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”
|
||||
MAT 11 29 q1ya figs-metaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Take my yoke on you Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 t1rh figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 I am gentle and humble in heart Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3qs figs-metonymy ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 humble in heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1119,22 +1119,22 @@ MAT 12 1 u1f2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of th
|
|||
MAT 12 1 m2n1 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time This marks a new part of the story. Alternate translation: “A little later”
|
||||
MAT 12 1 tvt9 translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 the grainfields This is a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 12 1 yrf8 τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν 1 to pluck heads of grain and to eat them Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 12 1 zz4r τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν 1 to pluck heads of grain and to eat them “to pick some of the wheat and to eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and to eat it”
|
||||
MAT 12 1 zz4r τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν 1 to pluck heads of grain and to eat them Alternate translation: “to pick some of the wheat and to eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and to eat it”
|
||||
MAT 12 1 y5vr στάχυας 1 heads of grain This is the topmost part of the wheat plant. It holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
|
||||
MAT 12 2 swl7 ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 12 2 mch7 οἱ…Φαρισαῖοι 1 the Pharisees This does not mean all of **the Pharisees**. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees”
|
||||
MAT 12 2 nh12 ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου 1 Behold, your disciples “Look, your disciples.” The Pharisees use this word to draw attention to what the disciples are doing.
|
||||
MAT 12 3 mzn1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
|
||||
MAT 12 3 et11 αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the Pharisees”
|
||||
MAT 12 3 et11 αὐτοῖς 1 to them Alternate translation: “to the Pharisees”
|
||||
MAT 12 3 d712 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him— This begins a question that continues into the next verse. Jesus uses the question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 4 blm5 τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God”
|
||||
MAT 12 4 ue7l figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the loaves of the presence This is sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 4 c6a8 τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for those with him “for the men who were with David”
|
||||
MAT 12 4 lkx9 εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 except only for the priests “but, according to the law, only the priests could eat it”
|
||||
MAT 12 4 c6a8 τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for those with him Alternate translation: “for the men who were with David”
|
||||
MAT 12 4 lkx9 εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 except only for the priests Alternate translation: “but, according to the law, only the priests could eat it”
|
||||
MAT 12 5 tjh3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 5 f79q figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent? Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” or “You should know that the law teaches that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 5 dqe9 τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 profane the Sabbath “do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”
|
||||
MAT 12 5 i6y9 ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν 1 are innocent “God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
|
||||
MAT 12 5 dqe9 τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 profane the Sabbath Alternate translation: “do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”
|
||||
MAT 12 5 i6y9 ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν 1 are innocent Alternate translation: “God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
|
||||
MAT 12 6 ji7a λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 greater than the temple “someone who is more important than the temple.” Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 rh53 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1144,36 +1144,36 @@ MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy
|
|||
MAT 12 7 jw57 θέλω 1 I desire The pronoun **I** refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the innocent You can translate this as an adjective. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 8 jx98 Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 is Lord of the Sabbath “rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
|
||||
MAT 12 8 jx98 Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 is Lord of the Sabbath Alternate translation: “rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
|
||||
MAT 12 9 i489 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 12 9 hns8 καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν 1 And having departed from there “After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there”
|
||||
MAT 12 9 hns8 καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν 1 And having departed from there Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there”
|
||||
MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue The word **their** could refer to: (1) the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 kjf6 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 10 xb13 ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 there was a man having a withered hand “there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 t948 ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they questioned him, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that they might accuse him “the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 gdj6 εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? 1 Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths? “According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbaths?”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 xb13 ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 there was a man having a withered hand Alternate translation: “there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 t948 ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they questioned him, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that they might accuse him Alternate translation: “the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 gdj6 εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? 1 Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths? Alternate translation: “According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbaths?”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 c1cc figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him They did not just want to **accuse** Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 11 g98l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
|
||||
MAT 12 11 ng4j figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out? Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 12 s2tu πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep? The phrase **How much more** adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep.”
|
||||
MAT 12 12 a9ld ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν 1 it is lawful to do good on the Sabbaths “those who do good on the Sabbaths are obeying the law”
|
||||
MAT 12 12 a9ld ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν 1 it is lawful to do good on the Sabbaths Alternate translation: “those who do good on the Sabbaths are obeying the law”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 be8u figs-quotations τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 13 ljl6 τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 to the man “to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 fm9r ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα 1 Stretch out your hand “Hold out your hand” or “Extend your hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 s5ep ἐξέτεινεν 1 he stretched it out “the man stretched it out”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 ljl6 τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 to the man Alternate translation: “to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 fm9r ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα 1 Stretch out your hand Alternate translation: “Hold out your hand” or “Extend your hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 s5ep ἐξέτεινεν 1 he stretched it out Alternate translation: “the man stretched it out”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 jry3 figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 it was restored to health If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “it was healthy again” or “it became well again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 14 w4zl συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 took counsel against him “planned to harm Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 12 14 jdn2 ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 so that they might put him to death “in order to find a way to kill Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 12 14 w4zl συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 took counsel against him Alternate translation: “planned to harm Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 12 14 jdn2 ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 so that they might put him to death Alternate translation: “in order to find a way to kill Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 12 15 d4lk 0 General Information: This account explains how the actions of Jesus fulfilled one of the prophecies of Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 15 d5l9 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν 1 But Jesus, having perceived this, withdrew “But Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he withdrew”
|
||||
MAT 12 15 hw22 ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 withdrew from there “departed from there” or “left that place”
|
||||
MAT 12 16 bk1n μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 they might not make him known “they would not to tell anyone else about him”
|
||||
MAT 12 15 d5l9 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν 1 But Jesus, having perceived this, withdrew Alternate translation: “But Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he withdrew”
|
||||
MAT 12 15 hw22 ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 withdrew from there Alternate translation: “departed from there” or “left that place”
|
||||
MAT 12 16 bk1n μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 they might not make him known Alternate translation: “they would not to tell anyone else about him”
|
||||
MAT 12 17 dc7z ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 so that what had been said You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This was so that what had been said”
|
||||
MAT 12 17 mcd7 τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 zkt7 0 Connecting Statement: Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 f5kz ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 f5kz ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 fjw6 μου…ᾑρέτισα…μου…μου…θήσω…μου 1 my … I have chosen … my … my … I will put … my All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 yv4f ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased “he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 yv4f ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased Alternate translation: “he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-explicit κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will announce justice to the Gentiles The means that God’s servant will tell the **Gentiles** that there will be **justice**. You can state this clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice. Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God give them justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 tum1 figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will announce justice to the Gentiles If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **justice**, you can express it as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1184,23 +1184,23 @@ MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets Th
|
|||
MAT 12 20 ii4c οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει, ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 He will not break … and he will not quench a smoking flax, until he may lead justice to victory All occurrences of **He** and **he** refer to God’s chosen servant.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 kbu9 figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of these statements are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 m4uz κάλαμον συντετριμμένον 1 a bruised reed “a damaged plant”
|
||||
MAT 12 20 y8mn λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 he will not quench a smoking flax “he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”
|
||||
MAT 12 20 m4uz κάλαμον συντετριμμένον 1 a bruised reed Alternate translation: “a damaged plant”
|
||||
MAT 12 20 y8mn λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 he will not quench a smoking flax Alternate translation: “he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”
|
||||
MAT 12 20 bjg2 λίνον τυφόμενον 1 a smoking flax This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 rer7 λίνον τυφόμενον…ἕως 1 a smoking flax, until You can translate this with a new sentence: “a smoking flax. This is what he will do until”
|
||||
MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 he may lead justice to victory Leading someone to **victory** represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here, **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 nba2 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 k2vt προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him, blind and mute “a person was brought to him who could not see and could not talk”
|
||||
MAT 12 23 gy5z ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι 1 all the crowds were amazed “all the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”
|
||||
MAT 12 22 k2vt προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him, blind and mute Alternate translation: “a person was brought to him who could not see and could not talk”
|
||||
MAT 12 23 gy5z ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι 1 all the crowds were amazed Alternate translation: “all the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”
|
||||
MAT 12 23 ink7 ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David This is a title for the Christ or Messiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 23 h8kf υἱὸς 1 Son Here this means “descendant of.”
|
||||
MAT 12 24 m2jr 0 General Information: In verse 25, Jesus begins to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 24 wmi1 ἀκούσαντες 1 having heard this The word **this** refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul You can state this in a positive form. “Heis only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 12 24 wj1y οὗτος 1 He The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
|
||||
MAT 12 24 cii4 ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 the prince of the demons “the chief of the demons”
|
||||
MAT 12 24 cii4 ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 the prince of the demons Alternate translation: “the chief of the demons”
|
||||
MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 ll42 figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here, **kingdom** refers to those who live in the kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1213,17 +1213,17 @@ MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασι
|
|||
MAT 12 27 nvv9 Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul This name refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26).
|
||||
MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 by whom do your sons cast them out? Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase **your sons** refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges “Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
|
||||
MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges Alternate translation: “Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f3n7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 28 zb4d εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ 1 But if I Here, **if** does not mean Jesus is questioning how he casts out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
|
||||
MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you “then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f1wj figs-you ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 has come upon you Here, **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: “No one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings, he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 jb6x ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 unless first he might have tied up the strong man “without taking control of the strong man first”
|
||||
MAT 12 29 u6vu τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 then he will plunder his house “then he can steal his possessions”
|
||||
MAT 12 30 ivp9 ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The one not being with me “The one who does not support me” or “The one who does not work with me”
|
||||
MAT 12 30 gyk8 κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me “opposes me” or “works against me”
|
||||
MAT 12 29 jb6x ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 unless first he might have tied up the strong man Alternate translation: “without taking control of the strong man first”
|
||||
MAT 12 29 u6vu τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 then he will plunder his house Alternate translation: “then he can steal his possessions”
|
||||
MAT 12 30 ivp9 ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The one not being with me Alternate translation: “The one who does not support me” or “The one who does not work with me”
|
||||
MAT 12 30 gyk8 κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me Alternate translation: “opposes me” or “works against me”
|
||||
MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one not gathering with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 qwg4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 31 iy8l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ MAT 12 32 hfs4 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will not be forgiv
|
|||
MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one coming Here, **this age** and **the one coming** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 d73d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 33 bi8z writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad This could mean: (1) if you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad. (2) this is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kl16 καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good … bad “healthy … diseased”
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kl16 καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good … bad Alternate translation: “healthy … diseased”
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kz12 figs-metaphor ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 nx9n figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” The **vipers** are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1249,42 +1249,42 @@ MAT 12 35 r3uw figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ
|
|||
MAT 12 36 jvg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 era6 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word that they will speak Here, **word** refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 36 t2pj οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον 1 men will give an account concerning it “God will ask people about it” or “people will have to explain it to God”
|
||||
MAT 12 36 t2pj οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον 1 men will give an account concerning it Alternate translation: “God will ask people about it” or “people will have to explain it to God”
|
||||
MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified … you will be condemned If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 38 x4le 0 General Information: In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 mec3 0 Connecting Statement: The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 we wish “we want”
|
||||
MAT 12 38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 we wish Alternate translation: “we want”
|
||||
MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you You can make explicit why they want **to see a sign**. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me, but no sign will be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς 1 An … adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “An … unfaithful generation” or “A … godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a **sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 j21p εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
|
||||
MAT 12 39 j21p εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
|
||||
MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here, **days** and **nights** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth This means inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 k3q6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 gnh1 ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh “The citizens of Nineveh”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment “on judgment day” or “when God judges people”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 gnh1 ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment Alternate translation: “on judgment day” or “when God judges people”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 x8gm τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 duz2 figs-metonymy κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν 1 will condemn it The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 qg29 καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold “and look.” This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 dbs3 πλεῖον 1 something greater “someone more important”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 dbs3 πλεῖον 1 something greater Alternate translation: “someone more important”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 zb6a figs-123person πλεῖον 1 something greater Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 a5p8 figs-explicit Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 than Jonah is here You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 q8tb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 zwv7 translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 The Queen of the South This refers to the Queen of Sheba. Sheba is a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 will rise up at the judgment “will stand up at the judgment”
|
||||
MAT 12 42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 will rise up at the judgment Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment”
|
||||
MAT 12 42 z46e ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment “on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md).
|
||||
MAT 12 42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 k4ls figs-metonymy κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν 1 condemn them See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth Here, **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 t521 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος 1 for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 n99z καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold “and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 aj1x πλεῖον 1 something greater “someone more important”
|
||||
MAT 12 42 aj1x πλεῖον 1 something greater Alternate translation: “someone more important”
|
||||
MAT 12 42 uf5k figs-123person πλεῖον 1 something greater Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 yra5 figs-explicit Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 than Solomon is here You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 43 ve5x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
|
||||
MAT 12 43 f5jr ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places “dry places” or “places where no people live”
|
||||
MAT 12 43 f5jr ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places Alternate translation: “dry places” or “places where no people live”
|
||||
MAT 12 43 x2ur οὐχ εὑρίσκει 1 not finding it Here, **it** refers to rest.
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον. 1 Then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I departed.’ You can translate this as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it departed”
|
||||
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I departed This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1297,14 +1297,14 @@ MAT 12 46 qj8w 0 General Information: The arrival of Jesus’ mother and broth
|
|||
MAT 12 46 ahx7 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 mh5f ἡ μήτηρ 1 his mother This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 dq8m οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is possible that the word **brothers** here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 z97j ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι 1 seeking to speak “wanting to speak”
|
||||
MAT 12 46 z97j ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι 1 seeking to speak Alternate translation: “wanting to speak”
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.” You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 q1cd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 12:1](../12/01.md), where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry.
|
||||
MAT 12 48 jm1y figs-ellipsis τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ 1 to the one speaking to him The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “to the one who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 e535 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who is my mother and who are my brothers? Jesus uses these questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 49 gk62 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 12 49 gk62 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 12 49 rxe8 figs-metaphor ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 my mother and my brothers This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 whoever may do “anyone who does”
|
||||
MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 whoever may do Alternate translation: “anyone who does”
|
||||
MAT 12 50 mq9r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 12 50 gn31 figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 he is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says The word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([Matthew 13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([Matthew 13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Matthew 13:11-13](./11.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1315,21 +1315,21 @@ MAT 13 1 zjb3 figs-explicit ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1
|
|||
MAT 13 2 d16z figs-explicit ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα καθῆσθαι 1 so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 2 jge7 translate-unknown πλοῖον 1 a boat This was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 3 e99p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 3 f5mv καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 And he spoke many things to them in parables “And Jesus told them many things in parables”
|
||||
MAT 13 3 w5p3 αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the people in the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 13 3 m97r ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Look” or “Listen.” This word calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 13 3 ur64 ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν 1 a sower went out to sow “a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”
|
||||
MAT 13 4 c6g6 καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν 1 And as he sowed “And as the farmer scattered the seed”
|
||||
MAT 13 3 f5mv καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 And he spoke many things to them in parables Alternate translation: “And Jesus told them many things in parables”
|
||||
MAT 13 3 w5p3 αὐτοῖς 1 to them Alternate translation: “to the people in the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 13 3 m97r ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen.” This word calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 13 3 ur64 ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν 1 a sower went out to sow Alternate translation: “a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”
|
||||
MAT 13 4 c6g6 καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν 1 And as he sowed Alternate translation: “And as the farmer scattered the seed”
|
||||
MAT 13 4 v7r8 παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 beside the road This refers to a path next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.
|
||||
MAT 13 4 qr2d κατέφαγεν αὐτά 1 devoured them “ate all the seeds”
|
||||
MAT 13 4 qr2d κατέφαγεν αὐτά 1 devoured them Alternate translation: “ate all the seeds”
|
||||
MAT 13 5 l2g6 τὰ πετρώδη 1 the rocky ground This is ground full of rocks with just a thin layer of soil on top of the rocks.
|
||||
MAT 13 5 ql87 καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν 1 And immediately they sprang up “And the seeds quickly sprouted and grew”
|
||||
MAT 13 5 ql87 καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν 1 And immediately they sprang up Alternate translation: “And the seeds quickly sprouted and grew”
|
||||
MAT 13 6 qq5x figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 they were scorched If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 6 az8l ἐξηράνθη 1 they were dried up “the plants became dry and died”
|
||||
MAT 13 6 az8l ἐξηράνθη 1 they were dried up Alternate translation: “the plants became dry and died”
|
||||
MAT 13 7 dnm8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 7 ugc9 ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας 1 fell among the thorn plants “fell where plants with thorns grew”
|
||||
MAT 13 7 ugc9 ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας 1 fell among the thorn plants Alternate translation: “fell where plants with thorns grew”
|
||||
MAT 13 7 vt8z ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 choked them “choked the new sprouts.” Use your word for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well.
|
||||
MAT 13 8 iwv2 ἐδίδου καρπόν 1 produced fruit “grew more seeds” or “gave fruit”
|
||||
MAT 13 8 iwv2 ἐδίδου καρπόν 1 produced fruit Alternate translation: “grew more seeds” or “gave fruit”
|
||||
MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30 The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced 100 times as much crop, some seeds produced 60 times as much crop, and some seeds produced 30 times as much crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 8 ph2p translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα 1 100 times as much … 60 … 30 “one hundred times as much … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1339,9 +1339,9 @@ MAT 13 11 fc5n figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ
|
|||
MAT 13 11 xq2v figs-explicit ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given The implied information expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι 1 To you has been given to understand The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ἔχει 1 whoever has “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
|
||||
MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ἔχει 1 whoever has Alternate translation: “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
|
||||
MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 it will be given You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει 2 whoever does not have “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
|
||||
MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει 2 whoever does not have Alternate translation: “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
|
||||
MAT 13 12 bl5s figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 even what he has will be taken away from him If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 wc3u 0 General Information: In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that the people’s failure to understand Jesus’ teaching is a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 hm4t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1360,9 +1360,9 @@ MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ
|
|||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 For the heart of this people has become dull Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “For these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “For these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q87m figs-metonymy τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν 1 their ears heard with difficulty They are not physically deaf. Here, **heard with difficulty** means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 y7t7 figs-metonymy τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 they closed their eyes They have not literally **closed their eyes**. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fl93 μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back “so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fl93 μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back Alternate translation: “so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
|
||||
MAT 13 15 sr25 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 might understand with their hearts The word **hearts** here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 ps56 ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they might turn back “they might turn back to me” or “they might repent”
|
||||
MAT 13 15 ps56 ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they might turn back Alternate translation: “they might turn back to me” or “they might repent”
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q1h9 figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I will heal them “have me heal them.” This means God would **heal them** spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 dc9t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 16 yhe4 figs-parallelism ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1375,17 +1375,17 @@ MAT 13 17 bsj7 figs-you ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε 1 to you
|
|||
MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things you see You can make explicit what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things you hear You can make explicit what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 18 w35t 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in [Matthew 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 19 v2d7 τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the word of the kingdom “the message about God’s rule as king”
|
||||
MAT 13 19 v2d7 τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the word of the kingdom Alternate translation: “the message about God’s rule as king”
|
||||
MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 sb7u figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one This refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 pt4d ἁρπάζει 1 snatches away Try to use a word that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
|
||||
MAT 13 19 r9u6 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 what has been sown in his heart You can translate this in active form: Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here, **heart** refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 wfd3 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 This is what was sown beside the road “This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
|
||||
MAT 13 19 wfd3 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 This is what was sown beside the road Alternate translation: “This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xgz5 παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 beside the road See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 20 q3fp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς 1 Now that sown on the rocky ground The phrase **that sown** refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “Now the seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 w4f9 ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν 1 Now that sown on rocky ground, this is “Now the rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “Now the rocky ground where seed fell represents”
|
||||
MAT 13 20 w4f9 ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν 1 Now that sown on rocky ground, this is Alternate translation: “Now the rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “Now the rocky ground where seed fell represents”
|
||||
MAT 13 20 e3hm ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων 1 the one hearing the word In the parable, the seed represents **the word**.
|
||||
MAT 13 20 cl6g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word This represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receiving it with joy Believing the word is spoken of as **receiving it**. Alternate translation: “joyfully believing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1393,43 +1393,43 @@ MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτ
|
|||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 immediately he is caused to stumble Here, **is caused to stumble** means stops believing. Alternate translation: “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 sis7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown This refers to seed that was **sown** or that fell. Alternate translation: “the seed that was sown” or “the seed that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants “Now the ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
|
||||
MAT 13 22 anm5 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ 1 this is the one “this represents the person”
|
||||
MAT 13 22 a3u1 τὸν λόγον 1 the word “the message” or “God’s teaching”
|
||||
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants Alternate translation: “Now the ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
|
||||
MAT 13 22 anm5 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ 1 this is the one Alternate translation: “this represents the person”
|
||||
MAT 13 22 a3u1 τὸν λόγον 1 the word Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching”
|
||||
MAT 13 22 q2nh figs-metaphor ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον 1 the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word Jesus speaks about the **cares** of the world and the **deceitfulness of riches** distracting a person from obeying God’s word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: “as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 xa8r ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the cares of this age “the things in this world that people worry about”
|
||||
MAT 13 22 xa8r ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the cares of this age Alternate translation: “the things in this world that people worry about”
|
||||
MAT 13 22 wwf5 figs-personification ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the deceitfulness of riches Jesus describes **riches** as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: “the love of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 gn6z figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 xw4b ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown on the good soil “the good soil where seeds were sown”
|
||||
MAT 13 23 xw4b ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown on the good soil Alternate translation: “the good soil where seeds were sown”
|
||||
MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ 1 who indeed bears fruit, and some yield The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “like a healthy plant that is productive, some bears a crop of fruit that yields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30 The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like a man The translation should not equate the **kingdom of the heavens** to a man, but rather the **kingdom of the heavens** is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 u21k figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 good seed “good food seeds” or “good grain seeds.” The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 25 zn8v ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς 1 his enemy came “his enemy came to the field”
|
||||
MAT 13 25 zn8v ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς 1 his enemy came Alternate translation: “his enemy came to the field”
|
||||
MAT 13 25 q4tv ζιζάνια 1 darnel The **darnel** that was sown looks like food plants when it is young, but its grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
|
||||
MAT 13 26 lea1 ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος 1 But when the blades sprouted “But when the wheat seeds sprouted” or “But after the plants came up”
|
||||
MAT 13 26 jgv9 καρπὸν ἐποίησεν 1 produced fruit “produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”
|
||||
MAT 13 26 tu4q τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια 1 then the darnel became visible also “then people could see there were weeds in the field also”
|
||||
MAT 13 26 lea1 ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος 1 But when the blades sprouted Alternate translation: “But when the wheat seeds sprouted” or “But after the plants came up”
|
||||
MAT 13 26 jgv9 καρπὸν ἐποίησεν 1 produced fruit Alternate translation: “produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”
|
||||
MAT 13 26 tu4q τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια 1 then the darnel became visible also Alternate translation: “then people could see there were weeds in the field also”
|
||||
MAT 13 27 hz3q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 27 h51x τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 of the landowner This is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
|
||||
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy οὐχὶ…ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 But he was saying to them “But the landowner said to the servants”
|
||||
MAT 13 28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 But he was saying to them Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”
|
||||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις οὖν 1 Therefore, do you want us The word **us** refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 shs3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 But he says “But the landowner said to his servants”
|
||||
MAT 13 29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 But he says Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants”
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 I will say to the reapers, “First gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my barn.” You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 barn a farm building that can be used for storing grain
|
||||
MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 qby8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed a very small seed that grows into a large plant (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 32 gyi1 figs-explicit ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds Mustard seeds were the **smallest** **seeds** known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 32 x65d ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ 1 But when it may grow “But when the plant has grown”
|
||||
MAT 13 32 um9k μεῖζον…ἐστὶν 1 it is greater than “it is larger than”
|
||||
MAT 13 32 x65d ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ 1 But when it may grow Alternate translation: “But when the plant has grown”
|
||||
MAT 13 32 um9k μεῖζον…ἐστὶν 1 it is greater than Alternate translation: “it is larger than”
|
||||
MAT 13 32 g6v8 γίνεται δένδρον 1 becomes a tree A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall.
|
||||
MAT 13 32 c9te τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the birds of the sky “the birds”
|
||||
MAT 13 32 c9te τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the birds of the sky Alternate translation: “the birds”
|
||||
MAT 13 33 a1th figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The **kingdom** is not like the **yeast**, but the spread of the **kingdom** is like the spreading of the **yeast**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1440,22 +1440,22 @@ MAT 13 34 nt7u figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰ
|
|||
MAT 13 34 n54e ταῦτα πάντα 1 All these things This refers to what Jesus taught beginning at [Matthew 13:1](../13/01.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 34 a5c7 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 he was speaking nothing to them without a parable “he taught them nothing except by parables.” The double negative can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 ybq5 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 p3tb λέγοντος 1 saying “when the prophet said”
|
||||
MAT 13 35 p3tb λέγοντος 1 saying Alternate translation: “when the prophet said”
|
||||
MAT 13 35 n1pa figs-idiom ἀνοίξω…τὸ στόμα μου 1 I will open my mouth This is an idiom that means to speak. Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 yx6y figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένα 1 what has been hidden If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 th8t ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world “since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”
|
||||
MAT 13 35 th8t ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”
|
||||
MAT 13 36 pq2h 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 36 x5w7 ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 he went into the house “he went indoors” or “he went into the house where he was staying”
|
||||
MAT 13 37 aj8f ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα 1 The one sowing the good seed “The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
|
||||
MAT 13 36 x5w7 ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 he went into the house Alternate translation: “he went indoors” or “he went into the house where he was staying”
|
||||
MAT 13 37 aj8f ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα 1 The one sowing the good seed Alternate translation: “The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
|
||||
MAT 13 37 xj4s figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 h9iz figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 the sons of the kingdom The idiom “sons of” refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 edu7 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the sons of the evil one The idiom “sons of” refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά 1 the enemy who sowed them “the enemy who sowed the weeds”
|
||||
MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά 1 the enemy who sowed them Alternate translation: “the enemy who sowed the weeds”
|
||||
MAT 13 40 ei3v 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples the parable of the field with both wheat and weeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 40 rn64 figs-activepassive ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται 1 Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered up and burned with fire You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 41 fiy4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 The Son of Man will send out his angels Here Jesus is speaking of himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 41 ptw9 τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 those doing lawlessness “those who are lawless” or “evil people”
|
||||
MAT 13 41 ptw9 τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 those doing lawlessness Alternate translation: “those who are lawless” or “evil people”
|
||||
MAT 13 42 d9md figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 the furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 42 zu3j translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **Grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 u6sm figs-simile ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 will shine as the sun If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “will be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ MAT 13 44 fjm1 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdo
|
|||
MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 u9jq figs-activepassive ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 is like a treasure hidden in a field If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “is like a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 k9rh θησαυρῷ 1 a treasure a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things
|
||||
MAT 13 44 hu7f ἔκρυψεν 1 hid “covered it up”
|
||||
MAT 13 44 hu7f ἔκρυψεν 1 hid Alternate translation: “covered it up”
|
||||
MAT 13 44 jtv2 figs-explicit πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον 1 sells everything, as much as he has, and buys that field The implied information is that the person **buys** the **field** to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 45 c633 figs-explicit ὁμοία…ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable **pearls** that he could buy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 45 khy6 ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 a man, a merchant a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places
|
||||
|
|
@ -1476,16 +1476,16 @@ MAT 13 47 vw24 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdo
|
|||
MAT 13 47 g79n figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ 1 the kingdom of the heavens is like a net The **kingdom** is not like the **net**, but the **kingdom** draws all kinds of people like a **net** catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 vrp4 figs-activepassive ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 like a net having been cast into the sea If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 kbz2 βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 having been cast into the sea “that was thrown into the sea”
|
||||
MAT 13 47 t9v6 ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 having gathered from every kind “having caught all kinds of fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 kf47 ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν 1 they drew up on the beach “they pulled the net up onto the beach” or “they pulled the net ashore”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 cnp7 τὰ καλὰ 1 the good things “the good fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 qi2z τὰ…σαπρὰ 2 the worthless things “the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 aqu2 ἔξω ἔβαλον 1 they threw away “they did not keep”
|
||||
MAT 13 47 kbz2 βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 having been cast into the sea Alternate translation: “that was thrown into the sea”
|
||||
MAT 13 47 t9v6 ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 having gathered from every kind Alternate translation: “having caught all kinds of fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 kf47 ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν 1 they drew up on the beach Alternate translation: “they pulled the net up onto the beach” or “they pulled the net ashore”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 cnp7 τὰ καλὰ 1 the good things Alternate translation: “the good fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 qi2z τὰ…σαπρὰ 2 the worthless things Alternate translation: “the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 aqu2 ἔξω ἔβαλον 1 they threw away Alternate translation: “they did not keep”
|
||||
MAT 13 49 nql6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish.
|
||||
MAT 13 49 q1ms ἐξελεύσονται 1 will come “will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”
|
||||
MAT 13 49 q1ms ἐξελεύσονται 1 will come Alternate translation: “will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”
|
||||
MAT 13 49 ah2k figs-nominaladj τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων 1 the wicked from among the righteous You can state the nominal adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 hwv1 βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς 1 they will throw them “the angels will throw the wicked people”
|
||||
MAT 13 50 hwv1 βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς 1 they will throw them Alternate translation: “the angels will throw the wicked people”
|
||||
MAT 13 50 j8nf figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 the furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, “oven” can be used. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 mc8t translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 51 d3wg 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ MAT 13 53 jwv2 καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 And it happened that when This
|
|||
MAT 13 54 qnh9 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 17:27](../17/27.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven. Here, the people of Jesus’ home town reject him.
|
||||
MAT 13 54 q3ml figs-explicit τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 54 j6vb ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν 1 in their synagogue The pronoun **their** is referring to the people of the region.
|
||||
MAT 13 54 it1f ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 they were astonished “they were amazed”
|
||||
MAT 13 54 it1f ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 they were astonished Alternate translation: “they were amazed”
|
||||
MAT 13 54 b3d2 figs-explicit πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles? The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 54 etwp figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles? The people use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. Alternate translation: “It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 55 rk5e figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? 1 Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1507,14 +1507,14 @@ MAT 13 56 bnv1 figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάν
|
|||
MAT 13 56 pqf1 ταῦτα πάντα 1 all these things This refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles.
|
||||
MAT 13 57 f5md figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 they were offended by him If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Jesus’ hometown took offense at him” or “the people rejected Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 57 azn4 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 A prophet is not without honor You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “A prophet receives honor everywhere” or “People everywhere honor a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 13 57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 his hometown “his own region”
|
||||
MAT 13 57 w4x8 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family “in his own home”
|
||||
MAT 13 58 e2cp οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς 1 he did not do many miracles there “Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”
|
||||
MAT 13 57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 his hometown Alternate translation: “his own region”
|
||||
MAT 13 57 w4x8 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family Alternate translation: “in his own home”
|
||||
MAT 13 58 e2cp οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς 1 he did not do many miracles there Alternate translation: “Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”
|
||||
MAT 14 intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [Matthew 4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([Matthew 14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 1 zl7x figs-events 0 General Information: These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 1 q8h5 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time “In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
|
||||
MAT 14 1 l9ur ἤκουσεν…τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ 1 heard the news about Jesus “heard reports about Jesus” or “heard about the fame of Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 14 2 pd1b εἶπεν 1 he said “Herod said”
|
||||
MAT 14 1 q8h5 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time Alternate translation: “In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
|
||||
MAT 14 1 l9ur ἤκουσεν…τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ 1 heard the news about Jesus Alternate translation: “heard reports about Jesus” or “heard about the fame of Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 14 2 pd1b εἶπεν 1 he said Alternate translation: “Herod said”
|
||||
MAT 14 2 nx7x ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has been raised from the dead The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 14 2 vve7 διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have **powers** to do mighty things.
|
||||
MAT 14 3 y57m 0 General Information: Matthew recounts the story of John the Baptist’s death in order to show why Herod reacted the way he did when he heard about Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1523,74 +1523,74 @@ MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν
|
|||
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 the wife of Philip **Philip** was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own **wife**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 d3gp figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 For John was saying to him “For John had kept saying to Herod”
|
||||
MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 For John was saying to him Alternate translation: “For John had kept saying to Herod”
|
||||
MAT 14 4 nb2j figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστίν 1 It is not lawful Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 5 hg9f ἐφοβήθη 1 he feared “Herod feared”
|
||||
MAT 14 5 w7uv αὐτὸν εἶχον 1 they regarded him “they regarded John”
|
||||
MAT 14 5 hg9f ἐφοβήθη 1 he feared Alternate translation: “Herod feared”
|
||||
MAT 14 5 w7uv αὐτὸν εἶχον 1 they regarded him Alternate translation: “they regarded John”
|
||||
MAT 14 6 fvs5 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 in the midst You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 8 rhk5 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 But having being urged beforehand by her mother If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “But after her mother instructed her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 8 wi8s ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα 1 But having being urged beforehand “But having been coached beforehand”
|
||||
MAT 14 8 ya5z φησίν 1 she said “the daughter of Herodias said to Herod”
|
||||
MAT 14 8 wi8s ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα 1 But having being urged beforehand Alternate translation: “But having been coached beforehand”
|
||||
MAT 14 8 ya5z φησίν 1 she said Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias said to Herod”
|
||||
MAT 14 8 ruy4 πίνακι 1 a platter a very large plate
|
||||
MAT 14 9 s8zp figs-activepassive καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 And the king, having been grieved If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “And although her request made the king very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 9 a1er ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 The king “King Herod”
|
||||
MAT 14 9 a1er ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 The king Alternate translation: “King Herod”
|
||||
MAT 14 9 j6nu figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 commanded it to be granted to her If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his men to do what she said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 10 nes5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of how Herod executed John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 14 11 nd5r figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 11 pba6 πίνακι 1 a platter a very large plate
|
||||
MAT 14 11 lqb6 τῷ κορασίῳ 1 to the girl Use the word for a young, unmarried girl.
|
||||
MAT 14 12 fl47 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples “the disciples of John”
|
||||
MAT 14 12 ni1q τὸ πτῶμα 1 the corpse “the dead body”
|
||||
MAT 14 12 fl47 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Alternate translation: “the disciples of John”
|
||||
MAT 14 12 ni1q τὸ πτῶμα 1 the corpse Alternate translation: “the dead body”
|
||||
MAT 14 12 mq89 figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having come, they reported it to Jesus The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 13 id97 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 14 13 ql1f 0 Connecting Statement: These verses describe how Jesus reacted when he heard that Herod had executed John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 14 13 ds5w δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 14 13 dvq4 ἀκούσας 1 having heard this “having heard what happened to John” or “having heard the news about John”
|
||||
MAT 14 13 dvq4 ἀκούσας 1 having heard this Alternate translation: “having heard what happened to John” or “having heard the news about John”
|
||||
MAT 14 13 ia39 figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Jesus withdrew “Jesus left” or “Jesus went away from the crowd.” It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 13 zlh8 ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there “from that place”
|
||||
MAT 14 13 i7uu καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι 1 And having heard of it, the crowds “And when the crowds heard where Jesus had gone, they” or “And when the crowds heard that he had left, they”
|
||||
MAT 14 13 u6nr οἱ ὄχλοι 1 the crowds “the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people”
|
||||
MAT 14 13 zlh8 ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there Alternate translation: “from that place”
|
||||
MAT 14 13 i7uu καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι 1 And having heard of it, the crowds Alternate translation: “And when the crowds heard where Jesus had gone, they” or “And when the crowds heard that he had left, they”
|
||||
MAT 14 13 u6nr οἱ ὄχλοι 1 the crowds Alternate translation: “the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people”
|
||||
MAT 14 13 ipm9 figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 on foot This means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 14 d8n3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 And having come out “And when Jesus came ashore”
|
||||
MAT 14 14 d8n3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 And having come out Alternate translation: “And when Jesus came ashore”
|
||||
MAT 14 15 gcu9 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.
|
||||
MAT 14 15 xa7n προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples came to him “Jesus’ disciples came to him”
|
||||
MAT 14 16 qwk1 οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν 1 They have no need “The people in the crowd have no need”
|
||||
MAT 14 15 xa7n προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples came to him Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples came to him”
|
||||
MAT 14 16 qwk1 οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν 1 They have no need Alternate translation: “The people in the crowd have no need”
|
||||
MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 You give them The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 14 17 tm5t οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 But they say to him “But the disciples said to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 14 17 tm5t οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 But they say to him Alternate translation: “But the disciples said to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 14 17 ih48 πέντε ἄρτους 1 five loaves A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
|
||||
MAT 14 18 szx6 φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς 1 Bring them here to me “Bring the loaves and fish to me”
|
||||
MAT 14 18 szx6 φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς 1 Bring them here to me Alternate translation: “Bring the loaves and fish to me”
|
||||
MAT 14 19 yne5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people.
|
||||
MAT 14 19 vp7r ἀνακλιθῆναι 1 to recline “lie down.” Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
|
||||
MAT 14 19 u613 figs-idiom λαβὼν 1 he took “he held in his hands.” He did not steal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 19 i34u κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους 1 having broken it, he gave the loaves “after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them”
|
||||
MAT 14 19 bf1a τοὺς ἄρτους 1 the loaves “the pieces of the loaves of bread”
|
||||
MAT 14 19 i34u κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους 1 having broken it, he gave the loaves Alternate translation: “after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them”
|
||||
MAT 14 19 bf1a τοὺς ἄρτους 1 the loaves Alternate translation: “the pieces of the loaves of bread”
|
||||
MAT 14 19 t7ei ἀναβλέψας 1 Having looked up This could refer to: (1) while they were looking up. (2) after they looked up.
|
||||
MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 20 p73g ἦραν 1 they took up “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
|
||||
MAT 14 20 p73g ἦραν 1 they took up Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
|
||||
MAT 14 20 czj4 translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις 1 12 baskets full “twelve baskets full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 14 21 wv59 οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες 1 Now those eating “Now those who ate the bread and the fish”
|
||||
MAT 14 21 wv59 οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες 1 Now those eating Alternate translation: “Now those who ate the bread and the fish”
|
||||
MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι 1 5,000 men “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 14 22 yp8l 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
|
||||
MAT 14 22 eaa8 0 Connecting Statement: The following verses describe events that happened right after Jesus fed the five thousand people.
|
||||
MAT 14 22 wt1t καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν 1 And immediately he made “And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made”
|
||||
MAT 14 23 d27u ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης 1 Now evening having come about “Now late in the evening” or “Now when it became dark”
|
||||
MAT 14 24 vzd1 ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 was being tossed about by the waves “and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”
|
||||
MAT 14 22 wt1t καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν 1 And immediately he made Alternate translation: “And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made”
|
||||
MAT 14 23 d27u ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης 1 Now evening having come about Alternate translation: “Now late in the evening” or “Now when it became dark”
|
||||
MAT 14 24 vzd1 ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 was being tossed about by the waves Alternate translation: “and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”
|
||||
MAT 14 25 pmw8 τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 Now in the fourth watch of the night The fourth watch is between 3 AM and sunrise. Alternate translation: “Now just before dawn”
|
||||
MAT 14 25 t1vp περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 walking on the sea “walking on top of the water”
|
||||
MAT 14 26 q9qs ἐταράχθησαν 1 were greatly troubled “were very afraid”
|
||||
MAT 14 25 t1vp περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 walking on the sea Alternate translation: “walking on top of the water”
|
||||
MAT 14 26 q9qs ἐταράχθησαν 1 were greatly troubled Alternate translation: “were very afraid”
|
||||
MAT 14 26 h7df φάντασμά 1 a ghost a spirit that has left the body of a person who has died
|
||||
MAT 14 28 w2pl ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν 1 but answering him, Peter said “but Peter answered Jesus and said”
|
||||
MAT 14 28 w2pl ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν 1 but answering him, Peter said Alternate translation: “but Peter answered Jesus and said”
|
||||
MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 seeing the strong wind Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 31 bd2v ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί 1 You of little faith, why “You who have such little faith, why.” Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
|
||||
MAT 14 31 bd2v ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί 1 You of little faith, why Alternate translation: “You who have such little faith, why.” Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
|
||||
MAT 14 31 cr9i figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας 1 why did you doubt? Jesus uses a question to tell Peter that he should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 14 31 ia1d figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 why did you doubt? You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 33 u8pu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 14 34 r5lm 0 Connecting Statement: These verses describe what happened after Jesus walked on the water. They summarize how the people were responding to Jesus’ ministry.
|
||||
MAT 14 34 cv3f καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 And having crossed over “And when Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake”
|
||||
MAT 14 34 cv3f καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 And having crossed over Alternate translation: “And when Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake”
|
||||
MAT 14 34 x9nu translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 Gennesaret This is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 35 xd7c ἀπέστειλαν 1 sent “sent messages”
|
||||
MAT 14 36 ql3y καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 And they were begging him “And the sick people were begging him”
|
||||
MAT 14 36 x8jv τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 of his garment “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
|
||||
MAT 14 35 xd7c ἀπέστειλαν 1 sent Alternate translation: “sent messages”
|
||||
MAT 14 36 ql3y καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 And they were begging him Alternate translation: “And the sick people were begging him”
|
||||
MAT 14 36 x8jv τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 of his garment Alternate translation: “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
|
||||
MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The “traditions of the elders”<br><br>The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Jews and Gentiles<br><br>The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent 0 General Information: The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1600,23 +1600,23 @@ MAT 15 2 gfn6 figs-explicit οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 t
|
|||
MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions? Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 4 srz6 0 General Information: In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
|
||||
MAT 15 4 cz1q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 4 qmm7 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 let him die the death “the people must surely execute him”
|
||||
MAT 15 4 qmm7 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 let him die the death Alternate translation: “the people must surely execute him”
|
||||
MAT 15 5 ql75 figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε 1 But you say Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 15 6 b81c 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 6 vr6y figs-quotesinquotes οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 he will certainly not honor his father The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 15 6 q3kt figs-explicit οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 he will certainly not honor his father It is implied that **his father** means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 6 znt9 ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you have made void the word of God Here, **word of God** refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
|
||||
MAT 15 6 yq5a διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 because of your traditions “because you want to follow your traditions”
|
||||
MAT 15 6 yq5a διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 because of your traditions Alternate translation: “because you want to follow your traditions”
|
||||
MAT 15 7 t4fq 0 General Information: In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 tn3b 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
|
||||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you Alternate translation: “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
|
||||
MAT 15 7 n4ti figs-explicit λέγων 1 saying It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Here, **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 bz91 με…ἐμοῦ 1 me … me Both occurrences of **me** refer to God.
|
||||
MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 q7vm figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far away from me This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 9 jf93 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 But they worship me in vain “But their worship means nothing to me” or “But they only pretend to worship me”
|
||||
MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men “the rules that people make up”
|
||||
MAT 15 9 jf93 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 But they worship me in vain Alternate translation: “But their worship means nothing to me” or “But they only pretend to worship me”
|
||||
MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men Alternate translation: “the rules that people make up”
|
||||
MAT 15 10 ti4w 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his disciples about what defiles a person and why the Pharisees and scribes were wrong to criticize him.
|
||||
MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1626,11 +1626,11 @@ MAT 15 13 hs4t figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 will be uprooted
|
|||
MAT 15 14 r167 ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them go! The word **them** refers to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 14 ai9x figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit Jesus uses another metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 15 cje4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 15 shg6 ἡμῖν 1 to us “to us disciples”
|
||||
MAT 15 15 shg6 ἡμῖν 1 to us Alternate translation: “to us disciples”
|
||||
MAT 15 16 xr78 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word **you** is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 17 l5nt figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: “Surely you that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s833 εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ 1 passes into the stomach “goes into the stomach”
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s833 εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ 1 passes into the stomach Alternate translation: “goes into the stomach”
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s9z6 ἀφεδρῶνα 1 the latrine This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
|
||||
MAT 15 18 e7mu 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the things that proceed out from the mouth This refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words that a person says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμ
|
|||
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Here, **word** refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 I was not sent If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of **Israel** to **sheep** who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [Matthew 10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 25 ch7c ἡ 1 she “the Canaanite woman”
|
||||
MAT 15 25 ch7c ἡ 1 she Alternate translation: “the Canaanite woman”
|
||||
MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down to him This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the bread of the children Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1658,22 +1658,22 @@ MAT 15 28 tea2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 let it be done If your read
|
|||
MAT 15 28 n229 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 her daughter was healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “her daughter became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 28 wwq3 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 29 np6e writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 15 30 c8td χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk”
|
||||
MAT 15 30 c8td χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute Alternate translation: “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk”
|
||||
MAT 15 30 yf7i ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 they laid them at his feet Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “the crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 15 31 pi52 figs-activepassive κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς 1 the crippled made well If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 31 be52 figs-nominaladj κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς 1 the crippled … the lame … the blind You can state these nominal adjectives as adjectives. Alternate translation: “people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 15 32 z28i 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus feeding four thousand people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
|
||||
MAT 15 32 efc2 νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 hungry, lest they may faint on the way “without eating because they might faint on the way”
|
||||
MAT 15 32 efc2 νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 hungry, lest they may faint on the way Alternate translation: “without eating because they might faint on the way”
|
||||
MAT 15 33 uhi3 figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd? The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the **crowd**. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere in this wilderness where we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 34 k86l figs-ellipsis ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια 1 Seven, and a few small fish The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 15 35 x13q ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν 1 to recline on the ground Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
|
||||
MAT 15 36 x7kc ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας 1 he took the seven loaves and the fish “Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”
|
||||
MAT 15 36 dcr4 ἔκλασεν 1 he broke them “he broke the loaves”
|
||||
MAT 15 36 a9s4 ἐδίδου 1 was giving them “continued giving the bread and the fish”
|
||||
MAT 15 37 fc8g ἦραν 1 they took away “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
|
||||
MAT 15 38 udk7 οἱ…ἐσθίοντες 1 those eating “the people who ate”
|
||||
MAT 15 36 x7kc ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας 1 he took the seven loaves and the fish Alternate translation: “Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”
|
||||
MAT 15 36 dcr4 ἔκλασεν 1 he broke them Alternate translation: “he broke the loaves”
|
||||
MAT 15 36 a9s4 ἐδίδου 1 was giving them Alternate translation: “continued giving the bread and the fish”
|
||||
MAT 15 37 fc8g ἦραν 1 they took away Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
|
||||
MAT 15 38 udk7 οἱ…ἐσθίοντες 1 those eating Alternate translation: “the people who ate”
|
||||
MAT 15 38 z66m translate-numbers τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 4,000 men “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 15 39 be43 τὰ ὅρια 1 the region “the area”
|
||||
MAT 15 39 be43 τὰ ὅρια 1 the region Alternate translation: “the area”
|
||||
MAT 15 39 m8dp translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 of Magadan This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 16 intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yeast<br><br>Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background information<br><br>Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
|
||||
MAT 16 1 t249 0 General Information: This begins an encounter between Jesus and the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ MAT 16 4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 except the sign of
|
|||
MAT 16 5 ii6j 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 5 si9k figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 the other side You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 16 6 hfz2 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 7 huw7 διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 were reasoning among themselves “were discussing this with each other” or “were thinking about this”
|
||||
MAT 16 7 huw7 διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 were reasoning among themselves Alternate translation: “were discussing this with each other” or “were thinking about this”
|
||||
MAT 16 8 mg8s ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 You of little faith “You who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have **little faith** in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
MAT 16 8 zz4i figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 why do you reason among yourselves that it is because you do not have bread? Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 9 k8lk 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1722,71 +1722,71 @@ MAT 16 21 es1l figs-idiom γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆνα
|
|||
MAT 16 21 r5hj figs-activepassive γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 scribes, and to be killed, and to be raised on the third day If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: “scribes. People will then kill him, and on the third day God will make him become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 jjx5 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 jie2 writing-background καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 And having taken him aside, Peter Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that **Peter** takes Jesus **aside**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 q31h προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 having taken him aside, Peter “And Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them and”
|
||||
MAT 16 22 q31h προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 having taken him aside, Peter Alternate translation: “And Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them and”
|
||||
MAT 16 22 guz8 figs-idiom ἵλεώς σοι 1 Merciful to you This is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 f28i figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ 1 Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me Jesus means that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me” or “Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 ax7x ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου 1 Get behind me “Get away from me”
|
||||
MAT 16 23 ax7x ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου 1 Get behind me Alternate translation: “Get away from me”
|
||||
MAT 16 24 ck1a figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν 1 to come after me “to follow me.” To **come after** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 pg9h ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 let him deny himself “he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires”
|
||||
MAT 16 24 pg9h ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 let him deny himself Alternate translation: “he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires”
|
||||
MAT 16 24 h7ug figs-metaphor ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me “carry his cross, and follow me.” To **take up** a **cross** represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” or “he must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 v6n7 figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The **cross** represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 x13v figs-metaphor καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 and follow me To **follow** Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “and obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 25 y9kc figs-metaphor ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 will lose it This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person will consider obeying Jesus as being more important than his own life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 25 ie7t ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
|
||||
MAT 16 25 ie7t ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake Alternate translation: “because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
|
||||
MAT 16 25 xz98 figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 will find it This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eqe8 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? 1 For what will it profit a man if he would have gained the whole world but would have forfeited his life? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a man to gain the whole world if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 q7x1 figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 if he would have gained the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he would gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 b34q τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 but would have forfeited his life “but he would lose his life”
|
||||
MAT 16 26 b34q τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 but would have forfeited his life Alternate translation: “but he would lose his life”
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eck5 figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Or what will a man give in exchange for his life? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person μέλλει…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτοῦ…ἀποδώσει 1 the Son of Man is about … his … he will repay Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 ie16 μέλλει…ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 is about to come in the glory of his Father “will come, having the same glory as his Father,”
|
||||
MAT 16 27 ie16 μέλλει…ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 is about to come in the glory of his Father Alternate translation: “will come, having the same glory as his Father,”
|
||||
MAT 16 27 k4q4 figs-123person μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 with his angels “and the angels will be with him.” If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as “and my Father’s angels will be with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 vk5y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 of his Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 i7rs κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ 1 according to his actions “according to what each person has done”
|
||||
MAT 16 27 i7rs κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ 1 according to his actions Alternate translation: “according to what each person has done”
|
||||
MAT 16 28 ytr3 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 28 k2d1 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 wq13 figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 may certainly not have tasted death Here, **tasted** means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not have experienced death” or “will still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 until they may see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom Here, **his kingdom** represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
|
||||
MAT 17 1 u6dw 0 General Information: This begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 1 nva7 τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter, James, and John his brother “Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
|
||||
MAT 17 1 nva7 τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter, James, and John his brother Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
|
||||
MAT 17 2 xx8e μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured before them When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
|
||||
MAT 17 2 kq4l figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 he was transfigured If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 2 uxg3 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them “in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
|
||||
MAT 17 2 uxg3 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them Alternate translation: “in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
|
||||
MAT 17 2 i1mp figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 his face shone like the sun, and his garments became brilliant as the light These are similes that emphasize how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 17 2 te1s τὰ…ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 his garments “what he was wearing”
|
||||
MAT 17 2 te1s τὰ…ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 his garments Alternate translation: “what he was wearing”
|
||||
MAT 17 3 axr5 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 17 3 n63y αὐτοῖς 1 to them This refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MAT 17 3 sde3 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him “with Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 17 3 sde3 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him Alternate translation: “with Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 17 4 r41c ἀποκριθεὶς…ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν 1 answering, Peter said “Peter said.” Peter is not responding to a question.
|
||||
MAT 17 4 d231 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether **us** refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 5 cek4 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them “came over them”
|
||||
MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them Alternate translation: “came over them”
|
||||
MAT 17 5 kc8t figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice from the cloud Here, **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 And having heard that, the disciples “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
|
||||
MAT 17 6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 And having heard that, the disciples Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
|
||||
MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 fell on their face This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 9 w4w9 0 Connecting Statement: The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus’ transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 9 jz51 καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 As as they were coming down “And as Jesus and the disciples were coming down”
|
||||
MAT 17 9 jz51 καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 As as they were coming down Alternate translation: “And as Jesus and the disciples were coming down”
|
||||
MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον? 1 “Why then do the scribes say that it is necessary for Elijah to come first?” The disciples are referring to the belief that **Elijah** will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 11 xbs2 ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα 1 will restore all things “will put things in order” or “will get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
|
||||
MAT 17 11 xbs2 ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα 1 will restore all things Alternate translation: “will put things in order” or “will get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
|
||||
MAT 17 12 whp9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 a4h7 ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did … them Here, **they** and **them** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. (2) all the Jewish people.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 i74i figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 14 t687 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
|
||||
MAT 17 15 ufb4 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 have mercy on my son It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 15 hs55 σεληνιάζεται 1 he is epileptic This means that he sometimes had seizures. He would become unconscious and move uncontrollably. Alternate translation: “he has seizures”
|
||||
MAT 17 17 lyu5 ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε 1 O unbelieving and perverse generation, how long “O you generation that does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How long”
|
||||
MAT 17 17 lyu5 ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε 1 O unbelieving and perverse generation, how long Alternate translation: “O you generation that does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How long”
|
||||
MAT 17 17 su3r figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you? These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. Alternate translation: “I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 i8kd figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 the boy was healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the boy became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 h2gc figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here, **we** refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό? 1 For what reason were we not able to cast it out? “Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”
|
||||
MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό? 1 For what reason were we not able to cast it out? Alternate translation: “Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”
|
||||
MAT 17 20 u5ll ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you “For I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 if you would have faith as a mustard seed Jesus compares the size of **a mustard seed** to the amount of **faith** needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 17 20 x48i figs-litotes οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 nothing will be impossible for you You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “you will be able to do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 r2cu 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
|
||||
MAT 17 22 n2xs συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν 1 as they are gathered together “as Jesus and his disciples were gathered together”
|
||||
MAT 17 22 n2xs συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν 1 as they are gathered together Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were gathered together”
|
||||
MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man is about to be delivered If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of men The word **hands** here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “to be taken and put under the power of people” or “to be taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 i5rb figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1795,32 +1795,32 @@ MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third d
|
|||
MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 fjac figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 24 jli6 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax.
|
||||
MAT 17 24 t8qt ἐλθόντων…αὐτῶν 1 when they had come “when Jesus and his disciples had come”
|
||||
MAT 17 24 t8qt ἐλθόντων…αὐτῶν 1 when they had come Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples had come”
|
||||
MAT 17 24 b953 figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax This was a **tax** that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the temple tax” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 24 cths translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax The **drachma** was equivalent to the “denarius,” which was worth about one day's wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 17 25 y26n τὴν οἰκίαν 1 the house “the place where Jesus was staying”
|
||||
MAT 17 25 y26n τὴν οἰκίαν 1 the house Alternate translation: “the place where Jesus was staying”
|
||||
MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων? 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers? Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: “Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 fb1c 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 13:54](../13/54.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 j3g4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 w75w figs-quotations εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 But when he said, “From strangers,” Jesus said to him If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in [Matthew 17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But when Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,’ Jesus said” or “But after Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 uh6y ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων 1 From strangers In modern times, leaders usually tax their own citizens. But, in ancient times, the leaders often taxed the people they had conquered rather than their own citizens.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 u6xx οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons people over whom a ruler or king rules
|
||||
MAT 17 27 mwa6 ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς 1 But in order that we might not cause them to sin, having gone “But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 mwa6 ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς 1 But in order that we might not cause them to sin, having gone Alternate translation: “But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fishermen tied **a hook** to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 27 ebj4 τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 its mouth “the fish’s mouth”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 ebj4 τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 its mouth Alternate translation: “the fish’s mouth”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel a silver coin worth four days’ wages (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 17 27 ej3l ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν, δὸς 1 Having taken that, give it “Take the shekel and give it”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 ej3l ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν, δὸς 1 Having taken that, give it Alternate translation: “Take the shekel and give it”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 on behalf of me and you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?<br><br>Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who therefore is greatest “Who therefore is the most important” or “Who then among us will be the most important”
|
||||
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who therefore is greatest Alternate translation: “Who therefore is the most important” or “Who then among us will be the most important”
|
||||
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 qb44 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 3 fs1e figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 unless you would turn and would become like little children, you may certainly not enter You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change and become like little children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 ewj5 figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 would become like little children Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 ch9p figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 you may certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not enter God’s kingdom” or “you will never belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 4 ta7z figs-simile 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 18 4 f9t5 ἐστιν ὁ μείζων 1 is the greatest “is the most important” or “will be the most important”
|
||||
MAT 18 4 f9t5 ἐστιν ὁ μείζων 1 is the greatest Alternate translation: “is the most important” or “will be the most important”
|
||||
MAT 18 4 gf8l figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 5 dz1i figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **my name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 5 ik3r ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 in my name receives me Jesus means that it is the same as welcoming him. Alternate translation: “in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1831,15 +1831,15 @@ MAT 18 7 ees6 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 to the world Here, **world** ref
|
|||
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks … that those stumbling blocks come … to the man through whom those stumbling blocks come Here, **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … that things come that cause people to sin … to any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 vad7 figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 But if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your … you … you … for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the everlasting fire having two hands or two feet If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 And if your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you The command to destroy the **eye**, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here, **stumble** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your … you … you … for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 m8as εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 9 m8as εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 9 r1ie figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 10 qnc6 ὁρᾶτε 1 See that “Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
|
||||
MAT 18 10 e9uf μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 you would not despise one of these little ones “you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant.” You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones”
|
||||
MAT 18 10 qnc6 ὁρᾶτε 1 See that Alternate translation: “Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
|
||||
MAT 18 10 e9uf μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 you would not despise one of these little ones Alternate translation: “you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant.” You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones”
|
||||
MAT 18 10 j4l5 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 10 xdl9 figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in the heavens Jewish teachers taught that only the most important angels could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 10 y6n9 figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 always look on the face of my Father This is an idiom that means they are in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “are always close to my Father” or “are always in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1851,16 +1851,16 @@ MAT 18 12 cv92 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἐνενήκοντα ἐνν
|
|||
MAT 18 12 t5h4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 having left the 99 on the hillside and having gone out, does he not seek the one wandering? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “he will always leave the 99 where they are and go out so seek the one that has gone astray.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 j5d8 figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι χαίρει ἐπ’ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις 1 And if he may happen to find it, truly I say to you that he rejoices over it more than over the 99 that have not gone astray This is the end of the parable that begins with the words “If anyone” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 at4s figs-you ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 it is not the will before your Father who is in the heavens that one of these little ones would perish “your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
|
||||
MAT 18 14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 it is not the will before your Father who is in the heavens that one of these little ones would perish Alternate translation: “your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
|
||||
MAT 18 14 usa4 figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 14 fmm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 15 k6t7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 15 kpe2 ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother This refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
|
||||
MAT 18 15 yh3t ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother “you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
|
||||
MAT 18 15 yh3t ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother Alternate translation: “you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
|
||||
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here, **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 16 xv1w figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he might refuse to listen to them “if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
|
||||
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the church “the whole community of believers”
|
||||
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he might refuse to listen to them Alternate translation: “if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
|
||||
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the church Alternate translation: “the whole community of believers”
|
||||
MAT 18 17 xf1a figs-explicit ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector “treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector.” This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 u2kl ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν…δήσητε…λύσητε 1 to you … you may bind … you may release All occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1871,41 +1871,41 @@ MAT 18 19 cal4 figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 if two of you
|
|||
MAT 18 19 c3lf ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς 1 they might ask … for them These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
|
||||
MAT 18 19 gs8w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 kv9z figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two or three It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 s5rx συνηγμένοι 1 gathered together “meeting together”
|
||||
MAT 18 20 s5rx συνηγμένοι 1 gathered together Alternate translation: “meeting together”
|
||||
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 21 cys4 translate-numbers ἑπτάκις 1 seven times “7 times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 n44s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 23 rqp1 figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 bp72 συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 to settle accounts with his slaves “his slaves to pay him what they owed”
|
||||
MAT 18 23 bp72 συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 to settle accounts with his slaves Alternate translation: “his slaves to pay him what they owed”
|
||||
MAT 18 24 d6ne figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ 1 one was brought to him If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servants to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 24 w3nr translate-numbers μυρίων ταλάντων 1 of 10,000 talents “of ten thousand talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 24 bihe translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 of 10,000 talents A *talent* was equal to one day's wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 18 25 nmz8 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 the master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything that he had, and repayment to be made If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man along with his wife and children and everything that he had, and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 26 thl3 translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει 1 So the slave, having fallen down, was bowing down before This shows that the **slave** approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 18 26 cx5z προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 was bowing down before him “was bowing down before the king”
|
||||
MAT 18 27 j5vp σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having felt compassion “feeling compassion for the slave”
|
||||
MAT 18 27 vn7l ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν 1 released him “let him go”
|
||||
MAT 18 26 cx5z προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 was bowing down before him Alternate translation: “was bowing down before the king”
|
||||
MAT 18 27 j5vp σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having felt compassion Alternate translation: “feeling compassion for the slave”
|
||||
MAT 18 27 vn7l ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν 1 released him Alternate translation: “let him go”
|
||||
MAT 18 28 d2tb figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 28 a7jb translate-numbers ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 100 denarii “one hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 28 zyie translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 one hundred denarii “one hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 18 28 uy32 κρατήσας αὐτὸν 1 having grasped him “when first slave had grasped his fellow slave”
|
||||
MAT 18 28 b7u9 κρατήσας 1 having grasped “having taken hold of” or “having seized”
|
||||
MAT 18 28 uy32 κρατήσας αὐτὸν 1 having grasped him Alternate translation: “when first slave had grasped his fellow slave”
|
||||
MAT 18 28 b7u9 κρατήσας 1 having grasped Alternate translation: “having taken hold of” or “having seized”
|
||||
MAT 18 29 i21c translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 having fallen down This shows that the fellow slave approached the first slave in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in [Matthew 18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 18 29 iv8y παρεκάλει αὐτὸν 1 begged him “implored him”
|
||||
MAT 18 29 iv8y παρεκάλει αὐτὸν 1 begged him Alternate translation: “implored him”
|
||||
MAT 18 30 fn3t figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 30 t8wb ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 having gone out, he threw him into prison “the first slave went and threw his fellow slave into prison”
|
||||
MAT 18 31 w9n2 οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ 1 his fellow slaves “other slaves”
|
||||
MAT 18 31 nx9k διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν 1 they fully explained to their master “they told the king”
|
||||
MAT 18 30 t8wb ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 having gone out, he threw him into prison Alternate translation: “the first slave went and threw his fellow slave into prison”
|
||||
MAT 18 31 w9n2 οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ 1 his fellow slaves Alternate translation: “other slaves”
|
||||
MAT 18 31 nx9k διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν 1 they fully explained to their master Alternate translation: “they told the king”
|
||||
MAT 18 32 pfc2 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 32 txr7 τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Then, having called him, his master “Then the king called the first slave and”
|
||||
MAT 18 32 wgs1 παρεκάλεσάς με 1 you begged me “you implored me”
|
||||
MAT 18 32 txr7 τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Then, having called him, his master Alternate translation: “Then the king called the first slave and”
|
||||
MAT 18 32 wgs1 παρεκάλεσάς με 1 you begged me Alternate translation: “you implored me”
|
||||
MAT 18 33 jw37 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 Was it not necessary for you to also have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you? The king uses a question to scold the first servant. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 34 l7ks 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 18 34 mkm7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 34 big9 ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 his master “the king”
|
||||
MAT 18 34 big9 ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 his master Alternate translation: “the king”
|
||||
MAT 18 34 e95u figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 handed him over “gave him over.” Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his slaves to give him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 to the torturers “to those who would torture him”
|
||||
MAT 18 34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 to the torturers Alternate translation: “to those who would torture him”
|
||||
MAT 18 34 e14m figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 that is owed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 pm1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 q8p9 figs-you ὑμῖν…ἕκαστος…ὑμῶν 1 to you … each of you … your All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1916,18 +1916,18 @@ MAT 19 1 nj6t writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning o
|
|||
MAT 19 1 ap4g ἐγένετο, ὅτε 1 it happened that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And when” or “And after”
|
||||
MAT 19 1 c5j9 figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 had finished these words Here, **words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 3 kg12 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 3 gl85 προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 1 approached him “came to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 19 3 gl85 προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 1 approached him Alternate translation: “came to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 19 3 s8jq πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 testing him and saying Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
|
||||
MAT 19 4 ncb6 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς 1 Have you not read that the one who made them from the beginning made them male and female, This rhetorical question continues to the end of the next verse. Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 n8zn 0 General Information: In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 xc7a figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’? This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 q71w figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’? The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that this is the reason that a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 phz3 ἕνεκα τούτου 1 For the sake of this This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 af1r κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 will be joined to his wife “will stay close to his wife” or “will live with his wife”
|
||||
MAT 19 5 af1r κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 will be joined to his wife Alternate translation: “will stay close to his wife” or “will live with his wife”
|
||||
MAT 19 5 m83j figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 the two will be one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 6 m4b7 figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία 1 So then, they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 7 jxs2 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They say to him “The Pharisees said to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 19 7 ugf4 Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο 1 has Moses commanded us “has Moses command us Jews”
|
||||
MAT 19 7 jxs2 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They say to him Alternate translation: “The Pharisees said to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 19 7 ugf4 Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο 1 has Moses commanded us Alternate translation: “has Moses command us Jews”
|
||||
MAT 19 7 xml9 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This is a document that legally ends the marriage.
|
||||
MAT 19 8 zu87 figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 For your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 ve9e figs-you τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart … allowed you … your wives Here, **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1940,21 +1940,21 @@ MAT 19 12 yvb8 figs-explicit εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτι
|
|||
MAT 19 12 m1r9 figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 hqu1 χωρεῖν, χωρείτω 1 to accept this, let him accept it “to accept this teaching, let him accept it”
|
||||
MAT 19 12 hqu1 χωρεῖν, χωρείτω 1 to accept this, let him accept it Alternate translation: “to accept this teaching, let him accept it”
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wjb5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus receives and blesses little children.
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wu52 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία 1 little children were brought to him If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 14 t6cm ἄφετε 1 Permit allow
|
||||
MAT 19 14 m219 μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 do not forbid them to come to me “do not stop them from coming to me”
|
||||
MAT 19 14 m219 μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 do not forbid them to come to me Alternate translation: “do not stop them from coming to me”
|
||||
MAT 19 14 l1bq figs-metonymy τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the kingdom of the heavens is of such as these Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 14 za2g figs-simile τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is of such as these “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to those who are like children.” This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 19 16 g9us 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.
|
||||
MAT 19 16 vj7t ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 19 16 bw9n ἀγαθὸν 1 good thing This means a thing that pleases God.
|
||||
MAT 19 17 sce3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? 1 Why do you ask me about what is good? Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. Alternate translation: “You ask me about what is good” or “Think about why you ask me about what is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 17 d4sh εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός 1 One is good “God alone is completely good”
|
||||
MAT 19 17 d7fd εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 to enter into life “to receive eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 19 17 d4sh εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός 1 One is good Alternate translation: “God alone is completely good”
|
||||
MAT 19 17 d7fd εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 to enter into life Alternate translation: “to receive eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 19 19 zv5n ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου 1 love your neighbor The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.
|
||||
MAT 19 21 m57c εἰ θέλεις 1 If you wish “If you want”
|
||||
MAT 19 21 m57c εἰ θέλεις 1 If you wish Alternate translation: “If you want”
|
||||
MAT 19 21 zic9 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 19 21 e4vs figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 you will have treasure in the heavens The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ass2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1965,8 +1965,8 @@ MAT 19 24 dip3 τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle the hole
|
|||
MAT 19 25 sl38 figs-explicit ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα 1 they were very astonished “the disciples were amazed.” It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 19 25 d389 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 Who then is able to be saved? The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 25 x1at figs-activepassive τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 Who then is able to be saved? If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Then there is no one whom God will save!” or “Then there is no one who will receive eternal life!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 27 yp3h ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 we have left everything “we have left all our wealth” or “we have given up all our possessions”
|
||||
MAT 19 27 sp61 τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν? 1 What then will there be for us? “What good thing will God give us?”
|
||||
MAT 19 27 yp3h ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 we have left everything Alternate translation: “we have left all our wealth” or “we have given up all our possessions”
|
||||
MAT 19 27 sp61 τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν? 1 What then will there be for us? Alternate translation: “What good thing will God give us?”
|
||||
MAT 19 28 pm6v ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 28 j89c figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 in the renewal “in the new time.” This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: “at the time when God makes all things new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 gey2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1980,31 +1980,31 @@ MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατο
|
|||
MAT 20 intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard<br><br>Jesus tells this parable ([Matthew 20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
|
||||
MAT 20 1 k7sw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 20 1 q9qc figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 For the kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 2 wd43 συμφωνήσας 1 After he had agreed “After the landowner had agreed”
|
||||
MAT 20 2 wd43 συμφωνήσας 1 After he had agreed Alternate translation: “After the landowner had agreed”
|
||||
MAT 20 2 iwk5 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 a denarius This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 20 2 w9hq ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 he sent them into his vineyard “he sent them to work in his vineyard”
|
||||
MAT 20 2 w9hq ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 he sent them into his vineyard Alternate translation: “he sent them to work in his vineyard”
|
||||
MAT 20 3 w9m2 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 3 s8ha καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 He went out again “The landowner went out again”
|
||||
MAT 20 3 s8ha καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 He went out again Alternate translation: “The landowner went out again”
|
||||
MAT 20 3 bki1 translate-ordinal τρίτην ὥραν 1 the third hour The third hour is around nine in the morning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 20 3 xk4i ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς 1 standing idle in the marketplace “standing in the marketplace not doing anything” or “standing in the marketplace with no work to do”
|
||||
MAT 20 3 xk4i ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς 1 standing idle in the marketplace Alternate translation: “standing in the marketplace not doing anything” or “standing in the marketplace with no work to do”
|
||||
MAT 20 3 q3b7 τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 the marketplace a large, open-air area where people buy and sell food and other items
|
||||
MAT 20 5 g1s7 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 5 j3zh πάλιν ἐξελθὼν 1 Again he went out “Again the landowner went out”
|
||||
MAT 20 5 j3zh πάλιν ἐξελθὼν 1 Again he went out Alternate translation: “Again the landowner went out”
|
||||
MAT 20 5 pip4 translate-ordinal περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 about the sixth hour and again the ninth hour The sixth hour is around noon. The ninth hour is around three in the afternoon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 20 5 y513 ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως 1 did the same This means the landowner went to the marketplace and hired workers.
|
||||
MAT 20 6 t8uu translate-ordinal τὴν ἑνδεκάτην 1 the eleventh hour This is about five in the afternoon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 20 6 up1w ἑστῶτας 1 having stood “not doing anything” or “not having any work”
|
||||
MAT 20 6 up1w ἑστῶτας 1 having stood Alternate translation: “not doing anything” or “not having any work”
|
||||
MAT 20 8 hg2p figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 8 x6iv ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων 1 having begun from the last to the first You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “beginning with the workers who started working last, then the workers who started working earlier, and finally the workers who started working first” or “first paying the workers I hired last, then paying the workers I hired earlier in the day, and finally paying the workers I hired first”
|
||||
MAT 20 9 p7q1 figs-activepassive οἱ 1 those hired If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the landowner hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 10 d2bn translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 20 11 z2h5 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 11 z9sz λαβόντες 1 having received it “when the workers who had worked the longest had received a denarius”
|
||||
MAT 20 11 d6sy τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner “the vineyard owner”
|
||||
MAT 20 12 qpz4 ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας 1 you have made them equal to us “you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”
|
||||
MAT 20 11 z9sz λαβόντες 1 having received it Alternate translation: “when the workers who had worked the longest had received a denarius”
|
||||
MAT 20 11 d6sy τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner Alternate translation: “the vineyard owner”
|
||||
MAT 20 12 qpz4 ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας 1 you have made them equal to us Alternate translation: “you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”
|
||||
MAT 20 12 vy87 figs-idiom τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα 1 who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat The phrase **borne the burden of the day** is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 w17c figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 r9f3 ἑνὶ αὐτῶν 1 to one of them “to one of the workers who had worked the longest”
|
||||
MAT 20 13 r9f3 ἑνὶ αὐτῶν 1 to one of them Alternate translation: “to one of the workers who had worked the longest”
|
||||
MAT 20 13 f5mb ἑταῖρε 1 Friend Use a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
|
||||
MAT 20 13 qbu1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι 1 Did you not agree with me for a denarius? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “We already agreed that I would give you one denarius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 qxn3 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 for a denarius This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “for one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ MAT 20 18 b2f2 figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πα
|
|||
MAT 20 18 rbl4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν 1 the Son of Man … him Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 s8uh κατακρινοῦσιν 1 they will condemn The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 20 19 rjq7 καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι 1 and will deliver him to the Gentiles for them to mock The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the **Gentiles**, and the Gentiles will **mock** him.
|
||||
MAT 20 19 a9k5 μαστιγῶσαι 1 to flog “to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
|
||||
MAT 20 19 a9k5 μαστιγῶσαι 1 to flog Alternate translation: “to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
|
||||
MAT 20 19 pn84 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 c6q1 figs-123person αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται 1 him … to crucify him … he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 kr7a figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 he will be raised up The words **be raised up** are an idiom for “be made alive again.” If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2032,20 +2032,20 @@ MAT 20 21 i9n6 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 in your king
|
|||
MAT 20 22 gx17 figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know **You** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 i8nx figs-you δύνασθε 1 Are you able Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 f9cy figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 to drink the cup that I am about to drink To **drink the cup** or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “to suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 d4rf λέγουσιν 1 They say “The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
|
||||
MAT 20 22 d4rf λέγουσιν 1 They say Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
|
||||
MAT 20 23 m4d2 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε 1 My cup you will drink To **drink** a **cup** or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 23 aq1v figs-metonymy δεξιῶν…εὐωνύμων 1 right hand … my left hand These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in [Matthew 20:21](../20/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 23 sj51 figs-activepassive οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 to those who have been prepared by my Father If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared those places, and he will give them to whom he chooses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 23 x5f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 20 24 qxl4 ἀκούσαντες 1 having heard this “having heard what James and John had asked Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 20 24 qxl4 ἀκούσαντες 1 having heard this Alternate translation: “having heard what James and John had asked Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 20 24 la38 figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν 1 were very angry with the two brothers If necessary, you can make explicit why the ten disciples were angry. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two brothers because each of them also wanted to sit in a place of honor next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 20 25 uu67 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes teaching his disciples about authority and serving others.
|
||||
MAT 20 25 v2xq προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 having called them to himself “having called the 12 disciples”
|
||||
MAT 20 25 x2ul οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν 1 the rulers of the Gentiles subjugate them “the Gentile kings forcefully rule over their people”
|
||||
MAT 20 25 gu83 οἱ μεγάλοι 1 the great ones “the important men among the Gentiles”
|
||||
MAT 20 25 nb3r κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν 1 exercise authority over them “have control over the people”
|
||||
MAT 20 26 y4qw ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 whoever desires “whoever wants”
|
||||
MAT 20 27 j3ms εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first “to be important”
|
||||
MAT 20 25 v2xq προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 having called them to himself Alternate translation: “having called the 12 disciples”
|
||||
MAT 20 25 x2ul οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν 1 the rulers of the Gentiles subjugate them Alternate translation: “the Gentile kings forcefully rule over their people”
|
||||
MAT 20 25 gu83 οἱ μεγάλοι 1 the great ones Alternate translation: “the important men among the Gentiles”
|
||||
MAT 20 25 nb3r κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν 1 exercise authority over them Alternate translation: “have control over the people”
|
||||
MAT 20 26 y4qw ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 whoever desires Alternate translation: “whoever wants”
|
||||
MAT 20 27 j3ms εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first Alternate translation: “to be important”
|
||||
MAT 20 28 m27d figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 the Son of Man … his life Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 iz71 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 did not come to be served If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “did not come so that other people would serve him” or “did not come so that other people would serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 c7r9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 but to serve You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “but to serve other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2054,14 +2054,14 @@ MAT 20 28 zv1p figs-idiom καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ
|
|||
MAT 20 28 hgv7 figs-ellipsis ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 in exchange for many You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “in exchange for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 20 29 u6ad 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus healing two blind men.
|
||||
MAT 20 29 ev2t ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν 1 as they were proceeding This refers to the disciples and Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 20 29 b4tr ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 followed him “followed Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 20 30 zz5f ἀκούσαντες 1 Having heard “When the two blind men heard”
|
||||
MAT 20 30 stz8 παράγει 1 is passing by “was walking by them”
|
||||
MAT 20 29 b4tr ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 followed him Alternate translation: “followed Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 20 30 zz5f ἀκούσαντες 1 Having heard Alternate translation: “When the two blind men heard”
|
||||
MAT 20 30 stz8 παράγει 1 is passing by Alternate translation: “was walking by them”
|
||||
MAT 20 30 t577 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of King David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 20 32 f5mw ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς 1 called to them “called to the blind men”
|
||||
MAT 20 32 f5mw ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς 1 called to them Alternate translation: “called to the blind men”
|
||||
MAT 20 33 yb39 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 that our eyes may be opened The men speak of becoming able to see as if their **eyes** were to **be opened**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 20 33 xdgl figs-ellipsis ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 that our eyes may be opened Because of Jesus’ previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: “we want you to open our eyes” or “we want to be able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 20 34 q9iq σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion “having compassion on them” or “feeling compassion for them”
|
||||
MAT 20 34 q9iq σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Alternate translation: “having compassion on them” or “feeling compassion for them”
|
||||
MAT 21 intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>### Hosanna<br><br>This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”<br><br>No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
|
||||
MAT 21 1 f8fs 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.
|
||||
MAT 21 1 p3g6 translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage This is a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2083,12 +2083,12 @@ MAT 21 9 ysb9 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 to the son of David Jesus was not D
|
|||
MAT 21 9 q52t figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 g73z figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Here, **highest** refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 cb4h figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 the whole the city was stirred Here, **city** refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 nqb2 ἐσείσθη 1 was stirred “was excited”
|
||||
MAT 21 10 nqb2 ἐσείσθη 1 was stirred Alternate translation: “was excited”
|
||||
MAT 21 12 q41c 0 General Information: In verse 13, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
|
||||
MAT 21 12 mc5v 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 12 y9j4 figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 Jesus entered into the temple Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 12 w7ac τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας 1 those who were buying and selling Merchants were **selling** animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 guy7 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he says to them “Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
|
||||
MAT 21 13 guy7 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he says to them Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
|
||||
MAT 21 13 m1jl figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 z8gr figs-activepassive ὁ οἶκός μου…κληθήσεται 1 My house will be called If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “People should call my house” or “My house will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here, **My** refers to God and **house** refers to the temple.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2104,12 +2104,12 @@ MAT 21 15 r3bs figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν 1 they became very angry It
|
|||
MAT 21 16 zx4a figs-rquestion ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν? 1 Do you hear what they are saying? The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 luy1 figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον? 1 Have you never read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’? Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 qa9u figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise **From the mouths** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 17 kag5 καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς 1 having left them “after Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
|
||||
MAT 21 17 kag5 καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς 1 having left them Alternate translation: “after Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
|
||||
MAT 21 18 l3bi 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
|
||||
MAT 21 18 q488 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
|
||||
MAT 21 19 h2la ἐξηράνθη 1 withered died and dried up
|
||||
MAT 21 20 q81g figs-rquestion πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ? 1 How did the fig tree immediately wither away? The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. Alternate translation: “We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 20 sk1g ἐξηράνθη 1 did … wither away “did … dry up and die”
|
||||
MAT 21 20 sk1g ἐξηράνθη 1 did … wither away Alternate translation: “did … dry up and die”
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nd3y ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 21 mwl5 figs-doublet ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 if you have faith and would not doubt Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 you may even say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2118,18 +2118,18 @@ MAT 21 23 yi7j 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the religiou
|
|||
MAT 21 23 uge9 figs-explicit ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 when he had come into the temple It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 s1w6 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 dau4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 k1a7 πόθεν ἦν? 1 from where was it? “where did he get the authority to do that?”
|
||||
MAT 21 25 k1a7 πόθεν ἦν? 1 from where was it? Alternate translation: “where did he get the authority to do that?”
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him?’ This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 But if we would say, ‘From men,’ This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd “we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
|
||||
MAT 21 26 q1r1 πάντες…ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 they all regard John as a prophet “they believe John is a prophet”
|
||||
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd Alternate translation: “we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
|
||||
MAT 21 26 q1r1 πάντες…ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 they all regard John as a prophet Alternate translation: “they believe John is a prophet”
|
||||
MAT 21 28 u56n figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 28 iem2 figs-rquestion τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 But what do you think? Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 29 b96z figs-metaphor μεταμεληθεὶς 1 having changed his mind This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They say “The chief priests and elders said”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They say Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders said”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 er5s ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 pd34 προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 enter … before you This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders. (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2137,13 +2137,13 @@ MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Joh
|
|||
MAT 21 32 n2ve figs-idiom ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 in the way of righteousness This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 nn9y figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 sx2y οἰκοδεσπότης 1 a landowner “a person who owned a piece of property”
|
||||
MAT 21 33 v39u φραγμὸν 1 a hedge “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes”
|
||||
MAT 21 33 lg79 ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν 1 dug a winepress in it “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
|
||||
MAT 21 33 sx2y οἰκοδεσπότης 1 a landowner Alternate translation: “a person who owned a piece of property”
|
||||
MAT 21 33 v39u φραγμὸν 1 a hedge Alternate translation: “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes”
|
||||
MAT 21 33 lg79 ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν 1 dug a winepress in it Alternate translation: “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
|
||||
MAT 21 33 eu7x ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 rented it out to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the **vine growers** to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
|
||||
MAT 21 33 vp8k γεωργοῖς 1 to vine growers These were people who knew how to take care of vines and grapes.
|
||||
MAT 21 35 hn3c figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 35 n1cq τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ 1 his servants “the landowner’s servants”
|
||||
MAT 21 35 n1cq τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Alternate translation: “the landowner’s servants”
|
||||
MAT 21 38 a55y figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 40 x1ll grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MAT 21 41 ss2m λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They say to him Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as “The people said to Jesus.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ MAT 21 42 kk7e λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to the
|
|||
MAT 21 42 me7g figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Did you never read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes’? Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 mcm8 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 uid2 figs-activepassive ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the head of the corner If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord “The Lord has caused this great change”
|
||||
MAT 21 42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this great change”
|
||||
MAT 21 42 el83 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here, **in our eyes** refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 s93a λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 43 c7pb figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2165,64 +2165,64 @@ MAT 21 44 e7qc figs-activepassive ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τ
|
|||
MAT 21 44 ghz2 figs-parallelism ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 but on whomever it may fall, it will crush him This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 fonh figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 but on whomever it may fall, it will crush him This is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 45 gh8w 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
|
||||
MAT 21 45 qpy9 τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 his parables “Jesus’ parables”
|
||||
MAT 21 45 qpy9 τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 his parables Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parables”
|
||||
MAT 22 intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wedding Feast<br><br>In the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](./01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” ([Matthew 22:4](../mat/22/04.md)), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” ([Matthew 22:45](../mat/22/45.md)).
|
||||
MAT 22 1 z8vz figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 1 bc6y αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the people”
|
||||
MAT 22 1 bc6y αὐτοῖς 1 to them Alternate translation: “to the people”
|
||||
MAT 22 2 xps3 ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||||
MAT 22 3 wur1 figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who had been invited If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 l896 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c7x4 figs-activepassive δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, saying, ‘Tell those whom I have invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 arqx figs-quotations δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 iq6y ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 22 4 iq6y ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 22 4 xu4t figs-activepassive οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 My oxen and fattened calves have been killed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 ro9h figs-explicit οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 My oxen and fattened calves have been killed It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c48a οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ 1 My oxen and fattened calves “My best oxen and calves for eating”
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c48a οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ 1 My oxen and fattened calves Alternate translation: “My best oxen and calves for eating”
|
||||
MAT 22 5 e4fl figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 5 zu4c οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες 1 But they, having paid no attention “But the guests the king invited, ignoring the invitation”
|
||||
MAT 22 5 zu4c οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες 1 But they, having paid no attention Alternate translation: “But the guests the king invited, ignoring the invitation”
|
||||
MAT 22 7 la7s figs-explicit ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους 1 he killed those murderers It is implied that the king’s soldiers killed the **murderers**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 8 u2ax figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 8 k98u figs-activepassive οἱ…κεκλημένοι 1 those who had been invited If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 9 p48s τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν 1 the crossings of the roads “the crossroads” or “where the main roads of the city cross.” The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people.
|
||||
MAT 22 10 uva7 πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 both evil and good “both the good people and the bad people”
|
||||
MAT 22 10 uva7 πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 both evil and good Alternate translation: “both the good people and the bad people”
|
||||
MAT 22 10 c6ph figs-activepassive καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων 1 and the wedding hall was filled with those reclining at table If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “So the guests filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 10 fy3a ὁ γάμος 1 the wedding hall a large room
|
||||
MAT 22 11 s8ga figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 12 c7iy figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? 1 how did you come in here, not having wedding clothes? The king uses a question to scold the guest. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 12 w7vb ὁ…ἐφιμώθη 1 he was speechless “the man was silent”
|
||||
MAT 22 12 w7vb ὁ…ἐφιμώθη 1 he was speechless Alternate translation: “the man was silent”
|
||||
MAT 22 13 wt88 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about a marriage feast.
|
||||
MAT 22 13 jmp4 δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας 1 Having bound him foot and hand “After you have tied him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
|
||||
MAT 22 13 jmp4 δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας 1 Having bound him foot and hand Alternate translation: “After you have tied him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
|
||||
MAT 22 13 rpy8 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 13 s9ge translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 the weeping and the grinding of teeth Here, **the grinding of teeth** is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 14 hy3a figs-activepassive πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί 1 For many are called, but few are chosen If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 14 yz5f γάρ 1 For This marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
|
||||
MAT 22 15 y826 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
|
||||
MAT 22 15 u2mj ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ 1 how they might entrap him in his words “how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
|
||||
MAT 22 15 u2mj ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ 1 how they might entrap him in his words Alternate translation: “how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
|
||||
MAT 22 16 eae4 figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν…τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 their disciples … the Herodians The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 16 rf66 translate-names Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 Herodians These were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 22 16 t2qa οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 for you do not look at the face of men “you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
|
||||
MAT 22 16 t2qa οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 for you do not look at the face of men Alternate translation: “you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
|
||||
MAT 22 17 a9by figs-explicit δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι 1 to give a poll tax to Caesar People did not pay taxes directly to **Caesar** but to one of his **tax** collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 18 a2ti figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Why are you testing me, you hypocrites? Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 19 cie7 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 22 20 ue7j αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here, **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 22 20 dr3d figs-rquestion τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή? 1 Whose image and name inscription is this? Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος 1 Caesar’s You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 i6g5 τὰ Καίσαρος 1 the things of Caesar “the things that belong to Caesar”
|
||||
MAT 22 21 l3dh τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the things of God’s “the things that belong to God”
|
||||
MAT 22 21 i6g5 τὰ Καίσαρος 1 the things of Caesar Alternate translation: “the things that belong to Caesar”
|
||||
MAT 22 21 l3dh τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the things of God’s Alternate translation: “the things that belong to God”
|
||||
MAT 22 23 wqg2 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
|
||||
MAT 22 24 xl5f figs-quotesinquotes Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ 1 Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone may have died The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what **Moses** had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, you could state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 22 24 u7dm ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his brother … his wife … for his brother Here, **his** refers to the dead man.
|
||||
MAT 22 25 kjf5 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees continue asking Jesus a question.
|
||||
MAT 22 25 ag5z translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first “the oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 22 26 r6bq translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά 1 the second … the third … the seventh “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 22 27 t7md ὕστερον…πάντων 1 last of all “after every brother had died”
|
||||
MAT 22 27 t7md ὕστερον…πάντων 1 last of all Alternate translation: “after every brother had died”
|
||||
MAT 22 28 wbd1 οὖν 1 Therefore Here the Sadducees shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
|
||||
MAT 22 28 s743 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection “when dead people come back to life”
|
||||
MAT 22 28 s743 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection Alternate translation: “when dead people come back to life”
|
||||
MAT 22 29 p1ae figs-explicit πλανᾶσθε 1 You have been led astray It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken about the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 29 xkvg figs-activepassive πλανᾶσθε 1 You have been led astray If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 29 dax6 τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God “what God is able to do”
|
||||
MAT 22 30 ygr1 ἐν…τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection “when dead people rise back to life”
|
||||
MAT 22 30 uaj9 οὔτε γαμοῦσιν 1 they neither marry “people do not marry”
|
||||
MAT 22 29 dax6 τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God Alternate translation: “what God is able to do”
|
||||
MAT 22 30 ygr1 ἐν…τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection Alternate translation: “when dead people rise back to life”
|
||||
MAT 22 30 uaj9 οὔτε γαμοῦσιν 1 they neither marry Alternate translation: “people do not marry”
|
||||
MAT 22 30 qkv1 figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 nor are given in marriage If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 31 nx66 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
|
||||
MAT 22 31 b9sy figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 have you not read what was spoken to you by God, saying This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ MAT 22 46 c1f2 figs-explicit ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι 1
|
|||
MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hypocrites<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name calling<br><br>In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
|
||||
MAT 23 1 skq4 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sit in Moses’ seat Here, **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore whatever … do and observe these things “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
|
||||
MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore whatever … do and observe these things Alternate translation: “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them Here, **bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow, but they do not lift a finger to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xtr1 figs-idiom δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them Here, **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 They do all their deeds to be seen by people If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2279,9 +2279,9 @@ MAT 23 9 l33f figs-hyperbole Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐ
|
|||
MAT 23 9 any8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 heavenly Father **Father** here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 b8ua figs-activepassive μηδὲ κληθῆτε 1 And you should not be called If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 lp5f figs-123person ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 for your teacher is one—the Christ When Jesus said **the Christ**, he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “for I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d62b ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν 1 the greatest among you “the person who is most important among you”
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d62b ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν 1 the greatest among you Alternate translation: “the person who is most important among you”
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d9xw figs-you ὑμῶν 1 among you Here, **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 12 x187 ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν 1 will exalt himself “makes himself important”
|
||||
MAT 23 12 x187 ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν 1 will exalt himself Alternate translation: “makes himself important”
|
||||
MAT 23 12 e81r figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 will be humbled If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 12 uz88 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 13 ts6z figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Jesus speaks of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2292,29 +2292,29 @@ MAT 23 13 j4sd figs-metonymy κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν
|
|||
MAT 23 13 xtjf figs-metaphor κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν 1 you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit those entering to enter Jesus is speaking of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven, but you do not enter it, and neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 e4a8 figs-idiom περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 you go over the sea and the dry land This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 xo45 figs-merism τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 the sea and the dry land The **sea** and the **dry land** represent the two extremes where people can go on earth. Alternate translation: “everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 iyl7 ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 to make one proselyte “to make one person accept your religion”
|
||||
MAT 23 15 iyl7 ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 to make one proselyte Alternate translation: “to make one person accept your religion”
|
||||
MAT 23 15 bq91 figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 a son of hell Here, **son of** is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 r5k3 figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 you blind guides The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in [Matthew 15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 qgh8 ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 by the temple, it is nothing “by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 16 lni3 ὀφείλει 1 he is obligated “he is obligated by his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 16 qgh8 ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 by the temple, it is nothing Alternate translation: “by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 16 lni3 ὀφείλει 1 he is obligated Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 17 s7a8 figs-metaphor μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί! 1 You fools and blind men! The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 f9zd figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν? 1 For which is greater, the gold or the temple that has made the gold holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the **gold** as if it were more important than the **temple**. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 the temple that has made the gold holy “the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
|
||||
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 the temple that has made the gold holy Alternate translation: “the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
|
||||
MAT 23 18 lr61 figs-ellipsis καί 1 And The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 23 18 d331 οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 it is nothing “He does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “He does not have to keep his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 18 d331 οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 it is nothing Alternate translation: “He does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “He does not have to keep his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 18 ngd2 τῷ δώρῳ 1 the gift This is an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.
|
||||
MAT 23 18 zg72 ὀφείλει 1 he is obligated “he is obligated by his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 18 zg72 ὀφείλει 1 he is obligated Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 19 y6hk figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 blind men The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 g7qr figs-rquestion τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον? 1 For which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the **gift** as if it were more important than the **altar**. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον 1 the altar that makes the gift holy “the altar that makes the gift special to God”
|
||||
MAT 23 20 x4q4 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 by everything that is on it “by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
|
||||
MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον 1 the altar that makes the gift holy Alternate translation: “the altar that makes the gift special to God”
|
||||
MAT 23 20 x4q4 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 by everything that is on it Alternate translation: “by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
|
||||
MAT 23 21 m21b τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν 1 the one inhabiting it God the Father
|
||||
MAT 23 22 ejw9 τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 the one sitting on it God the Father
|
||||
MAT 23 23 lg3r οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί! 1 Woe to you … hypocrites! “How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 23 n94y translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 the mint and the dill and the cumin These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 23 23 hga6 ἀφήκατε 1 you have neglected “you have not obeyed”
|
||||
MAT 23 23 c8bb τὰ βαρύτερα 1 the weightier matters “the more important matters”
|
||||
MAT 23 23 m32j ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι 1 But it was necessary to do these “But you ought to have obeyed these more important laws”
|
||||
MAT 23 23 hga6 ἀφήκατε 1 you have neglected Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed”
|
||||
MAT 23 23 c8bb τὰ βαρύτερα 1 the weightier matters Alternate translation: “the more important matters”
|
||||
MAT 23 23 m32j ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι 1 But it was necessary to do these Alternate translation: “But you ought to have obeyed these more important laws”
|
||||
MAT 23 23 nn6q figs-doublenegatives κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 and not to neglect those You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 23 24 y84y figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί! 1 You blind guides Jesus uses this metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. See how you translated this metaphor in [Matthew 15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 24 l7fh figs-metaphor οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! 1 you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel! Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2324,14 +2324,14 @@ MAT 23 24 sn3z οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα 1 you who are
|
|||
MAT 23 24 whk2 κώνωπα 1 gnat a small flying insect
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ns27 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί! 1 Woe to you … hypocrites! “How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ru45 figs-metaphor ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the **outside** to others, but on the **inside** they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 they are full of greed and self-indulgence “they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
|
||||
MAT 23 25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 they are full of greed and self-indulgence Alternate translation: “they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
|
||||
MAT 23 26 lb5j figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ! 1 You blind Pharisee! The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 26 f9p8 figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν 1 Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside of it may become clean also This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the **outside** as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 kry1 figs-simile παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις…ἀκαθαρσίας 1 you are like whitewashed tombs … uncleanness This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 ta1f figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 whitewashed tombs “tombs that someone has painted white.” The Jews would paint **tombs** white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 29 tse6 figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 of the righteous You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 23 30 kkf2 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 in the days of our fathers “during the time of our forefathers”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 nq82 οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν 1 we would not have been partners with them “we would not have joined with them”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 kkf2 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 in the days of our fathers Alternate translation: “during the time of our forefathers”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 nq82 οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν 1 we would not have been partners with them Alternate translation: “we would not have joined with them”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 x99m figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν 1 in the blood of the prophets Here, **blood** is associated with the killing of the prophets. Alternate translation: “in the killing of the prophets” or “in the murder of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 31 l7rl υἱοί ἐστε 1 you are sons Here, **sons** means “descendants.”
|
||||
MAT 23 32 bpz8 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 And you fill up the measure of your fathers Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “And you finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2355,7 +2355,7 @@ MAT 23 37 tz4r figs-activepassive τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸ
|
|||
MAT 23 37 t9y7 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου 1 your children Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her **children**. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 37 xv4t figs-simile ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 23 37 as8p translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 a hen a female chicken. You can translate with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
|
||||
MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate Alternate translation: “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
|
||||
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house This could refer to: (1) the city of Jerusalem. (2) the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 i14n λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord! Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@ MAT 24 6 hdz3 figs-activepassive ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε 1 See tha
|
|||
MAT 24 7 ygf2 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 7 xuow figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, Here, **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 8 q4gl figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 are the beginning of birth pains This refers to the **pains** a woman feels before giving **birth** to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the **beginning** of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and will kill you “people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and will kill you Alternate translation: “people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
|
||||
MAT 24 9 uw1i figs-metonymy ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 you will be hated by all the nations Here, **nations** is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 nsh3 figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 you will be hated by all the nations If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 for the sake of my name Here, **name** refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2383,9 +2383,9 @@ MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and
|
|||
MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 lawlessness will be increased If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lawlessness**, you can express it with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold This could mean: (1) many people will no longer love other people. (2) many people will no longer love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who has endured to the end, he will be saved If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 l1pp ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας 1 But the one who has endured “But the person who stays faithful”
|
||||
MAT 24 13 l1pp ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας 1 But the one who has endured Alternate translation: “But the person who stays faithful”
|
||||
MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether **the end** refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end “the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
|
||||
MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
|
||||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-activepassive κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 this good news of the kingdom will be preached If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 opuo figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 this good news of the kingdom will be preached Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 y65s figs-metonymy πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 to all the nations Here, **nations** stands for people. Alternate translation: “to all people in all places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2393,31 +2393,31 @@ MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσε
|
|||
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the one reading understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
MAT 24 17 iv2j ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 the one on the housetop A typical **housetop** where Jesus lived was flat, and people could stand on it.
|
||||
MAT 24 19 kq12 figs-euphemism ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to those having in the womb This is a polite way to say “pregnant women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 19 f533 ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days “at that time”
|
||||
MAT 24 20 u4jb ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν 1 so that your flight may not occur “so that you will not have to flee” or “so that you will not have to run away”
|
||||
MAT 24 20 m6mx χειμῶνος 1 in winter “in the cold season”
|
||||
MAT 24 19 f533 ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Alternate translation: “at that time”
|
||||
MAT 24 20 u4jb ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν 1 so that your flight may not occur Alternate translation: “so that you will not have to flee” or “so that you will not have to run away”
|
||||
MAT 24 20 m6mx χειμῶνος 1 in winter Alternate translation: “in the cold season”
|
||||
MAT 24 22 vd3z figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 unless those days had been shortened, no flesh would have been saved You can state this in positive and active form. Alternate translation: “If God does not shorten that time of suffering, everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 24 22 r9qw figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 flesh “people.” Here, “flesh” is poetic way of referring to human beings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 24 22 p6m8 figs-activepassive κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 those days will be shortened If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avv5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avm2 μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 you may not believe it “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avm2 μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 you may not believe it Alternate translation: “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 figs-metaphor ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here, **lead astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. You can translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they might say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness,’ you may not go out there You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 Or, ‘Behold, he is in the inner rooms,’ You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 he is in the inner rooms “he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
|
||||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 he is in the inner rooms Alternate translation: “he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
|
||||
MAT 24 27 j1w1 figs-simile ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία 1 just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, in the same way will be the coming This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 24 27 za8b figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 28 mu35 writing-proverbs ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come. (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 28 ivl8 οἱ ἀετοί 1 the vultures birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zmm6 εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος 1 immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun “as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
|
||||
MAT 24 29 l15m τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 the tribulation of those days “that time of suffering”
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zmm6 εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος 1 immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun Alternate translation: “as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
|
||||
MAT 24 29 l15m τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 the tribulation of those days Alternate translation: “that time of suffering”
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zuk4 figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 29 w1bi figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 yc2x figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 tld8 figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ 1 all the tribes Here, **tribes** refers to people of different ethic groups. Alternate translation: “every people group” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 fl54 ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης 1 he will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet “he will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “he will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
|
||||
MAT 24 31 fl54 ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης 1 he will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet Alternate translation: “he will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “he will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
|
||||
MAT 24 31 rlb4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ…αὐτοῦ 1 he will send his Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 wi28 ἐπισυνάξουσιν 1 they will gather together “his angels will gather up”
|
||||
MAT 24 31 wi28 ἐπισυνάξουσιν 1 they will gather together Alternate translation: “his angels will gather up”
|
||||
MAT 24 31 iq8c τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 his elect These are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
|
||||
MAT 24 31 ibw7 figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν 1 from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it Both of these mean the same thing, and emphasize how far the angels will go to gather the elect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 wp9t figs-idiom ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν 1 from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it These phrases are idioms that mean “from everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2426,55 +2426,55 @@ MAT 24 33 cfz8 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the gates “close to th
|
|||
MAT 24 34 j8np ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation may certainly not pass away Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 y73t ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation This could refer to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all people alive when these things Jesus has just described happen. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 fb4k ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται 1 until all these things may have happened “until God causes all these things to happen”
|
||||
MAT 24 34 r6sk οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 may certainly not pass away “will certainly not disappear” or “will certainly remain alive”
|
||||
MAT 24 34 fb4k ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται 1 until all these things may have happened Alternate translation: “until God causes all these things to happen”
|
||||
MAT 24 34 r6sk οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 may certainly not pass away Alternate translation: “will certainly not disappear” or “will certainly remain alive”
|
||||
MAT 24 35 i8vv figs-synecdoche ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 The heaven and the earth will pass away The phrase **the heaven and the earth** is a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even the heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 24 35 e6bf figs-metonymy οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν 1 my words words may certainly not pass away Here, **words** refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 q4pj figs-metonymy τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 that day and hour Here, **day** and **hour** refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 wq5r οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός 1 nor the Son “not even the Son”
|
||||
MAT 24 36 wq5r οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός 1 nor the Son Alternate translation: “not even the Son”
|
||||
MAT 24 36 p5vu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 f4s2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 24 37 hf51 ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 For just as the days of Noah were, thus will be the coming of the Son of Man “For at the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
|
||||
MAT 24 37 hf51 ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 For just as the days of Noah were, thus will be the coming of the Son of Man Alternate translation: “For at the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
|
||||
MAT 24 37 cpn8 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 39 ffa6 καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 and they did not know You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people did not realize anything was happening”
|
||||
MAT 24 39 ah5v ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 took them all away—thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
|
||||
MAT 24 40 ksk6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
|
||||
MAT 24 40 hth3 τότε 1 Then This is when the Son of Man comes.
|
||||
MAT 24 40 gt4l figs-activepassive εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 one is taken, and one is left This could mean: (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 42 j83i οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true,”
|
||||
MAT 24 42 s6ir γρηγορεῖτε 1 be alert “pay attention”
|
||||
MAT 24 42 j83i οὖν 1 Therefore Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true,”
|
||||
MAT 24 42 s6ir γρηγορεῖτε 1 be alert Alternate translation: “pay attention”
|
||||
MAT 24 43 ak6a figs-parables εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 if the master of the house had known in what watch of night the thief is coming, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into Jesus uses a parable of a **master** and a **thief** to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 24 43 ki5s figs-metaphor ὁ κλέπτης 1 the thief Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 43 zs23 ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν 1 he would have been alert “he would have guarded his house”
|
||||
MAT 24 43 zs23 ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν 1 he would have been alert Alternate translation: “he would have guarded his house”
|
||||
MAT 24 43 lg7i figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 would not have allowed his house to be broken into If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 44 gd17 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 45 jua3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return.
|
||||
MAT 24 45 f92d figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ? 1 Who then is the faithful and wise slave whom his master has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time? Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 24 45 lf8d τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 to give them their food “to give the people in the master’s home their food”
|
||||
MAT 24 45 lf8d τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 to give them their food Alternate translation: “to give the people in the master’s home their food”
|
||||
MAT 24 47 lin7 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 48 ek9x writing-proverbs 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 might say in his heart Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “might think in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος 1 My master is delaying If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 50 bz5k figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 jj2z figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 he will cut him in pieces This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 pm18 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει 1 will assign his place with the hypocrites “will put him with the hypocrites” or “will send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
|
||||
MAT 24 51 pm18 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει 1 will assign his place with the hypocrites Alternate translation: “will put him with the hypocrites” or “will send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
|
||||
MAT 24 51 rwd5 translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 there will be the weeping and the grinding of the teeth Here, **the grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 em28 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 uhj1 λαμπάδας 1 lamps This could could refer to: (1) oil **lamps**. (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 five of them “five of the virgins”
|
||||
MAT 25 3 b37a οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 did not take oil with themselves “took with them only the oil in their lamps”
|
||||
MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 five of them Alternate translation: “five of the virgins”
|
||||
MAT 25 3 b37a οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 did not take oil with themselves Alternate translation: “took with them only the oil in their lamps”
|
||||
MAT 25 5 r458 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 25 5 pvh4 figs-activepassive χρονίζοντος…τοῦ νυμφίου 1 while the bridegroom was delaying If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 5 qf4b ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 they all became sleepy “all ten virgins became sleepy”
|
||||
MAT 25 6 ufp2 κραυγὴ γέγονεν 1 there was a cry “someone shouted”
|
||||
MAT 25 5 qf4b ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 they all became sleepy Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy”
|
||||
MAT 25 6 ufp2 κραυγὴ γέγονεν 1 there was a cry Alternate translation: “someone shouted”
|
||||
MAT 25 7 a3mz figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 7 ni6u ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 trimmed their lamps “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
|
||||
MAT 25 7 ni6u ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 trimmed their lamps Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
|
||||
MAT 25 8 tsh4 figs-nominaladj αἱ…μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον 1 the foolish said to the wise You can state these nominal adjectives as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 25 8 i1r7 figs-idiom αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 our lamps are going out This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 q6q9 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parable about the ten virgins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 rfh6 ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 But while they were going away “But while the five foolish virgins went away”
|
||||
MAT 25 10 rfh6 ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 But while they were going away Alternate translation: “But while the five foolish virgins went away”
|
||||
MAT 25 10 jej8 figs-ellipsis ἀγοράσαι 1 to buy You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 t229 αἱ ἕτοιμοι 1 the prepared These are the virgins who had extra oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 10 g29i figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 the door was shut If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2485,24 +2485,24 @@ MAT 25 13 hn7w figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐ
|
|||
MAT 25 13 xfdj figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 you do not know the day nor the hour You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 14 cn21 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 14 zqi2 ὥσπερ 1 it is like The word **it** here refers to the kingdom of heaven ([Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md)).
|
||||
MAT 25 14 wv71 ἀποδημῶν 1 going to another country “was ready to go to another country” or “was to go soon to another country”
|
||||
MAT 25 14 vhw1 παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 handed over to them his possessions “put them in charge of his wealth”
|
||||
MAT 25 14 fmb3 τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 his possessions “his property” or “his wealth”
|
||||
MAT 25 14 wv71 ἀποδημῶν 1 going to another country Alternate translation: “was ready to go to another country” or “was to go soon to another country”
|
||||
MAT 25 14 vhw1 παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 handed over to them his possessions Alternate translation: “put them in charge of his wealth”
|
||||
MAT 25 14 fmb3 τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 his possessions Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”
|
||||
MAT 25 15 i81u translate-bmoney πέντε τάλαντα 1 five talents “five talents of gold.” Avoid translating this into modern money. A **talent** of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 15 vyj2 figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν 1 and to one, two, and to one, one The word **talents** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and to another he gave two talents of gold, and to another he gave one talent of gold” or “and to another he gave two bags of gold, and to another he gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 15 d87u figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν 1 according to his own ability You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 16 qkr2 ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 gained another five talents “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 16 qkr2 ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 gained another five talents Alternate translation: “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 17 m2l8 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 17 u4vs ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 gained another two “earned another two talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 17 u4vs ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 gained another two Alternate translation: “earned another two talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 19 ik5q figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 19 vc9p δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 25 20 adz4 πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 I gained five talents “I have earned five more talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 20 adz4 πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 I gained five talents Alternate translation: “I have earned five more talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 20 ttf7 translate-bmoney τάλαντα 1 talents A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 21 l5mg εὖ 1 Well done “You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done.
|
||||
MAT 25 21 d2s9 figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 25 21 u9od figs-123person εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 22 yhi1 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 22 n2xc δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 I have gained two talents “I have earned two more talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 22 n2xc δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 I have gained two talents Alternate translation: “I have earned two more talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 23 hsb6 εὖ 1 Well done “You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:21](../25/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 25 23 plv7 figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 25 23 b5k7 figs-123person εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2510,9 +2510,9 @@ MAT 25 24 ial6 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling th
|
|||
MAT 25 24 m8an figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter The words **reaping where you did not sow** and **gathering where you did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 25 24 xj4e figs-metaphor θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 24 au9f οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 you did not scatter “you did not scatter seed.” This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil.
|
||||
MAT 25 25 wl5c ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 Behold, you have what is yours “Look, here is what is yours”
|
||||
MAT 25 25 wl5c ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 Behold, you have what is yours Alternate translation: “Look, here is what is yours”
|
||||
MAT 25 26 hj83 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy slave, you have known “You are a wicked slave who does not want to work. You knew”
|
||||
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy slave, you have known Alternate translation: “You are a wicked slave who does not want to work. You knew”
|
||||
MAT 25 26 he3h figs-parallelism θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter The words **reap where I did not sow** and **harvest where I did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 25 26 xtaj figs-metaphor θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 rhg9 figs-ellipsis ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν 1 I would have received back my money You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “I would have received back my own money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2521,7 +2521,7 @@ MAT 25 28 qm6x figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parabl
|
|||
MAT 25 28 paw8 ἄρατε…τὸ τάλαντον 1 take away the talent The master is speaking to other servants.
|
||||
MAT 25 28 b1ge translate-bmoney τὸ τάλαντον 1 the talent A **talent** was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 29 e5py figs-explicit τῷ…ἔχοντι 1 to the one having It is implied that the person who has something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “to the one who uses well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 29 r7lv καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 even more abundantly “even much more”
|
||||
MAT 25 29 r7lv καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 even more abundantly Alternate translation: “even much more”
|
||||
MAT 25 29 pcr5 figs-explicit τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος 1 But from the one not having It is implied that the person does have something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “But from the one does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 29 mdc1 figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 will be taken away If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 c2vb figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2529,7 +2529,7 @@ MAT 25 30 zy3k translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμ
|
|||
MAT 25 31 qtg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
MAT 25 31 e7um figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 f2w9 figs-activepassive καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 And before him will be gathered all the nations If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “And he will gather all the nations before himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 kd14 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 before him “in front of him”
|
||||
MAT 25 32 kd14 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 before him Alternate translation: “in front of him”
|
||||
MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here, **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 nk18 figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 just as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 25 33 pbq9 figs-metaphor καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 And he will place the sheep on his right, but the goats on his left This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2538,28 +2538,28 @@ MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι το
|
|||
MAT 25 34 h2k9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 cdi8 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world “since he first created the world”
|
||||
MAT 25 34 cdi8 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”
|
||||
MAT 25 37 yh3p figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 the righteous You can state this as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 25 37 cs5d figs-ellipsis ἢ διψῶντα 1 Or thirsty You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 38 h52x figs-ellipsis ἢ γυμνὸν 1 Or naked This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 m6mi figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 the King This is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 i2aq ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς 1 will say to them “will say to those at his right hand”
|
||||
MAT 25 40 i2aq ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς 1 will say to them Alternate translation: “will say to those at his right hand”
|
||||
MAT 25 40 mhe2 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This emphasizes what the King says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 40 acs3 ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 for one of the least “for one of the least important”
|
||||
MAT 25 40 acs3 ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 for one of the least Alternate translation: “for one of the least important”
|
||||
MAT 25 40 nh4y figs-gendernotations τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 of these brothers of mine Here, **brothers** refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 k4hb ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 you did it for me “I consider that you did it for me”
|
||||
MAT 25 40 k4hb ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 you did it for me Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me”
|
||||
MAT 25 41 z1nh figs-123person τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ 1 Then he also will say “Then the King also will.” Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 pr8n κατηραμένοι 1 you cursed “you people whom God has cursed”
|
||||
MAT 25 41 pr8n κατηραμένοι 1 you cursed Alternate translation: “you people whom God has cursed”
|
||||
MAT 25 41 hqf5 figs-activepassive τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 the everlasting fire that has been prepared If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the everlasting fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 g51u τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his angels Satan's helpers
|
||||
MAT 25 43 g6ec figs-ellipsis γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με 1 naked, and you did not clothe me The words **I was** preceding **naked** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 43 tq4x figs-ellipsis ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ 1 sick and in prison The words “I was” preceding **sick** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 44 f3dc 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 23:1](../23/01.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 zyc5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 hiy6 ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 they will also answer “those on his left will also answer”
|
||||
MAT 25 45 nm2e ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 for one of the least of these “for any of the least important ones of my people”
|
||||
MAT 25 45 whu5 οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 1 you did not do it for me “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
|
||||
MAT 25 46 m6me καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον 1 And these will go away into everlasting punishment “And the King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
|
||||
MAT 25 44 hiy6 ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 they will also answer Alternate translation: “those on his left will also answer”
|
||||
MAT 25 45 nm2e ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 for one of the least of these Alternate translation: “for any of the least important ones of my people”
|
||||
MAT 25 45 whu5 οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 1 you did not do it for me Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
|
||||
MAT 25 46 m6me καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον 1 And these will go away into everlasting punishment Alternate translation: “And the King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
|
||||
MAT 25 46 nj72 figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 but the righteous into everlasting life The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 46 kq5b figs-nominaladj οἱ…δίκαιοι 1 the righteous You can state this nominative adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [Matthew 26:31](../mat/26/31.md), however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.<br><br>### Passover<br><br>The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Matthew 26:26-28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Judas’ kiss for Jesus<br><br>[Matthew 26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.<br><br>### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”<br><br>Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([Matthew 26:61](../mat/26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2570,14 +2570,14 @@ MAT 26 2 g4lh figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παρ
|
|||
MAT 26 2 r9px figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 3 wew3 writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: These verses give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 26 3 eps8 figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 were gathered together If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “came together” or “met together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 4 hi4x δόλῳ 1 stealthily “secretly”
|
||||
MAT 26 4 hi4x δόλῳ 1 stealthily Alternate translation: “secretly”
|
||||
MAT 26 5 u4fh figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Not during the festival It may be helpful to your readers to state What the leaders did not want to do during the festival. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 26 5 s9p7 ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 the festival This is the yearly Passover festival.
|
||||
MAT 26 6 v2up 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of a woman pouring expensive oil on Jesus before his death.
|
||||
MAT 26 6 zq3j δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 6 hg3s figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 of Simon the leper It is implied that this is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 7 ukb9 ἀνακειμένου 1 and he was reclining at table “and Jesus was lying on his side.” You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat.
|
||||
MAT 26 7 yxf8 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ 1 a woman came to him “a woman came to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 7 yxf8 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ 1 a woman came to him Alternate translation: “a woman came to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 7 bhs8 translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 an alabaster jar This is a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 26 7 yu67 μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 of very expensive ointment oil that has a pleasing smell
|
||||
MAT 26 7 ea5e κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 she poured it upon his head The woman did this to honor Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2592,16 +2592,16 @@ MAT 26 13 xs1w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell y
|
|||
MAT 26 13 g45l figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο 1 wherever this good news may be preached If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 13 s12m figs-activepassive λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς 1 what she has done will also be spoken of in memory of her If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” or “people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 14 i3dy 0 Connecting Statement: Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 15 es4b κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν 1 and I will betray him to you “and I will bring Jesus to you”
|
||||
MAT 26 15 es4b κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν 1 and I will betray him to you Alternate translation: “and I will bring Jesus to you”
|
||||
MAT 26 15 x7zx τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 thirty pieces of silver Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money.
|
||||
MAT 26 15 lyl7 translate-numbers τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 30 pieces of silver “thirty pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 26 16 w1e4 ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 in order that he might betray him “so that he would give him over to them”
|
||||
MAT 26 16 w1e4 ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 in order that he might betray him Alternate translation: “so that he would give him over to them”
|
||||
MAT 26 17 e7wc 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 26 17 f3s2 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 18 hc78 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 But he said, “Go into the city to such a man and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is near. I am doing the Passover at your house with my disciples.”’” This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 r4tg ὁ καιρός μου 1 My time This could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus told them about. (2) the time God has set for Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 18 a4i5 figs-idiom ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 is near This could mean: (1) it “is near.” (2) it “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 j9pz ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα 1 I am doing the Passover “I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
|
||||
MAT 26 18 j9pz ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα 1 I am doing the Passover Alternate translation: “I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
|
||||
MAT 26 20 bga4 ἀνέκειτο 1 he reclined at table Use the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
|
||||
MAT 26 21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 22 n12r figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 Surely not I, Lord? “I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” This could be: (1) a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” (2) a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2614,10 +2614,10 @@ MAT 26 25 y9lk figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is
|
|||
MAT 26 26 qh16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 26 26 mr5u λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν 1 having taken … having blessed it … he broke it See how you translated these words in [Matthew 14:19](../14/19.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 27 tn39 figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 a cup Here, **cup** refers to both the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 27 zb1i ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 he gave it to them “he gave it to the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 26 27 a9me πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Drink from it “Drink the wine from this cup”
|
||||
MAT 26 28 l55a τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 For this is my blood “For this wine is my blood”
|
||||
MAT 26 28 ct81 τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης 1 blood of the covenant “blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”
|
||||
MAT 26 27 zb1i ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 he gave it to them Alternate translation: “he gave it to the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 26 27 a9me πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Drink from it Alternate translation: “Drink the wine from this cup”
|
||||
MAT 26 28 l55a τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 For this is my blood Alternate translation: “For this wine is my blood”
|
||||
MAT 26 28 ct81 τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης 1 blood of the covenant Alternate translation: “blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”
|
||||
MAT 26 28 bms3 figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 is being poured out If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 l556 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 29 h85b figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 fruit of the vine This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ MAT 26 29 m9vq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my
|
|||
MAT 26 30 nzy2 0 General Information: In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nkw2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 ed5k καὶ ὑμνήσαντες 1 And having sung a hymn a song of praise to God
|
||||
MAT 26 31 v8yl σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 will be caused to stumble in me “will leave me”
|
||||
MAT 26 31 v8yl σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 will be caused to stumble in me Alternate translation: “will leave me”
|
||||
MAT 26 31 iap6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 for it is written If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 u1t5 figs-explicit πατάξω 1 I will strike Here, **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 mc1e figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the shepherd … the sheep of the flock These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2638,9 +2638,9 @@ MAT 26 34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you t
|
|||
MAT 26 34 ui4y figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 before the rooster crows A **rooster** often **crows** about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word **rooster** in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 34 lx5i ἀλέκτορα 1 the rooster a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
|
||||
MAT 26 34 h66w φωνῆσαι 1 crows This is the common English word for what a rooster does to make his loud call.
|
||||
MAT 26 34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 you will deny me three times “you will say three times that you are not my follower”
|
||||
MAT 26 34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 you will deny me three times Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you are not my follower”
|
||||
MAT 26 36 lm3n 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
|
||||
MAT 26 37 ny4m ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι 1 he began to be grieved “he became very sad”
|
||||
MAT 26 37 ny4m ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι 1 he began to be grieved Alternate translation: “he became very sad”
|
||||
MAT 26 38 gf7k figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is deeply sorrowful Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 38 c43t figs-idiom ἕως θανάτου 1 to the point of death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 kcz4 figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 he fell on his face He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ MAT 26 40 c11a figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥ
|
|||
MAT 26 41 buv4 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 you might not enter into temptation If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Here, **spirit** is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 xlig figs-synecdoche τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak **Flesh** stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 having gone away “after Jesus went away”
|
||||
MAT 26 42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 having gone away Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”
|
||||
MAT 26 42 tqp8 translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time The first time is described in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 ch7t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 b6cn figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 if this is not able to pass away unless I may drink it “if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it.” Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to **drink**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2668,22 +2668,22 @@ MAT 26 45 rw3r figs-idiom ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has approached
|
|||
MAT 26 45 g9hi figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 the Son of Man is being betrayed If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 ell4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 g9eb figs-metonymy παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 is being betrayed into the hands of sinners Here, **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 yx8v ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 26 45 yx8v ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 26 47 hsv7 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
|
||||
MAT 26 47 rlp9 καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 And as he is still speaking “And while Jesus was still speaking”
|
||||
MAT 26 47 rlp9 καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 And as he is still speaking Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was still speaking”
|
||||
MAT 26 47 e26h ξύλων 1 clubs large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
|
||||
MAT 26 48 qb4y writing-background δὲ 1 Now Here, **Now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 gw8m figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 saying, “Whomever I may kiss is him. Seize him.” You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Whomever I may kiss “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
|
||||
MAT 26 48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Whomever I may kiss Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
|
||||
MAT 26 48 nr34 φιλήσω 1 I may kiss This was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
|
||||
MAT 26 49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having come up to Jesus “when Judas came up to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having come up to Jesus Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 49 cyb7 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him “he met him with a kiss.” Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas **kissed** Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 50 w3d6 ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας 1 they laid hands Here, **they** refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 26 50 vmd1 ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 they laid hands on Jesus, and seized him “they grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
|
||||
MAT 26 50 vmd1 ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 they laid hands on Jesus, and seized him Alternate translation: “they grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
|
||||
MAT 26 51 vm6s καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 And behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 26 52 tj6n figs-metonymy οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 those who have taken up a sword The word **sword** is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 52 gzbc figs-explicit οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 those who have taken up a sword You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 52 w357 μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 a sword will perish by the sword “a sword will die by means of the sword” or “a sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
|
||||
MAT 26 52 w357 μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 a sword will perish by the sword Alternate translation: “a sword will die by means of the sword” or “a sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
|
||||
MAT 26 53 kgx8 figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? 1 Or do you think that I am not able to call upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once? Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 eb7i figs-you δοκεῖς 1 do you think Here, **you** is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 g3zq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2696,15 +2696,15 @@ MAT 26 55 e8dq figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple It is implie
|
|||
MAT 26 56 ygn7 figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 56 i2jp ἀφέντες αὐτὸν 1 having left him If your language has a word that means they left him when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
|
||||
MAT 26 57 f6nj 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 26 58 jui3 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 But Peter was following him “But Peter followed Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 58 jui3 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 But Peter was following him Alternate translation: “But Peter followed Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 58 isd4 τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 the courtyard of the high priest an open area near the high priest’s house
|
||||
MAT 26 58 v8th καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 And having entered inside “And after Peter went inside”
|
||||
MAT 26 58 v8th καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 And having entered inside Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”
|
||||
MAT 26 59 i8jw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death “they might have a reason to execute him”
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two, having come forward “two men who had come forward” or “two witnesses who came forward”
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Alternate translation: “they might have a reason to execute him”
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two, having come forward Alternate translation: “two men who had come forward” or “two witnesses who came forward”
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 said, “This man said, ‘I am able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.’” If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 61 i5n4 οὗτος ἔφη 1 This man said “This man Jesus said”
|
||||
MAT 26 61 i5n4 οὗτος ἔφη 1 This man said Alternate translation: “This man Jesus said”
|
||||
MAT 26 61 mbq1 διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time
|
||||
MAT 26 62 v6j9 τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 What is it that they are testifying against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
|
||||
MAT 26 63 mm28 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2715,7 +2715,7 @@ MAT 26 64 ll8r ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀ
|
|||
MAT 26 64 b6cb figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power Here, **Power** is metonym that represents God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 lcxc translate-symaction καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
|
||||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
|
||||
MAT 26 65 srg6 translate-symaction ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 the high priest tore his robe Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 qq51 figs-explicit ἐβλασφήμησεν 1 He has spoken blasphemy The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement **blasphemy** is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still have need of witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2728,13 +2728,13 @@ MAT 26 69 bsb3 0 General Information: These events happen at the same time as
|
|||
MAT 26 69 h5ts 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
|
||||
MAT 26 69 y21l δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 70 sp1t οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are talking about Peter was able to understand what the servant girl was saying. He used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 71 ief5 ἐξελθόντα δὲ 1 But when he had gone out “But when Peter went out”
|
||||
MAT 26 71 ief5 ἐξελθόντα δὲ 1 But when he had gone out Alternate translation: “But when Peter went out”
|
||||
MAT 26 71 gyw8 τὸν πυλῶνα 1 the gateway opening in the wall around a courtyard
|
||||
MAT 26 71 s7c4 λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ 1 says to those there “said to the people who were sitting there”
|
||||
MAT 26 72 e5xl καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 1 And he again denied it with an oath, “I do not know the man!” “And he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
|
||||
MAT 26 73 hde3 ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them “one of those who were with Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 71 s7c4 λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ 1 says to those there Alternate translation: “said to the people who were sitting there”
|
||||
MAT 26 72 e5xl καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 1 And he again denied it with an oath, “I do not know the man!” Alternate translation: “And he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
|
||||
MAT 26 73 hde3 ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them Alternate translation: “one of those who were with Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 73 w8ww καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 for even your speech makes you evident You can translate this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean”
|
||||
MAT 26 74 edd8 καταθεματίζειν 1 to curse “to call down a curse on himself”
|
||||
MAT 26 74 edd8 καταθεματίζειν 1 to curse Alternate translation: “to call down a curse on himself”
|
||||
MAT 26 74 w87b ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 a rooster crowed A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:34](../26/34.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 And Peter remembered the words of Jesus that he had said, “Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times.” You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Delivered him to Pilate the governor”<br><br>The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” ([Matthew 27:29](../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2749,8 +2749,8 @@ MAT 27 3 pe4n τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 the 30 pieces of silve
|
|||
MAT 27 4 f6u8 figs-idiom αἷμα ἀθῷον 1 innocent blood This is an idiom that refers to the death of an **innocent** person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 4 mf6b figs-rquestion τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 What is that to us? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 27 5 tuh4 ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 having thrown down the pieces of silver in the temple This could mean: (1) he threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard. (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
|
||||
MAT 27 6 r5r9 οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 It is not lawful to put this “Our laws do not allow us to put this”
|
||||
MAT 27 6 ce2x βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 to put this “to put this silver”
|
||||
MAT 27 6 r5r9 οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 It is not lawful to put this Alternate translation: “Our laws do not allow us to put this”
|
||||
MAT 27 6 ce2x βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 to put this Alternate translation: “to put this silver”
|
||||
MAT 27 6 gtp3 figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 the treasury This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 6 j2l8 figs-idiom τιμὴ αἵματός 1 the price of blood This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 7 mtg6 τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 the field of the potter This was a **field** that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2763,7 +2763,7 @@ MAT 27 9 d7l7 figs-metonymy υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the sons of Israel This r
|
|||
MAT 27 10 c2ch συνέταξέν μοι 1 had directed me Here, **me** refers to Jeremiah.
|
||||
MAT 27 11 pjc5 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md).
|
||||
MAT 27 11 we3a δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
|
||||
MAT 27 11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor “Pilate”
|
||||
MAT 27 11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor Alternate translation: “Pilate”
|
||||
MAT 27 11 a6cm figs-explicit αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις 1 It is as you say This could mean: (1) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (2) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 12 vl3a figs-activepassive καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 And when he was accused by the chief priests and the elders If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “And when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 13 wn2r figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2771,47 +2771,47 @@ MAT 27 14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν
|
|||
MAT 27 15 jjp8 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [Matthew 27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 15 p1ha ἑορτὴν 1 the festival This is the festival for the Passover celebration.
|
||||
MAT 27 15 pfk6 figs-activepassive ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον 1 to the crowd one prisoner whom they chose If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “one prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 16 q2iu εἶχον…δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 they were holding a notorious prisoner “there was a notorious prisoner”
|
||||
MAT 27 16 q2iu εἶχον…δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 they were holding a notorious prisoner Alternate translation: “there was a notorious prisoner”
|
||||
MAT 27 16 svr2 ἐπίσημον 1 notorious well known for doing something bad
|
||||
MAT 27 17 d8hv figs-activepassive συνηγμένων…αὐτῶν 1 when they were gathered together If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “when the crowd gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 17 wrl3 figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 who is called Christ If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 18 jq3c παρέδωκαν αὐτόν 1 they had handed him over to him “the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him.” They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 But while he was sitting “But while Pilate was sitting”
|
||||
MAT 27 19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 But while he was sitting Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”
|
||||
MAT 27 19 s5pc καθημένου…αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 while he was sitting on the judgment seat “while he was sitting on the judge’s seat.” This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 w4i8 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent word “sent a message”
|
||||
MAT 27 19 an95 πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today “I have been very upset today”
|
||||
MAT 27 19 w4i8 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent word Alternate translation: “sent a message”
|
||||
MAT 27 19 an95 πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today Alternate translation: “I have been very upset today”
|
||||
MAT 27 20 ax1i writing-background δὲ 1 Now Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 but would kill Jesus If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 21 x6vf εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 said to them “asked the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 27 21 x6vf εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 said to them Alternate translation: “asked the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 27 22 zl85 figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 who is called Christ If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 23 m5jm ἐποίησεν 1 did he do “has Jesus done”
|
||||
MAT 27 23 nb7p οἱ…ἔκραζον 1 they cried out “the crowd cried out”
|
||||
MAT 27 23 m5jm ἐποίησεν 1 did he do Alternate translation: “has Jesus done”
|
||||
MAT 27 23 nb7p οἱ…ἔκραζον 1 they cried out Alternate translation: “the crowd cried out”
|
||||
MAT 27 24 yj8t translate-symaction ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου 1 washed his hands in front of the crowd Pilate does this as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 u1fe figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 the blood Here, **blood** refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 de8w ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 See to it yourselves “This is your responsibility”
|
||||
MAT 27 24 de8w ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 See to it yourselves Alternate translation: “This is your responsibility”
|
||||
MAT 27 25 n5k1 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 His blood be on us and our children Here, **blood** is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 25 k1cb figs-idiom τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 His blood be on us and on our children The phrase **be on us and our children** is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Then he released Barabbas to them “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 27 26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Then he released Barabbas to them Alternate translation: “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 27 26 m63d figs-explicit τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 26 n421 figs-metaphor τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 2 having scourged Jesus “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 2 having scourged Jesus Alternate translation: “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 27 zz45 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
|
||||
MAT 27 27 bn22 ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole company of soldiers “the entire group of soldiers”
|
||||
MAT 27 28 nx81 καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν 1 And having stripped him “And having pulled off his clothes”
|
||||
MAT 27 27 bn22 ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole company of soldiers Alternate translation: “the entire group of soldiers”
|
||||
MAT 27 28 nx81 καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν 1 And having stripped him Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”
|
||||
MAT 27 28 qsz5 κοκκίνην 1 scarlet bright red
|
||||
MAT 27 29 yw94 στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 a crown of thorns “a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
|
||||
MAT 27 29 yw94 στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 a crown of thorns Alternate translation: “a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
|
||||
MAT 27 29 dlz7 κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 a staff in his right hand They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 29 qf8j figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus **King of the Jews**, but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 29 gf6a χαῖρε 1 Hail “We honor you” or “May you live a long time”
|
||||
MAT 27 30 ib5q καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν 1 And having spat on him “And using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 29 gf6a χαῖρε 1 Hail Alternate translation: “We honor you” or “May you live a long time”
|
||||
MAT 27 30 ib5q καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν 1 And having spat on him Alternate translation: “And using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 32 j5wq figs-explicit ἐξερχόμενοι 1 coming out This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: “as they came out of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 32 ies4 εὗρον ἄνθρωπον 1 they found a man “the soldiers saw a man”
|
||||
MAT 27 32 sfj2 τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 whom they forced so that he would carry his cross “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
|
||||
MAT 27 32 ies4 εὗρον ἄνθρωπον 1 they found a man Alternate translation: “the soldiers saw a man”
|
||||
MAT 27 32 sfj2 τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 whom they forced so that he would carry his cross Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
|
||||
MAT 27 33 j6hb figs-activepassive τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ 1 a place called Golgotha If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 34 f11j figs-activepassive πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον 1 wine to drink mixed with gall If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 34 e2uk χολῆς 1 gall the bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion
|
||||
MAT 27 35 a1y1 figs-explicit τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 his garments These were the clothes Jesus had been wearing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 37 j4s4 τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 the charge against him “a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
|
||||
MAT 27 37 j4s4 τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 the charge against him Alternate translation: “a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
|
||||
MAT 27 38 zq4b figs-activepassive τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί 1 Then two robbers are being crucified with him If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 39 d4fm translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 t23i figs-explicit εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross They did not believe that Jesus is **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2823,13 +2823,13 @@ MAT 27 43 cl97 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰ
|
|||
MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ…Υἱός 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 44 e26y figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 the robbers who were crucified with him If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 45 e7z4 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 45 s2l7 ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 from the sixth hour … until the ninth hour “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
MAT 27 45 s2l7 ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 from the sixth hour … until the ninth hour Alternate translation: “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 darkness happened over all the land If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **darkness**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 27 46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus cried out “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
|
||||
MAT 27 46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus cried out Alternate translation: “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
|
||||
MAT 27 46 xub2 translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MAT 27 48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them This could refer to: (1) one of the soldiers. (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 bsy1 σπόγγον 1 a sponge This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 ny3e ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 gave it to him to drink “gave it to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 48 ny3e ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 gave it to him to drink Alternate translation: “gave it to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 50 fj1v figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 released his spirit Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 27 51 w1wq 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
|
||||
MAT 27 51 a92g ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2841,51 +2841,51 @@ MAT 27 53 q2x5 καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μ
|
|||
MAT 27 54 f6rz δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 54 vv2g figs-explicit οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 those with him watching Jesus “those who were guarding Jesus.” This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 54 gw6n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 56 ud33 ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 the mother of the sons of Zebedee “the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
|
||||
MAT 27 56 ud33 ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 the mother of the sons of Zebedee Alternate translation: “the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
|
||||
MAT 27 57 wm5z 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ burial.
|
||||
MAT 27 57 sy9y translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Arimathea This is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 27 58 c69n figs-activepassive τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι 1 Then Pilate commanded it to be given to him If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 59 kj7u σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 in a clean linen cloth in a clean, fine, costly cloth
|
||||
MAT 27 60 hvs8 figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 that he had cut into the rock It is implied that Joseph had workers who **cut** the tomb **into the rock**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 60 lt4k figs-explicit καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν 1 And having rolled a large stone against Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the **stone**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 opposite the tomb “across from the tomb”
|
||||
MAT 27 61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 opposite the tomb Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”
|
||||
MAT 27 62 qj59 τὴν παρασκευήν 1 the Preparation This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 27 62 j57n συνήχθησαν…πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 were gathered together with Pilate “met with Pilate”
|
||||
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος…ἔτι ζῶν 1 that deceiver, yet living “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
|
||||
MAT 27 62 j57n συνήχθησαν…πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 were gathered together with Pilate Alternate translation: “met with Pilate”
|
||||
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος…ἔτι ζῶν 1 that deceiver, yet living Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
|
||||
MAT 27 63 ri5s figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 said, ‘After three days I am being raised up.’ This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον…ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 command the tomb to be made secure If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 hbh8 translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 the third day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples, having come, might steal him “his disciples may come and steal his body”
|
||||
MAT 27 64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples, having come, might steal him Alternate translation: “his disciples may come and steal his body”
|
||||
MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 might say to the people, ‘He has been raised up from the dead,’ and This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might tell the people that he has been raised from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 c7bf ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead “from among all those who have died.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 27 64 u5tg figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης 1 and the last deception will be worse than the first You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 27 65 dkq9 κουστωδίαν 1 a guard This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
|
||||
MAT 27 66 pk1q σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 having sealed the stone This could mean: (1) they put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) they put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
|
||||
MAT 27 66 e8uf μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας 1 with the guard “and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
|
||||
MAT 27 66 e8uf μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας 1 with the guard Alternate translation: “and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
|
||||
MAT 28 intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Make disciples”<br><br>The last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](../mat/28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### An angel of the Lord<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
MAT 28 1 anr1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
|
||||
MAT 28 1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Now late on the Sabbath, as it is dawning toward the first day of the week “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
|
||||
MAT 28 1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Now late on the Sabbath, as it is dawning toward the first day of the week Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
|
||||
MAT 28 1 gs43 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 28 1 zu2b ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 the other Mary “the other woman named Mary.” This is **Mary** the mother of James and Joseph ([Matthew 27:56](../27/56.md)).
|
||||
MAT 28 2 j25i ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 2 l4s2 σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having descended from heaven and having come near, rolled away the stone This could mean: (1) the **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone**. (2) all these events happened at the same time.
|
||||
MAT 28 2 s43v σεισμὸς…μέγας 1 a great earthquake a sudden and violent shaking of the ground
|
||||
MAT 28 3 vfh4 ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ 1 his appearance “the angel’s appearance”
|
||||
MAT 28 3 vfh4 ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ 1 his appearance Alternate translation: “the angel’s appearance”
|
||||
MAT 28 3 p12y figs-simile ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 was like lightning This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 28 3 i4hp figs-ellipsis τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 his clothing white like snow The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 28 3 bzow figs-simile τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 his clothing white like snow This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel’s clothes were. Alternate translation: “his clothing was very white, like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 28 4 b1ic figs-simile ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί 1 became like dead men This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 28 5 q8dd ταῖς γυναιξίν 1 to the women “to Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
|
||||
MAT 28 5 q8dd ταῖς γυναιξίν 1 to the women Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
|
||||
MAT 28 5 tbd8 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 who has been crucified If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they had crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. 1 tell his disciples, ‘He has been raised up from the dead. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 r5cw ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised up “He has come back to life”
|
||||
MAT 28 7 r5cw ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised up Alternate translation: “He has come back to life”
|
||||
MAT 28 7 a1ir ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld.
|
||||
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 he is going ahead of you … you will see him Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 hf9i figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 I have told you Here, **you** is plural and refers to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 8 j2sv καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ 1 And having quickly left “And after Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary quickly left”
|
||||
MAT 28 8 j2sv καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ 1 And having quickly left Alternate translation: “And after Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary quickly left”
|
||||
MAT 28 9 s393 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 9 n5sz χαίρετε 1 Greetings This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
|
||||
MAT 28 9 nmg1 ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 took hold of his feet “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
|
||||
MAT 28 9 nmg1 ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 took hold of his feet Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
|
||||
MAT 28 10 etk6 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 my brothers This refers to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MAT 28 11 u1ae 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.
|
||||
MAT 28 11 ktu5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2893,11 +2893,11 @@ MAT 28 11 mu4l αὐτῶν 1 They Here this refers to Mary Magdalene and the o
|
|||
MAT 28 11 rnr3 ἰδού 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 12 ht82 συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες 1 discussed the matter with them “decided on a plan among themselves.” The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers.
|
||||
MAT 28 13 kn8i writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 Say, ‘His disciples came … while we were sleeping.’ If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 14 n8xy καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 If this report reaches the governor “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
|
||||
MAT 28 14 n8xy καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 If this report reaches the governor Alternate translation: “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
|
||||
MAT 28 14 u13q τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor “Pilate” ([Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md))
|
||||
MAT 28 14 x57k ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
|
||||
MAT 28 14 x57k ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble Alternate translation: “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
|
||||
MAT 28 15 yu3c figs-activepassive ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν 1 did as they had been instructed You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 15 cp7r ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
|
||||
MAT 28 15 cp7r ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today Alternate translation: “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
|
||||
MAT 28 15 vp3a μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 even until today This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
|
||||
MAT 28 16 h1ln 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
|
||||
MAT 28 17 pze9 προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 they worshiped him, but some doubted This could mean: (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2907,5 +2907,5 @@ MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς
|
|||
MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Here, **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 into the name Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 kwa3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 28 20 mz6f ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 28 20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 even to the end of the age “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”
|
||||
MAT 28 20 mz6f ἰδοὺ 1 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 28 20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 even to the end of the age Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
970
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
970
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
|
|
@ -918,17 +918,17 @@ ACT 7 2 abc7 ὁ δὲ ἔφη 1 Then he said Stephen is speaking.
|
|||
ACT 7 2 v5si ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε 1 brothers, and fathers, listen to me Stephen was being very respectful to the council in greeting them as extended family.
|
||||
ACT 7 4 pfg3 0 General Information: In verse 4 the words “he,” “his,” and “him” refer to Abraham. In verse 5 the words “He” and “he” refer to God, but the word “him” refers to Abraham.
|
||||
ACT 7 4 pfg4 figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you Here the word **you** refers to the Jewish council and audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 7 5 ax1j οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 he did not give him an inheritance in it “he did not give any of it to him as an inheritance”
|
||||
ACT 7 5 ax1j οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 he did not give him an inheritance in it Alternate translation: “he did not give any of it to him as an inheritance”
|
||||
ACT 7 5 qff6 figs-idiom οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός 1 not even a stride of a foot Possible meanings for this phrase are (1) enough ground to stand on or (2) enough ground to take a step. Alternate translation: “not even a very tiny piece of ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 5 u6iw αὐτῷ εἰς κατάσχεσιν…καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτόν 1 to him for a possession, and to his seed after him “for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants”
|
||||
ACT 7 5 u6iw αὐτῷ εἰς κατάσχεσιν…καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτόν 1 to him for a possession, and to his seed after him Alternate translation: “for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants”
|
||||
ACT 7 6 tn6b ἐλάλησεν…οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς 1 God spoke to him like this It may be helpful to state that this occurred later than the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Later God told Abraham”
|
||||
ACT 7 6 t1h9 translate-numbers ἔτη τετρακόσια 1 400 years “four hundred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 7 7 f7fw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος…κρινῶ ἐγώ 1 I will judge the nation Here, **nation** refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of the nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 7 q7y6 τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν 1 the nation that will enslave him “the nation that they will serve”
|
||||
ACT 7 7 q7y6 τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν 1 the nation that will enslave him Alternate translation: “the nation that they will serve”
|
||||
ACT 7 8 mwc9 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς 1 God gave him the covenant of circumcision The Jews would have understood that this covenant required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. Alternate translation: “made a covenant with Abraham to circumcise the males of his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 8 g4bb οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ 1 so he became the father of Isaac The story transitions to Abraham’s descendants.
|
||||
ACT 7 8 ams1 figs-ellipsis Ἰακὼβ τοὺς δώδεκα πατριάρχας 1 Jacob of the 12 patriarchs “Jacob became the father of the 12 patriarchs.” Stephen shortened this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 7 9 n981 οἱ πατριάρχαι 1 the patriarchs “Jacob’s older sons” or “Joseph’s older brothers”
|
||||
ACT 7 9 n981 οἱ πατριάρχαι 1 the patriarchs Alternate translation: “Jacob’s older sons” or “Joseph’s older brothers”
|
||||
ACT 7 9 tik7 figs-explicit ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον 1 sold him into Egypt The Jews knew their ancestors sold Joseph to be a slave in Egypt. Alternate translation: “sold him as a slave in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 9 w1is figs-idiom ἦν…μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 was with him This is an idiom for helping someone. Alternate translation: “helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 10 yr7m figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt This refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “over all the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -940,15 +940,15 @@ ACT 7 12 mbg8 τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Here this phras
|
|||
ACT 7 13 ce2b translate-ordinal ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 On their second time “On their next trip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
ACT 7 13 m37e ἀνεγνωρίσθη 1 was made known Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother.
|
||||
ACT 7 13 jxk8 figs-activepassive φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος Ἰωσήφ 1 the family of Joseph became known to Pharaoh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh learned that they were Joseph’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 14 aam5 ἀποστείλας 1 sending them back “after sending his brothers back to Canaan” or “after sending his brothers back home”
|
||||
ACT 7 14 aam5 ἀποστείλας 1 sending them back Alternate translation: “after sending his brothers back to Canaan” or “after sending his brothers back home”
|
||||
ACT 7 15 w2sm ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 he and our fathers died Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: “eventually Jacob and our ancestors died”
|
||||
ACT 7 15 fe56 αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 he and our fathers “Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors”
|
||||
ACT 7 15 fe56 αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 he and our fathers Alternate translation: “Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors”
|
||||
ACT 7 16 slg3 figs-activepassive μετετέθησαν…καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 they were carried over … and laid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants carried Jacob’s body and his son’s bodies over … and buried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 16 la8a τιμῆς ἀργυρίου 1 for a price in silver “with money”
|
||||
ACT 7 16 la8a τιμῆς ἀργυρίου 1 for a price in silver Alternate translation: “with money”
|
||||
ACT 7 17 np3u figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tuq2 καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας…ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη 1 And as the time of the promise … approached, the people increased and multiplied In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tlh9 ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 the time of the promise … approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
|
||||
ACT 7 18 whe7 ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 there arose over Egypt another king “another king began to rule over Egypt”
|
||||
ACT 7 18 whe7 ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 there arose over Egypt another king Alternate translation: “another king began to rule over Egypt”
|
||||
ACT 7 18 g2wq figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 18 e2y6 figs-metonymy ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ 1 who did not know Joseph Here, **Joseph** refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: “who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 20 q66s writing-participants ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς 1 At that time Moses was born This introduces Moses into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -956,20 +956,20 @@ ACT 7 20 cd5z figs-idiom ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ Θεῷ 1 he was beautiful
|
|||
ACT 7 20 pnb1 figs-activepassive ἀνετράφη 1 was nourished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his parents nourished him” or “his parents cared for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 21 w3iu figs-activepassive ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 But when he was exposed Moses was **exposed** because of Pharaoh’s command. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When his parents placed him outside” or “When they abandoned him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 21 url3 ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραὼ, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν 1 the daughter of Pharaoh … and raised him for herself as a son She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language’s normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult.
|
||||
ACT 7 21 mbp7 εἰς υἱόν 1 as a son “as if he were her own son”
|
||||
ACT 7 21 mbp7 εἰς υἱόν 1 as a son Alternate translation: “as if he were her own son”
|
||||
ACT 7 22 c9nw figs-activepassive ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses was educated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Egyptians educated Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 22 att9 figs-hyperbole πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων 1 in all the wisdom of the Egyptians This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 7 22 m3dm δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ 1 mighty in his words and works “effective in his speech and actions” or “influential in what he said and did”
|
||||
ACT 7 22 m3dm δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ 1 mighty in his words and works Alternate translation: “effective in his speech and actions” or “influential in what he said and did”
|
||||
ACT 7 23 fj9s figs-metonymy ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ 1 it came into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for “mind.” The phrase **it came into his heart** is an idiom that means to decide something. Alternate translation: “it came into his mind” or “he decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 23 x493 figs-explicit ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ, τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ 1 to visit his brothers, the sons of Israel This refers to his people, and not just to his family. Alternate translation: “to see how his own people, the children of Israel, were doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 24 l4zv figs-activepassive καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 And seeing a certain one being mistreated, he defended him and made vengeance for the one being oppressed by striking the Egyptian This can be stated in active form by rearranging the order. Alternate translation: “Seeing an Egyptian mistreating an Israelite, Moses defended and avenged the Israelite by striking the Egyptian who was oppressing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 24 abc8 ἠμύνατο 1 he defended him Moses defended the Israelite who was being mistreated.
|
||||
ACT 7 24 r2e8 πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 by striking the Egyptian Moses hit the Egyptian so hard that he died.
|
||||
ACT 7 25 wm3j ἐνόμιζεν 1 he thought “he imagined”
|
||||
ACT 7 25 wm3j ἐνόμιζεν 1 he thought Alternate translation: “he imagined”
|
||||
ACT 7 25 nhb9 figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς 1 by his hand was giving salvation to them Here, **hand** refers to the actions of Moses. Alternate translation: “was rescuing them through what Moses was doing” or “was using the actions of Moses to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 t1hw figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 t2vc figs-explicit αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις 1 to them as they were quarreling The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two Israelite men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 mpc7 συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην 1 he urged them to peace “urged them to stop fighting”
|
||||
ACT 7 26 mpc7 συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην 1 he urged them to peace Alternate translation: “urged them to stop fighting”
|
||||
ACT 7 26 zzt4 ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
|
||||
ACT 7 26 k1ku figs-rquestion ἱνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους? 1 Why is it that you are hurting each other? Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. Alternate translation: “You should not hurt each other!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν? 1 Who appointed you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: “You have no authority over us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -980,25 +980,25 @@ ACT 7 30 zx1c figs-explicit καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσε
|
|||
ACT 7 30 f7yu figs-explicit ὤφθη…ἄγγελος 1 an angel appeared Stephen’s audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 q6w6 figs-explicit ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα 1 he marveled at the sight Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen’s audience. Alternate translation: “because the bush was not burning up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 uk7u προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι 1 and as he approached to look at it This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers “I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped”
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers Alternate translation: “I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped”
|
||||
ACT 7 32 tdr7 ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι 1 And becoming terrified, Moses did not dare to look This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 e19k figs-explicit ἔντρομος…γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς 1 becoming terrified, Moses Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “And Moses trembled with fear and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 33 x7cd translate-symaction λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα 1 Untie the sandals God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 33 clk4 figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ’ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν 1 for the place on which you are standing is holy ground The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made holy by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 34 yz7b ἰδὼν, εἶδον 1 I have certainly seen “I gave seen for sure.” The word certainly adds emphasis to seen.
|
||||
ACT 7 34 x5bg τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 of my people The word **my** emphasizes that these people belonged to God. Alternate translation: “of the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob”
|
||||
ACT 7 34 j32c κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς 1 I have come down to rescue them “I will personally cause their release”
|
||||
ACT 7 34 j32c κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς 1 I have come down to rescue them Alternate translation: “I will personally cause their release”
|
||||
ACT 7 34 sq8y νῦν δεῦρο 1 now come “get ready.” God uses an order here.
|
||||
ACT 7 35 x4p2 0 General Information: Verses 35-38 contains a series of connected phrases referring to Moses. Each phrase begins with statements such as “This Moses” or “This same Moses” or “This is the man” or “It is the same Moses.” If possible, use similar statements to emphasize Moses. After the Israelites left Egypt, they spent 40 years wandering around the wilderness before God led them into the land he had promised them.
|
||||
ACT 7 35 gn6e τοῦτον τὸν Μωϋσῆν, ὃν ἠρνήσαντο 1 This same Moses, whom they rejected This refers back to the events recorded in [Acts 7:27-28](../07/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 7 35 vp7e λυτρωτὴν 1 a redeemer “a rescuer”
|
||||
ACT 7 35 vp7e λυτρωτὴν 1 a redeemer Alternate translation: “a rescuer”
|
||||
ACT 7 35 yjz9 figs-metonymy σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ 1 with the hand of the angel who appeared to him in the bush Here, **hand** is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: “by the action of the angel” or “by having the angel … bush command him to return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 35 abc9 ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him The angel appeared to Moses.
|
||||
ACT 7 36 gz9r figs-explicit ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 during 40 years Stephen’s audience knew about the 40 years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 37 b4sg προφήτην…ἀναστήσει 1 will raise up a prophet “will cause a man to be a prophet”
|
||||
ACT 7 37 j2rx ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 from among your brothers “from among your own people”
|
||||
ACT 7 37 b4sg προφήτην…ἀναστήσει 1 will raise up a prophet Alternate translation: “will cause a man to be a prophet”
|
||||
ACT 7 37 j2rx ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 from among your brothers Alternate translation: “from among your own people”
|
||||
ACT 7 38 l8u7 0 General Information: The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses.
|
||||
ACT 7 38 e8qu οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 This is the one who was in the assembly “This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites”
|
||||
ACT 7 38 e8qu οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 This is the one who was in the assembly Alternate translation: “This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites”
|
||||
ACT 7 38 fd25 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος 1 This is the one The phrase **This is the one** throughout this passage refers to Moses.
|
||||
ACT 7 38 y2zu ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ὑμῖν 1 who received living words to give to us God was the one who gave those words. Alternate translation: “to whom God spoke living words to give to us”
|
||||
ACT 7 38 p3xk figs-metonymy λόγια ζῶντα 1 living words Possible meanings are (1) “a message that endures” or (2) “words that give life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ ACT 7 41 w38i 0 General Information: Stephen’s quotation here is from the pr
|
|||
ACT 7 41 ux1j figs-explicit ἐμοσχοποίησαν 1 they made an image of a calf Stephen’s audience knew the **image of a calf** they made was a statue to be used as an idol. Alternate translation: “they made as an idol a statue that looked like a calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 41 hh77 ἐμοσχοποίησαν…τῷ εἰδώλῳ…τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 they made an image of a calf … to the idol … the work of their hands These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 d3dd translate-symaction ἔστρεψεν…ὁ Θεὸς 1 God turned away This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: “God stopped correcting them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 gave them up “abandoned them”
|
||||
ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 gave them up Alternate translation: “abandoned them”
|
||||
ACT 7 42 u7lx τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the host of heaven Possible meanings for the original phrase are (1) the stars in the sky or (2) the sun, moon, and stars.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 f314 βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the book of the prophets This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amos.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 gd1b figs-rquestion μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ? 1 You did not offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices for 40 years in the wilderness, did you, O house of Israel? God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices for 40 years in the wilderness O house of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ ACT 7 45 n2sc ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον, διαδεξάμενοι οἱ
|
|||
ACT 7 45 n1pp ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 when they took possession of the nations who God drove out from the face of our fathers This sentence tells why the ancestors were able to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “when God forced the nations to leave the land before the face of our fathers so they could live in it”
|
||||
ACT 7 45 spm5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 when they took possession of the nations who God drove out from the face of our fathers Here, **the face of our fathers** refers to the presence of their ancestors. Possible meanings are (1) “when God took the land from the nations and drove them out as our ancestors watched” or (2) “when our ancestors came, God took the land from the nations and drove them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 45 c2fb figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 of the nations This refers to the people who lived in the land before Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people who previously lived here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 45 m9ib ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 whom God drove out “whom God forced to leave the land”
|
||||
ACT 7 45 m9ib ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 whom God drove out Alternate translation: “whom God forced to leave the land”
|
||||
ACT 7 46 w3cu σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ 1 a dwelling place for the house of Jacob “a house for the ark where the God of Jacob could stay.” David wanted a permanent place for the ark to reside in Jerusalem, not in a tent.
|
||||
ACT 7 47 a7bx 0 General Information: In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.
|
||||
ACT 7 48 c822 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 houses made with hands Here, **hand** is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “houses made by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1039,8 +1039,8 @@ ACT 7 51 vn7h figs-idiom σκληροτράχηλοι 1 O stiff-necked This does
|
|||
ACT 7 51 zp55 figs-metonymy ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν 1 uncircumcised in heart and ears The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses **heart and ears** to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: “you refuse to obey and hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 x7kf figs-rquestion τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν? 1 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 q8wb τοῦ Δικαίου 1 of the Righteous One This refers to the Christ, the Messiah.
|
||||
ACT 7 52 agd9 οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε 1 of whom you have now become betrayers and murderers “you have also betrayed and murdered him”
|
||||
ACT 7 53 euw5 τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων 1 the law as ordained by angels “the law that God caused angels to give to our ancestors”
|
||||
ACT 7 52 agd9 οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε 1 of whom you have now become betrayers and murderers Alternate translation: “you have also betrayed and murdered him”
|
||||
ACT 7 53 euw5 τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων 1 the law as ordained by angels Alternate translation: “the law that God caused angels to give to our ancestors”
|
||||
ACT 7 54 t4u2 0 Connecting Statement: The council reacts to Stephen’s words.
|
||||
ACT 7 54 ef2g ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα 1 Now hearing these things This is the turning point; the sermon ends and the council members react.
|
||||
ACT 7 54 u4l7 figs-idiom διεπρίοντο ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 they were cut to their hearts Here “cut to their hearts” is an idiom for making them extremely angry. Alternate translation: “they became extremely angry” or “they became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1050,12 +1050,12 @@ ACT 7 55 bl2j figs-explicit εἶδεν δόξαν Θεοῦ 1 he saw the glory
|
|||
ACT 7 55 vyz3 translate-symaction καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and Jesus standing at the right hand of God To stand **at the right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “and he saw Jesus standing in the place of honor and authority beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 56 aqp8 Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Stephen refers to Jesus by the title “Son of Man.”
|
||||
ACT 7 57 p4cg translate-symaction συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν 1 they covered their ears “they put their hands on their ears.” They did this to show that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 58 ks1u ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 1 throwing him outside the city “seizing Stephen, they forcefully took him out of the city”
|
||||
ACT 7 58 ks1u ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 1 throwing him outside the city Alternate translation: “seizing Stephen, they forcefully took him out of the city”
|
||||
ACT 7 58 wy7n τὰ ἱμάτια 1 outer garments These are cloaks or robes they would wear outside to stay warm, similar in function to a jacket or coat.
|
||||
ACT 7 58 sx2p παρὰ τοὺς πόδας 1 at the feet “in front of.” They were placed there so Saul could watch them.
|
||||
ACT 7 58 e2vl νεανίου 1 of a young man Saul was probably around 30 years old at the time.
|
||||
ACT 7 59 le7k 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Stephen.
|
||||
ACT 7 59 k2el δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 receive my spirit “take my spirit.” It may be helpful to add “please” to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit”
|
||||
ACT 7 59 k2el δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 receive my spirit Alternate translation: “take my spirit.” It may be helpful to add “please” to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit”
|
||||
ACT 7 60 u86q translate-symaction θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα 1 But having knelt down on his knees This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-litotes μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 do not hold this sin against them This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 7 60 r9vi figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 he fell asleep Here to fall asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1066,10 +1066,10 @@ ACT 8 1 ez88 writing-background ἐγένετο…ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡ
|
|||
ACT 8 1 vc8x ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 that day This refers to the day that Stephen died ([Acts 7:59-60](../07/59.md)).
|
||||
ACT 8 1 u5pi figs-hyperbole πάντες…διεσπάρησαν 1 they were all scattered The word **all** is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 k5a2 figs-explicit πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 except the apostles This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 2 sjc8 ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς 1 devout men “God-fearing men” or “men who feared God”
|
||||
ACT 8 2 a38x ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 made great lamentation over him “greatly mourned his death”
|
||||
ACT 8 2 sjc8 ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς 1 devout men Alternate translation: “God-fearing men” or “men who feared God”
|
||||
ACT 8 2 a38x ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 made great lamentation over him Alternate translation: “greatly mourned his death”
|
||||
ACT 8 3 nz28 σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας 1 dragging out both men and women Saul forcefully took Jewish believers out of their home and put them into prison.
|
||||
ACT 8 3 yd2i κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους 1 according to the houses “houses one by one” or “from house to house”
|
||||
ACT 8 3 yd2i κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους 1 according to the houses Alternate translation: “houses one by one” or “from house to house”
|
||||
ACT 8 3 w6vk figs-explicit ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας 1 men and women This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 4 dh3x 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Philip, whom the people had chosen as a deacon ([Acts 6:5](../06/05.md)).
|
||||
ACT 8 4 ymy5 figs-activepassive διασπαρέντες 1 had been scattered The cause for the scattering, the persecution, was stated previously. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had fled the great persecution and had gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ ACT 8 5 f45b τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας 1 the city of Samari
|
|||
ACT 8 5 pk1l figs-metonymy ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστόν 1 proclaimed to them the Christ The title **Christ** refers to Jesus, the Messiah. Alternate translation: “told them that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 6 cnt9 δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι 1 And the crowds “And the people in the city of Samaria.” The location was specified in [Acts 8:5](../08/05.md).
|
||||
ACT 8 6 wm83 προσεῖχον 1 were paying attention to The reason people paid attention was because of all the healing Philip did.
|
||||
ACT 8 7 xb2n ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα 1 having unclean spirits “who were controlled by unclean spirits”
|
||||
ACT 8 7 xb2n ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα 1 having unclean spirits Alternate translation: “who were controlled by unclean spirits”
|
||||
ACT 8 8 z5z3 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 And there was much joy in that city The phrase **that city** refers to the people who were rejoicing. Alternate translation: “So the people of the city were rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 9 jm7n writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse gives the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 9 bed1 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων 1 But … a certain man named Simon This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1097,25 +1097,25 @@ ACT 8 13 v91t figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 having been baptized Th
|
|||
ACT 8 14 q8wx 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria.
|
||||
ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan’s becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 8 14 ju21 figs-synecdoche ἡ Σαμάρεια 1 Samaria This refers to the many people, who had become believers, throughout the district of Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Samaritans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 8 14 e682 δέδεκται 1 had received “had believed” or “had accepted”
|
||||
ACT 8 14 e682 δέδεκται 1 had received Alternate translation: “had believed” or “had accepted”
|
||||
ACT 8 15 af1n οἵτινες καταβάντες 1 who, having come down This refers to Peter and John.
|
||||
ACT 8 15 hk1m καταβάντες 1 having come down This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 8 15 bun9 προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν 1 prayed for them “prayed for the Samaritan believers”
|
||||
ACT 8 15 n7vc ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 so that they might receive the Holy Spirit “so that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 8 15 bun9 προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν 1 prayed for them Alternate translation: “prayed for the Samaritan believers”
|
||||
ACT 8 15 n7vc ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 so that they might receive the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “so that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here, **name** represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: “they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον 1 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 17 fwh8 ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 they were laying their hands on them Peter and John placed their hands on the Samaritan people who had believed Stephen’s message of the gospel.
|
||||
ACT 8 17 q7gd translate-symaction ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 they were laying their hands on them This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 8 18 rh79 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Holy Spirit was being given through the laying on of the hands of the apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 so that whoever I lay my hands on may receive the Holy Spirit “so that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands”
|
||||
ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 so that whoever I lay my hands on may receive the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “so that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands”
|
||||
ACT 8 20 df1j 0 General Information: Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon.
|
||||
ACT 8 20 jju3 τὸ ἀργύριόν σου, σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 Your silver with you is for destruction “May you and your money be destroyed”
|
||||
ACT 8 20 jju3 τὸ ἀργύριόν σου, σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 Your silver with you is for destruction Alternate translation: “May you and your money be destroyed”
|
||||
ACT 8 20 gh12 τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the gift of God Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone.
|
||||
ACT 8 21 p2ev figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 There is to you no part or share in this matter The words **part** and **share** mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You may not participate in this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 8 21 xbh2 figs-metonymy ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα 1 because your heart is not right Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: “because you are not right in your heart” or “because the motives of your mind are not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 ppk5 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου 1 the intention of your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “what you intended to do” or “what you were thinking of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 sa6s τῆς κακίας…ταύτης 1 this wickedness “these evil thoughts”
|
||||
ACT 8 22 pe2u εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου 1 if therefore the intention of your heart will be forgiven to you “If he may be willing to forgive you for the desires you had”
|
||||
ACT 8 22 sa6s τῆς κακίας…ταύτης 1 this wickedness Alternate translation: “these evil thoughts”
|
||||
ACT 8 22 pe2u εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου 1 if therefore the intention of your heart will be forgiven to you Alternate translation: “If he may be willing to forgive you for the desires you had”
|
||||
ACT 8 23 d3v7 figs-metaphor εἰς…χολὴν πικρίας 1 in the poison of bitterness Here, **in the poison of bitterness** is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: “very envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 8 23 j696 figs-metaphor σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας 1 the bond of unrighteousness The phrase **bond of unrighteousness** is spoken of as if unrighteousness can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: “because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner” or “you are like a prisoner to unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 8 24 n5cw 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to Peter and John.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1147,51 +1147,51 @@ ACT 8 32 lu3j ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος
|
|||
ACT 8 33 y2a1 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει, ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη 1 In humiliation his justice was taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He was humiliated and they did not judge him fairly” or “He allowed his accusers to humble him and he suffered injustice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 33 k3uz figs-rquestion τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται? 1 Who can fully describe his generation? This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: “No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 8 33 idk8 figs-activepassive αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ 1 his life was taken from the earth This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “men killed him” or “men took his life from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 34 htb2 δέομαί σου 1 I am begging you “Please tell me”
|
||||
ACT 8 34 htb2 δέομαί σου 1 I am begging you Alternate translation: “Please tell me”
|
||||
ACT 8 35 uw21 figs-metonymy τῆς Γραφῆς ταύτης 1 this scripture This refers to Isaiah’s writings in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the writings of Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 36 ip13 ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 they were going along the road “they continued to travel along the road”
|
||||
ACT 8 36 ip13 ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 they were going along the road Alternate translation: “they continued to travel along the road”
|
||||
ACT 8 36 muz2 figs-rquestion τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι? 1 What is preventing me from being baptized? The eunuch uses this question as a way of asking Philip for permission to be baptized. Alternate translation: “Please allow me to be baptized.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 8 38 l8wl ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα 1 he commanded the chariot to stop “the eunich told the driver of the chariot to stop”
|
||||
ACT 8 38 l8wl ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα 1 he commanded the chariot to stop Alternate translation: “the eunich told the driver of the chariot to stop”
|
||||
ACT 8 39 tz5u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 8 39 xp52 οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος 1 the eunuch did not see him anymore “the eunuch did not see Philip again”
|
||||
ACT 8 39 xp52 οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος 1 the eunuch did not see him anymore Alternate translation: “the eunuch did not see Philip again”
|
||||
ACT 8 40 r1x7 Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον 1 Philip was found at Azotus There was no indication of Philip’s traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus.
|
||||
ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 passed through Philip preached in the area around the town of Azotus.
|
||||
ACT 8 40 zfn6 τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities “to all the cities in that region”
|
||||
ACT 8 40 zfn6 τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities Alternate translation: “to all the cities in that region”
|
||||
ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”<br><br>The “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### What Saul saw when he met Jesus<br><br>It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here.
|
||||
ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen. Here the word “him” refers to the high priest and “he” refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 1 yt9e 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation.
|
||||
ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-abstractnouns ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples The noun **murder** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 9 2 v9lw figs-metonymy πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς 1 to the synagogues This refers to the people in the synagogues. Alternate translation: “to the people in the synagogues” or “to the leaders in the synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 2 y8f6 ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ 1 if he might find anyone “whenever he found anyone”
|
||||
ACT 9 2 pk19 τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 being of the Way “who belonged to the Way” or “who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ”
|
||||
ACT 9 2 y8f6 ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ 1 if he might find anyone Alternate translation: “whenever he found anyone”
|
||||
ACT 9 2 pk19 τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 being of the Way Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” or “who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ”
|
||||
ACT 9 2 n94s τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 of the Way This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time.
|
||||
ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 having bound them, he might bring them to Jerusalem “he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem.” Paul’s purpose can be made clear by adding “so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 3 lv9q 0 Connecting Statement: After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus.
|
||||
ACT 9 3 jf4g ἐν…τῷ πορεύεσθαι 1 as he was traveling Saul had left Jerusalem and was traveling to Damascus.
|
||||
ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 3 dm6c αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone on him a light from heaven “a light from heaven shone all around him”
|
||||
ACT 9 3 dm6c αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone on him a light from heaven Alternate translation: “a light from heaven shone all around him”
|
||||
ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Possible meanings are (1) heaven, where God lives or (2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it.
|
||||
ACT 9 4 y4u4 πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell to the ground Possible meanings are that (1) “Saul threw himself to the ground” or (2) “The light caused him to fall to the ground” or (3) “Saul fell to the ground the way one who fainted fell.” Saul did not fall accidentally.
|
||||
ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting me? This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural (AT): “You are persecuting me!” or a command (AT): “Stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 9 5 q8ge 0 General Information: Every occurrence of the word “you” here is singular.
|
||||
ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power.
|
||||
ACT 9 5 abc0 ὁ 1 he Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “he replied”
|
||||
ACT 9 6 i1kj ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 get up and enter into the city “get up and go into Damascus”
|
||||
ACT 9 6 i1kj ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 get up and enter into the city Alternate translation: “get up and go into Damascus”
|
||||
ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told to you This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one “they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone”
|
||||
ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one Alternate translation: “they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone”
|
||||
ACT 9 7 f9fe μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 but seeing no one “but saw no one.” Apparently only Saul experienced the light.
|
||||
ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his eyes being opened This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he was seeing nothing “he could not see anything.” Saul was blind.
|
||||
ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν…μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight “he was … blind” or “he … could not see anything”
|
||||
ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν…μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight Alternate translation: “he was … blind” or “he … could not see anything”
|
||||
ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
|
||||
ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names 0 General Information: The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 3 he said “Ananias said”
|
||||
ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight “go to Straight Street”
|
||||
ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 3 he said Alternate translation: “Ananias said”
|
||||
ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Alternate translation: “go to Straight Street”
|
||||
ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This Judas is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying.
|
||||
ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus”
|
||||
ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus Alternate translation: “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus”
|
||||
ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again “he might regain his ability to see”
|
||||
ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again Alternate translation: “he might regain his ability to see”
|
||||
ACT 9 13 la9t ἁγίοις σου 1 to your saints Here, **saints** refers to Christians. Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who believe in you”
|
||||
ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-explicit ἔχει ἐξουσίαν…δῆσαι πάντας 1 he has authority … to bind all It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **your name** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is
|
|||
ACT 9 17 s8ms ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 And Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: “So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it”
|
||||
ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on him Ananias **laid his hands** on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell “something that appeared like fish scales fell”
|
||||
ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell”
|
||||
ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 20 rc49 0 General Information: Here only the second “he” refers to Jesus, the Son of God. The first “he” and the other ones refer to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1216,12 +1216,12 @@ ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to
|
|||
ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But someone told their plan to Saul” or “But Saul learned about their plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 24 cy9n παρετηροῦντο…καὶ τὰς πύλας 1 indeed they were watching the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates.
|
||||
ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching
|
||||
ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket “used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall”
|
||||
ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket Alternate translation: “used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall”
|
||||
ACT 9 26 j1el 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Saul all but one time. “And ‘he’ told them how” in verse 27 refers to Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here, **they were all** is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 27 abca διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς 1 told them “Barnabas told the apostles”
|
||||
ACT 9 27 abcb εἶδεν 1 he had seen “Saul had seen”
|
||||
ACT 9 27 abcc ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ 1 he had spoken to him “the Lord had spoken to Saul”
|
||||
ACT 9 27 abca διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς 1 told them Alternate translation: “Barnabas told the apostles”
|
||||
ACT 9 27 abcb εἶδεν 1 he had seen Alternate translation: “Saul had seen”
|
||||
ACT 9 27 abcc ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ 1 he had spoken to him Alternate translation: “the Lord had spoken to Saul”
|
||||
ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. Alternate translation: “had openly preached the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 28 m5rs ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them Here the word **he** refers to Paul. The word **them** probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Possible meanings are (1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” or (2) **name** is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “under the authority of the Lord Jesus” or “with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ ACT 9 31 s4bn ἡ…ἐκκλησία καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαί
|
|||
ACT 9 31 fh2g εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace “lived peacefully.” This means the persecution that started with the murder of Stephen was finished.
|
||||
ACT 9 31 elq7 figs-activepassive οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη 1 being built up and going on The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God helped them grow and to go on” or “the Holy Spirit built them up and they continued on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord Traveling is here a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “living in obedience to the Lord” or “continuing to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 9 31 hl24 τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit “with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them”
|
||||
ACT 9 31 hl24 τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them”
|
||||
ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region This is an generalization for Peter’s visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 32 ad7g κατελθεῖν 1 to come down The phrase **come down** is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ ACT 9 33 hzd7 εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα 1 he found th
|
|||
ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 lying in a bed … who was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 k7hw παραλελυμένος 1 paralyzed unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist
|
||||
ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed “roll up your mat”
|
||||
ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed Alternate translation: “roll up your mat”
|
||||
ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 all who were living in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” or “many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 35 qkv4 Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon.
|
||||
ACT 9 35 pf23 εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw him It may be helpful to state that they saw that the man was healed. Alternate translation: “saw the man whom Peter had healed”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1253,55 +1253,55 @@ ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give backg
|
|||
ACT 9 36 du3s 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ…ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated to say “Dorcas.” **Tabitha** is her name in the Aramaic language, and **Dorcas** is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean “gazelle.” Alternate translation: “Tabitha, which was Dorcas in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works “doing many good things”
|
||||
ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works Alternate translation: “doing many good things”
|
||||
ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 And it happened that in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “And it came about while Peter was nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες…αὐτὴν 1 having washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial.
|
||||
ACT 9 37 znj4 ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process.
|
||||
ACT 9 39 k1se εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 to the upper room “to the upstairs room where Dorcas’ body was lying”
|
||||
ACT 9 39 k1se εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 to the upper room Alternate translation: “to the upstairs room where Dorcas’ body was lying”
|
||||
ACT 9 39 me79 πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows It is possible that all the widows of the town were there since it was not a large town.
|
||||
ACT 9 39 piu7 χῆραι 1 widows women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help
|
||||
ACT 9 39 y6q5 μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while being with them “while she was still alive with the disciples”
|
||||
ACT 9 39 y6q5 μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while being with them Alternate translation: “while she was still alive with the disciples”
|
||||
ACT 9 40 ek9c writing-endofstory 0 The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 9 40 yp2u ἐκβαλὼν…ἔξω πάντας 1 put out all of them “told them all to leave the room.” Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς…αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 having given his hand to her, he raised her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 b73s τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας 1 the saints and the widows The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them.
|
||||
ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 And this became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter’s raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν…ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord “believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν…ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord Alternate translation: “believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 Now it happened that This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 43 qar2 Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner “a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins”
|
||||
ACT 9 43 qar2 Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner Alternate translation: “a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins”
|
||||
ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 m1vx writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ “whose name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ “the Italian Regiment”
|
||||
ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life”
|
||||
ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ Alternate translation: “the Italian Regiment”
|
||||
ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God Alternate translation: “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life”
|
||||
ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 2 abce τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people This here refers to Jewish people who were in need.
|
||||
ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 praying to God through all The phrase **through all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “he prayed to God a lot” or “he prayed to God regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour “three o’clock in the afternoon.” This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews.
|
||||
ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν…φανερῶς 1 he clearly saw “Cornelius clearly saw”
|
||||
ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν…φανερῶς 1 he clearly saw Alternate translation: “Cornelius clearly saw”
|
||||
ACT 10 4 abcf ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him Cornelius looked intently at the angel.
|
||||
ACT 10 4 abcg εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him “Then the angel said to Cornelius”
|
||||
ACT 10 4 abcg εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him Alternate translation: “Then the angel said to Cornelius”
|
||||
ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts that have gone up to him as a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner a person who makes leather from animal skins
|
||||
ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left “When Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended.”
|
||||
ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “When Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended.”
|
||||
ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier of those who served him “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God.” This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God.
|
||||
ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him.
|
||||
ACT 10 8 pcg2 ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς 1 having told them everything Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 10 8 d2p3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην 1 he sent them to Joppa “he sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa”
|
||||
ACT 10 8 d2p3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην 1 he sent them to Joppa Alternate translation: “he sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa”
|
||||
ACT 10 9 ey9n 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
|
||||
ACT 10 9 w3g4 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 at about the sixth hour “at around noon”
|
||||
ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 at about the sixth hour Alternate translation: “at around noon”
|
||||
ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη…ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 went up to the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.
|
||||
ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων…αὐτῶν 1 while they were preparing “before the people finished cooking the food”
|
||||
ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων…αὐτῶν 1 while they were preparing Alternate translation: “before the people finished cooking the food”
|
||||
ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις 1 a vision came upon him “God gave him a vision” or “he saw a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he sees the sky having been opened This was the beginning of Peter’s vision. It can be a new sentence.
|
||||
ACT 10 11 u9u4 ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 like a large sheet … by four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.
|
||||
ACT 10 11 jh1m τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον 1 being let down by four corners “suspended by its four corners”
|
||||
ACT 10 11 jh1m τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον 1 being let down by four corners Alternate translation: “suspended by its four corners”
|
||||
ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit πάντα τὰ τετράποδα, καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 all the four-footed animals and creeping things on the earth, and birds of the sky From Peter’s response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: “every kind of animal and reptile and bird that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice came to him The person speaking is not specified. The **voice** was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not at all “I will not do that”
|
||||
ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not at all Alternate translation: “I will not do that”
|
||||
ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 10 16 rlr9 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1310,23 +1310,23 @@ ACT 10 17 n6da ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay at
|
|||
ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate “stood before the gate to the house.” It is implied that this house had a wall with a **gate** in it to enter the property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 17 h72m διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν 1 having found by inquiry the house This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does.
|
||||
ACT 10 18 qe9d φωνήσαντες 1 they called out Cornelius’ men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 10 19 e8ai διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος 1 while … was still thinking about the vision “as … was still wondering about the meaning of the vision”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 d9q8 τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit “the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 iqx5 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 e8ai διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος 1 while … was still thinking about the vision Alternate translation: “as … was still wondering about the meaning of the vision”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 d9q8 τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 iqx5 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants ἄνδρες τρεῖς ζητοῦσιν σε 1 three men are looking for you Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
ACT 10 20 ym1x κατάβηθι 1 go down “go down from the roof of the house”
|
||||
ACT 10 20 ym1x κατάβηθι 1 go down Alternate translation: “go down from the roof of the house”
|
||||
ACT 10 20 wx4n πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 go with them. Do not hesitate It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 10 21 lj1f ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε 1 I am he whom you are seeking “I am the man you are looking for”
|
||||
ACT 10 21 lj1f ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε 1 I am he whom you are seeking Alternate translation: “I am the man you are looking for”
|
||||
ACT 10 22 i4zh 0 General Information: The words “They” and “them” here refer to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
|
||||
ACT 10 22 baa3 figs-activepassive Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ 1 Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God, and well-testifed to by the whole nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to summon you to his house and to hear a word from you This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 22 wvl1 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the whole nation of the Jews This number of people is exaggerated with the word **whole** to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 Therefore, having invited them in, he hosted them The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.
|
||||
ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them “he invited them to be his guests”
|
||||
ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them Alternate translation: “he invited them to be his guests”
|
||||
ACT 10 23 t7cz τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης 1 some of the brothers who were from Joppa This refers to believers who lived in Joppa.
|
||||
ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day.
|
||||
ACT 10 24 g2up ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς 1 And Cornelius was waiting for them “And Cornelius expected them”
|
||||
ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 as Peter entered “when Peter entered the house”
|
||||
ACT 10 24 g2up ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς 1 And Cornelius was waiting for them Alternate translation: “And Cornelius expected them”
|
||||
ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 as Peter entered Alternate translation: “when Peter entered the house”
|
||||
ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 and falling down at his feet “and kneeling down and putting his face close to Peter’s feet.” He did this to honor Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 10 25 u2x5 πεσὼν 1 and falling down He purposely lies down facing the ground to show that he is worshiping.
|
||||
ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Get up! I too am a man myself This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1343,22 +1343,22 @@ ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants προσευχόμενος 1 praying Some
|
|||
ACT 10 30 yy6e τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour The normal afternoon time when the Jews pray to God.
|
||||
ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ 1 your prayer has been heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 31 s6nz ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 have been remembered before God “brought you to God’s attention.” This does not imply that God had forgotten.
|
||||
ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you”
|
||||
ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately “right away”
|
||||
ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter Alternate translation: “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you”
|
||||
ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away”
|
||||
ACT 10 33 ruf3 σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and I certainly thank you for coming”
|
||||
ACT 10 33 ry21 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God This refers to the presence of God.
|
||||
ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 34 ku8u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 10 34 cyn8 ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said “And Peter began to speak to them”
|
||||
ACT 10 34 cyn8 ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said Alternate translation: “And Peter began to speak to them”
|
||||
ACT 10 34 ha31 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 In truth This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know.
|
||||
ACT 10 34 iii7 οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God is not one who shows partiality “God does not favor certain people”
|
||||
ACT 10 35 j78e ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds”
|
||||
ACT 10 34 iii7 οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God is not one who shows partiality Alternate translation: “God does not favor certain people”
|
||||
ACT 10 35 j78e ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him Alternate translation: “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds”
|
||||
ACT 10 35 b5cr φοβούμενος 1 fears The word **fears** here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 36 bjk7 0 General Information: The word “him” here refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 10 36 sv4s 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests.
|
||||
ACT 10 36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος 1 he is Lord of all Here, **all** means “all people.”
|
||||
ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John proclaimed “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them”
|
||||
ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John proclaimed Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them”
|
||||
ACT 10 38 jtr3 Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει; ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν καὶ ἰώμενος πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus who is from Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power, who went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST.
|
||||
ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1367,14 +1367,14 @@ ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “We” and “
|
|||
ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν…τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time.
|
||||
ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: “by nailing him to a wooden cross”
|
||||
ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 but God raised up this one Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “but God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day “on the third day after he died”
|
||||
ACT 10 40 iz8l ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen “permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead”
|
||||
ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day Alternate translation: “on the third day after he died”
|
||||
ACT 10 40 iz8l ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen Alternate translation: “permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead”
|
||||
ACT 10 41 q7d1 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that he is the one who has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God chose this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 of the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: “of the people who are alive and the people who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 10 43 ub5d τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν 1 To this one, all the prophets bear witness that “All the prophets bear witness to Jesus that”
|
||||
ACT 10 43 ub5d τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν 1 To this one, all the prophets bear witness that Alternate translation: “All the prophets bear witness to Jesus that”
|
||||
ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν 1 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins through his name This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Here, **his name** refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 10 44 cz7x ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Here the word **fell** means “happened suddenly.” Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit suddenly came”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ ACT 11 1 uw5m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new event in t
|
|||
ACT 11 1 j7f7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 ab75 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 11 1 f1md οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 2 the brothers The phrase **the brothers** here refers to the believers in Judea.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 q8wl οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 who were throughout Judea “who were throughout the province of Judea”
|
||||
ACT 11 1 q8wl οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 who were throughout Judea Alternate translation: “who were throughout the province of Judea”
|
||||
ACT 11 1 w3rx figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received the word of God This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “had believed the message of God about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 2 kb4m ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 came up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
ACT 11 2 yar6 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those from the circumcision This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ ACT 11 3 ah7v figs-metonymy ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντα
|
|||
ACT 11 3 t9e1 συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς 1 ate with them It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 lrh6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius’ house.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 bfp5 ἀρξάμενος…Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο 1 Peter began to explain Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 nuy6 καθεξῆς 1 in an orderly manner “exactly what happened”
|
||||
ACT 11 4 nuy6 καθεξῆς 1 in an orderly manner Alternate translation: “exactly what happened”
|
||||
ACT 11 5 j37p ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην 1 like a large sheet The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 5 axu6 τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 by its four corners “suspended by its four corners.” See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰ θηρία, καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the four-legged animals of the earth, and the wild beasts, and the creeping animals, and the birds of the sky From Peter’s response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “many kinds of animals and reptiles and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1416,11 +1416,11 @@ ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ
|
|||
ACT 11 10 xrq6 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “this happened three times.” See how you translated **This happened three times** in [Acts 10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 11 ias8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 11 b2qv ἰδοὺ 1 behold This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
ACT 11 11 k44j ἐξαυτῆς 1 right away “immediately” or “at that exact moment”
|
||||
ACT 11 11 k44j ἐξαυτῆς 1 right away Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that exact moment”
|
||||
ACT 11 11 qwn5 figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 having been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 12 lf6m μηδὲν διακρίναντα 1 not making any distinction “not being concerned that they were Gentiles”
|
||||
ACT 11 12 lf6m μηδὲν διακρίναντα 1 not making any distinction Alternate translation: “not being concerned that they were Gentiles”
|
||||
ACT 11 12 cf8x ἦλθον…σὺν ἐμοὶ 1 went with me went with me to Caesarea”
|
||||
ACT 11 12 xrc6 οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι 1 these six brothers “these six Jewish believers”
|
||||
ACT 11 12 xrc6 οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι 1 these six brothers Alternate translation: “these six Jewish believers”
|
||||
ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 into the house of the man This refers to the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 11 13 few6 Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον 1 Simon, who is called Peter “Simon, who is also called Peter.” See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου 1 all your household This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: “everyone who lives in your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1433,45 +1433,45 @@ ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “them” refers
|
|||
ACT 11 17 e576 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech (which he began in [Acts 11:4](../11/04.md)) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν? 1 If, therefore, God gave to them the same gift as also to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, able to oppose God? Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: “Since God gave to them the same gift as he also gave to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, I decided that I could not oppose God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 11 17 y7ag τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν 1 the same gift Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 11 18 nr7g ἡσύχασαν 1 they became quiet “they did not argue with Peter”
|
||||
ACT 11 18 nr7g ἡσύχασαν 1 they became quiet Alternate translation: “they did not argue with Peter”
|
||||
ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν 1 God has given repentance unto life to the Gentiles also “God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also.” Here, **life** refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns **repentance** and **life** can be translated as the verbs “repent” and “live.” Alternate translation: “God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 11 19 zck4 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen.
|
||||
ACT 11 19 bwb8 writing-newevent οὖν 1 Then This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 11 19 m3i7 οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ, διῆλθον 1 those who had been scattered from the persecution that happened over Stephen spread The Jews began persecuting Jesus’ followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus’ followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places.
|
||||
ACT 11 19 whm6 figs-activepassive οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ 1 those who had been scattered from the persecution that happened over Stephen This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jews had been persecuting after they killed Stephen, who had left Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 19 vx4b τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ 1 the persecution that arose over Stephen the persecution that happened because of what Stephen had said and done
|
||||
ACT 11 19 w5jn διῆλθον 1 spread “went in many different directions”
|
||||
ACT 11 19 w5jn διῆλθον 1 spread Alternate translation: “went in many different directions”
|
||||
ACT 11 19 c8ha μόνον Ἰουδαίοις 1 only to Jews The believers thought God’s message was for the Jewish people, and not for the Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 11 20 mww9 figs-explicit ἐλάλουν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 and spoke also to Greeks These Greek-speaking people were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “and also spoke to Gentiles who spoke Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 11 21 aj5g figs-metonymy ἦν χεὶρ Κυρίου μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 The hand of the Lord was with them God’s **hand** signifies his powerful help. Alternate translation: “God was powerfully enabling those believers to preach effectively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 21 n9pq figs-metaphor ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 turned to the Lord Here, **turned to the Lord** is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and began to obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 11 22 mrg9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word “he” refers to Barnabas. The word “they” refers to the believers of the church at Jerusalem. The words “them” and “their” refer to the new believers ([Acts 11:20](../11/20.md)).
|
||||
ACT 11 22 i7vs figs-metonymy τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the ears of the church Here, **ears** refers to the believers’ hearing about the event. Alternate translation: “the believers in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 23 b7w7 ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saw the grace that is of God “saw how God acted kindly toward the believers”
|
||||
ACT 11 23 m1q9 παρεκάλει πάντας 1 exhorted them all “kept on encouraging them”
|
||||
ACT 11 23 qlu4 προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to remain with the Lord “to remain faithful to the Lord” or “to continue to trust in the Lord”
|
||||
ACT 11 23 b7w7 ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saw the grace that is of God Alternate translation: “saw how God acted kindly toward the believers”
|
||||
ACT 11 23 m1q9 παρεκάλει πάντας 1 exhorted them all Alternate translation: “kept on encouraging them”
|
||||
ACT 11 23 qlu4 προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to remain with the Lord Alternate translation: “to remain faithful to the Lord” or “to continue to trust in the Lord”
|
||||
ACT 11 23 bz6w figs-metonymy τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας 1 with purpose of heart Here the **heart** refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all their will” or “with complete commitment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 24 he5z πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 full of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 11 24 e57t figs-metonymy προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 a considerable crowd was added to the Lord Here, **added** means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: “many more people also believed in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 25 yhl6 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Barnabas and “him” refers to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 11 25 dm92 ἐξῆλθεν…εἰς Ταρσὸν 1 he went out to Tarsus “he went out to the city of Tarsus”
|
||||
ACT 11 25 dm92 ἐξῆλθεν…εἰς Ταρσὸν 1 he went out to Tarsus Alternate translation: “he went out to the city of Tarsus”
|
||||
ACT 11 26 hu2g καὶ εὑρὼν 1 and when he found him It probably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul.
|
||||
ACT 11 26 wf5l writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It happened that This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 11 26 w4dz αὐτοῖς…συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 they were gathered together with the church “Barnabas and Saul were gathered together with the church”
|
||||
ACT 11 26 w4dz αὐτοῖς…συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 they were gathered together with the church Alternate translation: “Barnabas and Saul were gathered together with the church”
|
||||
ACT 11 26 x8gx figs-activepassive χρηματίσαι τε πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς, Χριστιανούς 1 And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Antioch were the first to call the disciples Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 26 r6sl πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ 1 first in Antioch “for the first time in Antioch”
|
||||
ACT 11 26 r6sl πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ 1 first in Antioch Alternate translation: “for the first time in Antioch”
|
||||
ACT 11 27 pz7y writing-background 0 General Information: Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 11 27 h6zw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line.
|
||||
ACT 11 27 d8bb κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων…εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down from Jerusalem to Antioch Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it.
|
||||
ACT 11 28 wyk8 ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 named Agabus “whose name was Agabus”
|
||||
ACT 11 28 q3tl ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 and indicated by the Spirit that “and the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy that”
|
||||
ACT 11 28 l3iz λιμὸν μεγάλην μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι 1 a great famine was about to occur “a great shortage of food would happen”
|
||||
ACT 11 28 wyk8 ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 named Agabus Alternate translation: “whose name was Agabus”
|
||||
ACT 11 28 q3tl ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 and indicated by the Spirit that Alternate translation: “and the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy that”
|
||||
ACT 11 28 l3iz λιμὸν μεγάλην μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι 1 a great famine was about to occur Alternate translation: “a great shortage of food would happen”
|
||||
ACT 11 28 pd2t figs-hyperbole ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 over the whole world This was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. Alternate translation: “all over the inhabited world” or “throughout the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 11 28 jmc5 figs-explicit ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου 1 in the days of Claudius Luke’s audience would know that Claudius was the emperor of Rome at that time. Alternate translation: “when Claudius was the Roman emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 11 29 lhp8 0 General Information: The words “They” and “they” refer to the believers in the church in Antioch ([Acts 11:27](../11/27.md)).
|
||||
ACT 11 29 de92 δὲ 1 So This word means marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus’ prophesy or the famine.
|
||||
ACT 11 29 rk9z καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις 1 just as anyone prospered The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less.
|
||||
ACT 11 29 up7a τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς 1 to the brothers living in Judea “to the believers in Judea”
|
||||
ACT 11 29 up7a τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς 1 to the brothers living in Judea Alternate translation: “to the believers in Judea”
|
||||
ACT 11 30 l8i8 figs-idiom διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου 1 by the hand of Barnabas and Saul Here, **hand** is a synecdoche for the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 12 intro f66j 0 # Acts 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas was bringing Saul back from Tarsus and they were delivering money from Antioch Jerusalem (11:25-30). He killed many of the leaders of the church, and he put Peter in prison. After God helped Peter escape the prison, Herod killed the prison guards, and then God killed Herod. In the last verse of the chapter, Luke tells how Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Personification<br><br>The “word of God” is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could grow and become many. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 12 1 u4w7 writing-background 0 General Information: This is background information about Herod’s killing James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1480,68 +1480,68 @@ ACT 12 1 ti1y writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This begins a new part of the story.
|
|||
ACT 12 1 f2gr κατ’ ἐκεῖνον…τὸν καιρὸν 1 about that time This refers to the time of the famine.
|
||||
ACT 12 1 zy6y figs-idiom ἐπέβαλεν…τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid hands on This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “sent soldiers to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 12 1 u1gv figs-explicit τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 some of those from the church Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 1 s7lc κακῶσαί 1 to harm them “in order to cause the believers to suffer”
|
||||
ACT 12 1 s7lc κακῶσαί 1 to harm them Alternate translation: “in order to cause the believers to suffer”
|
||||
ACT 12 2 aw4t ἀνεῖλεν δὲ Ἰάκωβον, τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰωάννου, μαχαίρῃ 1 And he killed James, the brother of John, with the sword This tells the manner in which James was killed.
|
||||
ACT 12 2 r1zv figs-metonymy ἀνεῖλεν…Ἰάκωβον 1 he killed James Possible meanings are (1) Herod himself killed James or (2) Herod ordered someone to kill James. Alternate translation: “Herod gave the order and they killed James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 12 3 pms7 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Herod ([Acts 12:1](../12/01.md)).
|
||||
ACT 12 3 v4ag ἰδὼν δὲ ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 And when he saw that this is pleasing to the Jews “And when Herod realized that putting James to death pleased the Jewish leaders”
|
||||
ACT 12 3 cu7s ὅτι…ἐστιν 1 that this is “that Herod did this” or “that this happened”
|
||||
ACT 12 3 wpm1 ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 this is pleasing to the Jews “made the Jewish leaders happy”
|
||||
ACT 12 3 v4ag ἰδὼν δὲ ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 And when he saw that this is pleasing to the Jews Alternate translation: “And when Herod realized that putting James to death pleased the Jewish leaders”
|
||||
ACT 12 3 cu7s ὅτι…ἐστιν 1 that this is Alternate translation: “that Herod did this” or “that this happened”
|
||||
ACT 12 3 wpm1 ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 this is pleasing to the Jews Alternate translation: “made the Jewish leaders happy”
|
||||
ACT 12 3 ly66 ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: “the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast”
|
||||
ACT 12 4 pps1 τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν 1 to four squads of soldiers “to four groups of soldiers.” Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24-hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance.
|
||||
ACT 12 4 i23a βουλόμενος…ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ 1 he was intending to bring him out to the people “Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people” or “Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people”
|
||||
ACT 12 4 i23a βουλόμενος…ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ 1 he was intending to bring him out to the people Alternate translation: “Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people” or “Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people”
|
||||
ACT 12 5 v2yz figs-activepassive ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 f8qc figs-activepassive προσευχὴ…ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 prayer was being made earnestly to God for him by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 g189 ἐκτενῶς 1 earnestly continuously and with dedication
|
||||
ACT 12 6 km83 figs-explicit ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἡρῴδης τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ 1 Herod was going to bring him out for trial, that night That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: “the same night before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 6 g2bh δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν 1 bound with two chains “tied with two chains” or “fastened with two chains.” Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 6 aqv1 ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν 1 were keeping watch over the prison “were guarding the prison doors”
|
||||
ACT 12 6 aqv1 ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν 1 were keeping watch over the prison Alternate translation: “were guarding the prison doors”
|
||||
ACT 12 7 kk4i 0 General Information: The words “him” and “his” refer to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 7 i7g3 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
ACT 12 7 lu25 ἐπέστη 1 appeared by him “appeared next to him” or “suddenly stood beside him”
|
||||
ACT 12 7 z2i1 ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι 1 in the prison cell “in the prison room”
|
||||
ACT 12 7 lu25 ἐπέστη 1 appeared by him Alternate translation: “appeared next to him” or “suddenly stood beside him”
|
||||
ACT 12 7 z2i1 ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι 1 in the prison cell Alternate translation: “in the prison room”
|
||||
ACT 12 7 dc5b πατάξας…τοῦ Πέτρου 1 he struck Peter “the angel tapped Peter” or “the angel poked Peter.” Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him.
|
||||
ACT 12 7 dqn9 ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν 1 his chains fell away from his hands The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them.
|
||||
ACT 12 8 hxt9 ἐποίησεν…οὕτως 1 he did thus “Peter did what the angel told him to do” or “Peter obeyed”
|
||||
ACT 12 8 abch λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him “the angel said to Peter”
|
||||
ACT 12 8 hxt9 ἐποίησεν…οὕτως 1 he did thus Alternate translation: “Peter did what the angel told him to do” or “Peter obeyed”
|
||||
ACT 12 8 abch λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him Alternate translation: “the angel said to Peter”
|
||||
ACT 12 9 gx77 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to Peter. The words “they” and “They” refer to Peter and the angel.
|
||||
ACT 12 9 abci ἠκολούθει 1 he followed him “Peter followed the angel”
|
||||
ACT 12 9 sh8k οὐκ ᾔδει 1 he did not know “he did not understand”
|
||||
ACT 12 9 abci ἠκολούθει 1 he followed him Alternate translation: “Peter followed the angel”
|
||||
ACT 12 9 sh8k οὐκ ᾔδει 1 he did not know Alternate translation: “he did not understand”
|
||||
ACT 12 9 p9ty figs-activepassive ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 what is done by the angel is real This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: “the actions of the angel were real” or “what the angel did truly happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 r7gy figs-explicit διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν 1 But when they had passed by the first guard and the second It is implied that the soldiers were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. Alternate translation: “The first and second guards did not see them as they passed by, and then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 c18q διελθόντες 1 when they had passed by “when they had walked by”
|
||||
ACT 12 10 c18q διελθόντες 1 when they had passed by Alternate translation: “when they had walked by”
|
||||
ACT 12 10 e36s figs-ellipsis καὶ δευτέραν 1 and the second The word **guard** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and the second guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 y86k ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν 1 they came to the iron gate “Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate”
|
||||
ACT 12 10 if3c τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 that led into the city “that opened to the city” or “that went from the prison to the city”
|
||||
ACT 12 10 y86k ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν 1 they came to the iron gate Alternate translation: “Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate”
|
||||
ACT 12 10 if3c τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 that led into the city Alternate translation: “that opened to the city” or “that went from the prison to the city”
|
||||
ACT 12 10 i3st figs-rpronouns ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς 1 it opened for them by itself Here, **by itself** means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. Alternate translation: “the gate swung open for them” or “the gate opened itself for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 j268 προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν 1 they went down a street “they walked along a street”
|
||||
ACT 12 10 fl89 εὐθέως ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 right away the angel went away from him “the angel left Peter suddenly” or “suddenly the angel disappeared”
|
||||
ACT 12 10 j268 προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν 1 they went down a street Alternate translation: “they walked along a street”
|
||||
ACT 12 10 fl89 εὐθέως ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 right away the angel went away from him Alternate translation: “the angel left Peter suddenly” or “suddenly the angel disappeared”
|
||||
ACT 12 11 wlb6 figs-idiom καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος 1 And when Peter had come to himself This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “And when Peter became fully awake and alert” or “And when Peter became aware that what had happened was real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 12 11 ue4k figs-metonymy ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου 1 delivered me from the hand of Herod Here, **the hand of Herod** refers to “Herod’s power” or “Herod’s plans.” Alternate translation: “brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 12 11 hw63 ἐξείλατό με 1 delivered me “rescued me”
|
||||
ACT 12 11 hw63 ἐξείλατό με 1 delivered me Alternate translation: “rescued me”
|
||||
ACT 12 11 p739 figs-synecdoche πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 from all the expectations of the Jewish people Here “the people of the Jews” probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “from all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 12 12 tfh3 συνιδών 1 having realized this He became aware that God had rescued him.
|
||||
ACT 12 12 ux4v figs-activepassive Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου 1 of John, who was called Mark John was also called Mark. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John, whom people also called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 13 x5fg 0 General Information: Here the words “she” and “her” all refer to the servant girl Rhoda. Here the words they” and “They” refer to the people who were inside praying ([Acts 12:12](../12/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 12 13 pfn7 κρούσαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he knocked “when Peter knocked.” Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture.
|
||||
ACT 12 13 c634 τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 at the door of the gate “at the outer door” or “at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard”
|
||||
ACT 12 13 khq1 προσῆλθε…ὑπακοῦσαι 1 came to answer “came to the gate to ask who was knocking”
|
||||
ACT 12 14 y2ff ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 from joy “because she was so joyful” or “being overly excited”
|
||||
ACT 12 14 m3m7 οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα 1 she did not open the gate “she did not open the door” or “she forgot to open the door”
|
||||
ACT 12 13 c634 τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 at the door of the gate Alternate translation: “at the outer door” or “at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard”
|
||||
ACT 12 13 khq1 προσῆλθε…ὑπακοῦσαι 1 came to answer Alternate translation: “came to the gate to ask who was knocking”
|
||||
ACT 12 14 y2ff ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 from joy Alternate translation: “because she was so joyful” or “being overly excited”
|
||||
ACT 12 14 m3m7 οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα 1 she did not open the gate Alternate translation: “she did not open the door” or “she forgot to open the door”
|
||||
ACT 12 14 ky3p εἰσδραμοῦσα 1 running inside You may prefer to say “went running into the room in the house”
|
||||
ACT 12 14 yq3r ἀπήγγειλεν 1 she reported “she told them” or “she said”
|
||||
ACT 12 14 yq3r ἀπήγγειλεν 1 she reported Alternate translation: “she told them” or “she said”
|
||||
ACT 12 14 a19k ἑστάναι…πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 stands at the gate “is standing outside the door.” Peter was still standing outside.
|
||||
ACT 12 15 ybz7 μαίνῃ 1 You are insane The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: “You are crazy”
|
||||
ACT 12 15 xnm2 ἡ…διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν 1 she insisted that it was thus “she insisted that what she said was true”
|
||||
ACT 12 15 en8b οἱ…ἔλεγον 2 they said “they answered”
|
||||
ACT 12 15 xnm2 ἡ…διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν 1 she insisted that it was thus Alternate translation: “she insisted that what she said was true”
|
||||
ACT 12 15 en8b οἱ…ἔλεγον 2 they said Alternate translation: “they answered”
|
||||
ACT 12 15 qa8m ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ 1 It is his angel “What you have seen is Peter’s angel.” Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter’s angel had come to them.
|
||||
ACT 12 16 wwg1 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the people in the house. The words “He” and “he” refer to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 16 bi6l ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων 1 But Peter continued knocking The word “continued” means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking.
|
||||
ACT 12 17 jx1a ἀπαγγείλατε…ταῦτα 1 Report these things “Tell these things”
|
||||
ACT 12 17 jf16 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers “the other believers”
|
||||
ACT 12 17 jx1a ἀπαγγείλατε…ταῦτα 1 Report these things Alternate translation: “Tell these things”
|
||||
ACT 12 17 jf16 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers Alternate translation: “the other believers”
|
||||
ACT 12 18 blx5 0 General Information: The word “him” here refers to Peter. The word “he” refers to Herod.
|
||||
ACT 12 18 ail9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day.
|
||||
ACT 12 18 iqv4 γενομένης…ἡμέρας 1 when it became day “in the morning”
|
||||
ACT 12 18 iqv4 γενομένης…ἡμέρας 1 when it became day Alternate translation: “in the morning”
|
||||
ACT 12 18 zl7i figs-litotes ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what therefore had happened to Peter This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: “there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 12 18 ilz4 figs-abstractnouns ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter The abstract noun **disturbance** can be expressed with the words “disturbed” or “upset.” Alternate translation: “the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 19 pz6v Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν 1 And Herod, having searched for him Possible meanings are that (1) “And when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison” or (2) “And when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1550,63 +1550,63 @@ ACT 12 19 br16 καὶ κατελθὼν 1 And having gone down The phrase **ha
|
|||
ACT 12 20 n2lw 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues with another event in Herod’s life.
|
||||
ACT 12 20 aip7 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 gxs4 figs-hyperbole ὁμοθυμαδὸν…παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 they went to him together Here the word **they** is a generalization. It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon went to Herod. Alternate translation: “men representing the people of Tyre and Sidon went together to talk with Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 t6mi πείσαντες Βλάστον 1 having persuaded Blastus “these men persuaded Blastus”
|
||||
ACT 12 20 t6mi πείσαντες Βλάστον 1 having persuaded Blastus Alternate translation: “these men persuaded Blastus”
|
||||
ACT 12 20 qsg4 translate-names Βλάστον 1 Blastus Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 l5r1 ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην 1 they asked for peace “these men requested peace”
|
||||
ACT 12 20 l5r1 ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην 1 they asked for peace Alternate translation: “these men requested peace”
|
||||
ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς 1 their food for their country was from the king’s country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 dy51 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν 1 their food It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 21 e3w9 τακτῇ…ἡμέρᾳ 1 on a set day This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: “on the day when Herod agreed to meet them”
|
||||
ACT 12 21 kv7g ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν 1 in royal clothing expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king
|
||||
ACT 12 21 g6ir καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 sitting on the throne This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him.
|
||||
ACT 12 22 ze1s 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Herod.
|
||||
ACT 12 23 b4bc παραχρῆμα…ἄγγελος 1 immediately an angel “right away an angel” or “while the people were still praising Herod, an angel”
|
||||
ACT 12 23 b5s9 ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν 1 struck him “afflicted Herod” or “caused Herod to become very ill”
|
||||
ACT 12 23 b4bc παραχρῆμα…ἄγγελος 1 immediately an angel Alternate translation: “right away an angel” or “while the people were still praising Herod, an angel”
|
||||
ACT 12 23 b5s9 ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν 1 struck him Alternate translation: “afflicted Herod” or “caused Herod to become very ill”
|
||||
ACT 12 23 iw57 οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 he did not give the glory to God Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
|
||||
ACT 12 23 d419 figs-activepassive γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν 1 becoming worm-eaten, he died Here, **worm** refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “worms ate Herod’s insides and he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 j2un writing-endofstory 0 Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 m1sw figs-metaphor ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο 1 the word of God increased and was multiplied The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: “the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 wn8m ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God “the message God sent about Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 12 24 wn8m ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message God sent about Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 12 25 t7d8 Βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 And Barnabas and Saul returned to Jerusalem Although some ancient copies read “Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem,” the reading of “to Jerusalem” is probably correct. We know they went back to Antioch from Jerusalem, Therefore, this verse may indicate that they went somewhere else in Judea, and then returned to Jerusalem before they went back to Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 12 25 pv6a figs-explicit πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν 1 having completed their service This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in [Acts 11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: “when they had delivered the money to the church leaders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 intro rlh6 0 # Acts 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
|
||||
ACT 13 1 ce7s writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 1 gives background information about the people in the church at Antioch. Here the first word “they” probably refers to these five leaders but may also include the other believers. The next words “they” and “their” probably refer to the other three leaders not including Barnabas and Saul but could include other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 1 qa2i 0 Connecting Statement: Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul.
|
||||
ACT 13 1 rej8 δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Now there were in Antioch, in the church that was there “At that time in the church at Antioch”
|
||||
ACT 13 1 rej8 δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Now there were in Antioch, in the church that was there Alternate translation: “At that time in the church at Antioch”
|
||||
ACT 13 1 srw6 translate-names Συμεὼν…Νίγερ…Λούκιος…Μαναήν 1 Simeon … Niger … Lucius … Manaen These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 1 u48c Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου σύντροφος 1 one brought up with Herod the tetrarch Manaen was probably Herod’s playmate or close friend growing up. Some scholars suggest he was Herod’s foster brother.
|
||||
ACT 13 2 ifb9 ἀφορίσατε 1 Set apart “Appoint to serve”
|
||||
ACT 13 2 ifb9 ἀφορίσατε 1 Set apart Alternate translation: “Appoint to serve”
|
||||
ACT 13 2 j6ym προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς 1 I have called them The verb here means that God chose them to do this work.
|
||||
ACT 13 3 ku45 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς 1 laid their hands on them “laid their hands on these men whom God had set apart for his service.” This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 13 3 p1us ἀπέλυσαν 1 they sent them off “they sent those men off” or “they sent those men off to do the work the Holy Spirit told them to do”
|
||||
ACT 13 3 p1us ἀπέλυσαν 1 they sent them off Alternate translation: “they sent those men off” or “they sent those men off to do the work the Holy Spirit told them to do”
|
||||
ACT 13 4 br2m 0 General Information: Here the words “they,” “They,” and “their” refer to Barnabas and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 13 4 mt3h οὖν 1 So This word marks an event that happened because of a previous event. In this case, the previous event is Barnabas and Saul being set apart by the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 13 4 abcj αὐτοὶ…ἐκπεμφθέντες 1 they, having been sent out “Barnabas and Saul were sent out”
|
||||
ACT 13 4 abcj αὐτοὶ…ἐκπεμφθέντες 1 they, having been sent out Alternate translation: “Barnabas and Saul were sent out”
|
||||
ACT 13 4 iyh8 κατῆλθον 1 went down The phrase **went down** is used here because Seleucia is lower in elevation than Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 13 4 d1q5 Σελεύκιαν 1 Seleucia a city by the sea
|
||||
ACT 13 5 at85 Σαλαμῖνι 1 Salamis The city of Salamis was on Cyprus Island.
|
||||
ACT 13 5 ct8b figs-synecdoche κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were proclaiming the word of God Here, **word of God** is a synecdoche for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “they proclaimed the message of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 5 p5t3 συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 synagogues of the Jews Possible meanings are that (1) “there were multiple Jewish synagogues in the city of Salamis where Barnabas and Saul preached” or (2) “Barnabas and Saul started at the synagogue at Salamis and continued to preach in all the synagogues they found while they traveled around the Island of Cyprus.”
|
||||
ACT 13 5 sxw6 εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην, ὑπηρέτην 1 And they also had John as an assistant “And John Mark went with them and was helping them”
|
||||
ACT 13 5 ukx2 ὑπηρέτην 1 as an assistant “as a helper”
|
||||
ACT 13 5 sxw6 εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην, ὑπηρέτην 1 And they also had John as an assistant Alternate translation: “And John Mark went with them and was helping them”
|
||||
ACT 13 5 ukx2 ὑπηρέτην 1 as an assistant Alternate translation: “as a helper”
|
||||
ACT 13 6 h9he 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark. The words “This man” refer to “Sergius Paulus.” The first word “he” refers to Sergius Paulus, the proconsul; the second word “he” refers to Elymas (also called Bar-Jesus), the magician.
|
||||
ACT 13 6 ja1i ὅλην τὴν νῆσον 1 the whole island They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through.
|
||||
ACT 13 6 cl2z Πάφου 1 Paphos a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived
|
||||
ACT 13 6 zf3b εὗρον 1 they found Here, **found** means they came upon him without looking for him. Alternate translation: “they met” or “they came upon”
|
||||
ACT 13 6 xe7h ἄνδρα, τινὰ μάγον 1 a certain man, a magician “a particular person who practices witchcraft” or “a person who practices supernatural magic arts”
|
||||
ACT 13 6 xe7h ἄνδρα, τινὰ μάγον 1 a certain man, a magician Alternate translation: “a particular person who practices witchcraft” or “a person who practices supernatural magic arts”
|
||||
ACT 13 6 ak38 translate-names ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 1 whose name was Bar Jesus **Bar Jesus** means “Son of Jesus.” There is no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. **Jesus** was a common name at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 7 bee2 ἦν σὺν 1 was with “was often with” or “was often in the company of”
|
||||
ACT 13 7 bee2 ἦν σὺν 1 was with Alternate translation: “was often with” or “was often in the company of”
|
||||
ACT 13 7 s1su ἀνθυπάτῳ 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor”
|
||||
ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ 1 an intelligent man This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 7 abck οὗτος, προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He summoned “The proconsul summoned”
|
||||
ACT 13 7 abck οὗτος, προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He summoned Alternate translation: “The proconsul summoned”
|
||||
ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-names Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος 1 Elymas “the magician” This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called “the magician.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 for that is how his name is translated “for that was what he was called in Greek”
|
||||
ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο…αὐτοῖς…ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον 1 opposed them; he sought to turn the proconsul away “resisted them by trying to turn the proconsul away” or “attempted to stop them by trying to turn the proconsul away”
|
||||
ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 for that is how his name is translated Alternate translation: “for that was what he was called in Greek”
|
||||
ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο…αὐτοῖς…ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον 1 opposed them; he sought to turn the proconsul away Alternate translation: “resisted them by trying to turn the proconsul away” or “attempted to stop them by trying to turn the proconsul away”
|
||||
ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 he sought to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here, **to turn … away from** is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “he attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 gws2 0 General Information: The word “him” refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 9 nau1 0 Connecting Statement: While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
|
||||
ACT 13 9 ey6d figs-activepassive Σαῦλος…ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also Paul **Saul** was his Jewish name, and **Paul** was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 xjy9 ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 1 stared at him intensely “looked at him intensely”
|
||||
ACT 13 10 r8x2 ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 O one full of all deceit and all wickedness “O you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong”
|
||||
ACT 13 9 xjy9 ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 1 stared at him intensely Alternate translation: “looked at him intensely”
|
||||
ACT 13 10 r8x2 ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 O one full of all deceit and all wickedness Alternate translation: “O you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong”
|
||||
ACT 13 10 d2pk figs-metonymy υἱὲ διαβόλου 1 son of the devil Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: “you are like the devil” or “you act like the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 pyu7 ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 wickedness In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God’s law.
|
||||
ACT 13 10 hlq9 ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης 1 enemy of all righteousness Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1617,53 +1617,53 @@ ACT 13 11 pey7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to Elymas.
|
|||
ACT 13 11 xul9 figs-metonymy χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ 1 the hand of the Lord upon you Here, **hand** represents the power of God and “upon you” implies punishment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 11 rse8 figs-activepassive ἔσῃ τυφλὸς 1 you will be blind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make you blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 11 w3gh μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον 1 not seeing the sun Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: “you will not even see the sun”
|
||||
ACT 13 11 b5b8 ἄχρι καιροῦ 1 for a time “for a period of time” or “until the time appointed by God”
|
||||
ACT 13 11 t7j1 ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος 1 a mist and darkness fell on Elymas “the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark” or “Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything”
|
||||
ACT 13 11 a7es περιάγων 1 he is going around “Elymas wandered around” or “Elymas started feeling around and”
|
||||
ACT 13 11 b5b8 ἄχρι καιροῦ 1 for a time Alternate translation: “for a period of time” or “until the time appointed by God”
|
||||
ACT 13 11 t7j1 ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος 1 a mist and darkness fell on Elymas Alternate translation: “the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark” or “Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything”
|
||||
ACT 13 11 a7es περιάγων 1 he is going around Alternate translation: “Elymas wandered around” or “Elymas started feeling around and”
|
||||
ACT 13 12 x9fl ἀνθύπατος 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor”
|
||||
ACT 13 12 pyh7 ἐπίστευσεν 1 believed “believed in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 13 12 pyh7 ἐπίστευσεν 1 believed Alternate translation: “believed in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 13 12 twa8 figs-activepassive ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 being astonished at the teaching of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the Lord amazing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 13 i65t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 13 and 14 give background information about this part of the story. “Paul and his friends” were Barnabas and John Mark (also called John). From this point on, Saul is called Paul in Acts. Paul’s name is listed first which indicates that he had become the leader of the group. It is important to keep this order in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 13 rk3k 0 Connecting Statement: This is a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia.
|
||||
ACT 13 13 r9hi δὲ 1 Now This marks the beginning of a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 13 13 abcl οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον 1 those around Paul This refers to Paul and his companions.
|
||||
ACT 13 13 k4s9 ἀναχθέντες…ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου 1 having set sail from Paphos “having traveled by sailboat from Paphos”
|
||||
ACT 13 13 h1cb ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας 1 came to Perga in Pamphylia “arrived in Perga which is in Pamphylia”
|
||||
ACT 13 13 g6l5 Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 But John, withdrawing from them “But John Mark, leaving Paul and Barnabas”
|
||||
ACT 13 14 vrp1 Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν 1 Antioch of Pisidia “the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia”
|
||||
ACT 13 13 k4s9 ἀναχθέντες…ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου 1 having set sail from Paphos Alternate translation: “having traveled by sailboat from Paphos”
|
||||
ACT 13 13 h1cb ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας 1 came to Perga in Pamphylia Alternate translation: “arrived in Perga which is in Pamphylia”
|
||||
ACT 13 13 g6l5 Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 But John, withdrawing from them Alternate translation: “But John Mark, leaving Paul and Barnabas”
|
||||
ACT 13 14 vrp1 Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν 1 Antioch of Pisidia Alternate translation: “the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia”
|
||||
ACT 13 15 dnb4 figs-synecdoche μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 And after the reading of the law and of the prophets The **law** and **prophets** refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: “And after someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες 1 sent to them, saying “told someone to say to them” or “asked someone to tell them”
|
||||
ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες 1 sent to them, saying Alternate translation: “told someone to say to them” or “asked someone to tell them”
|
||||
ACT 13 15 td4h ἀδελφοί 1 brothers The term **brothers** is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews.
|
||||
ACT 13 15 jru8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν 1 if there is among you any word of exhortation for the people “if you want to say anything to encourage our people”
|
||||
ACT 13 15 kj1h λέγετε 1 speak it “please speak it” or “please tell it to us”
|
||||
ACT 13 15 jru8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν 1 if there is among you any word of exhortation for the people Alternate translation: “if you want to say anything to encourage our people”
|
||||
ACT 13 15 kj1h λέγετε 1 speak it Alternate translation: “please speak it” or “please tell it to us”
|
||||
ACT 13 16 tbc4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The first word “he” refers to Paul. The second word “he” refers to God. Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. The words “they” and “them” refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 16 p93q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israel’s history.
|
||||
ACT 13 16 i8pz translate-symaction κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ 1 motioned with his hand This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: “moving his hands to show that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 13 16 rh93 οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 ones who fear God This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. “you who are not Israelites but who worship God”
|
||||
ACT 13 16 ah55 τὸν Θεόν, ἀκούσατε 1 God, listen “God, listen to me” or “God, listen to what I am about to say”
|
||||
ACT 13 17 se2b ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ 1 The God of this people Israel “The God whom the people of Israel worship”
|
||||
ACT 13 17 l9cn τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers “our ancestors”
|
||||
ACT 13 17 aaj5 τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν 1 exalted the people “caused our people to become very numerous”
|
||||
ACT 13 16 ah55 τὸν Θεόν, ἀκούσατε 1 God, listen Alternate translation: “God, listen to me” or “God, listen to what I am about to say”
|
||||
ACT 13 17 se2b ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ 1 The God of this people Israel Alternate translation: “The God whom the people of Israel worship”
|
||||
ACT 13 17 l9cn τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Alternate translation: “our ancestors”
|
||||
ACT 13 17 aaj5 τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν 1 exalted the people Alternate translation: “caused our people to become very numerous”
|
||||
ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm This refers to God’s mighty power. Alternate translation: “with great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 17 b74t ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 from it “out from the land of Egypt”
|
||||
ACT 13 17 b74t ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 from it Alternate translation: “out from the land of Egypt”
|
||||
ACT 13 18 zv9e ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς 1 he put up with them This means “he tolerated them.” Some versions have a different word that means “he took care of them.” Alternate translation: “God endured their disobedience” or “God took care of them”
|
||||
ACT 13 19 nvp7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to God. The words “their land” refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word “them” refers to the people of Israel. The word “our” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 19 h5qg ἔθνη 1 nations Here the word **nations** refers to different people groups and not to geographical boundaries.
|
||||
ACT 13 20 abcm ἔδωκεν 1 he gave them “God gave them”
|
||||
ACT 13 20 qmc8 ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου 1 until Samuel the prophet “until the time of the prophet Samuel”
|
||||
ACT 13 20 abcm ἔδωκεν 1 he gave them Alternate translation: “God gave them”
|
||||
ACT 13 20 qmc8 ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου 1 until Samuel the prophet Alternate translation: “until the time of the prophet Samuel”
|
||||
ACT 13 21 akg6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament.
|
||||
ACT 13 21 yxi8 ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 for 40 years “to be their king for 40 years”
|
||||
ACT 13 21 yxi8 ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 for 40 years Alternate translation: “to be their king for 40 years”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 z4x3 μεταστήσας αὐτὸν 1 having removed him This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: “rejected Saul from being king”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 bsp6 ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα 1 he raised up David for them as their king “God chose David to be their king”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 iyd6 βασιλέα 1 their king “the king of Israel” or “the king over the Israelites”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 sw2r ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας 1 to whom having testified, he also said “about whom God testified by saying”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 dbu5 εὗρον 1 I have found “I have observed that”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 bsp6 ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα 1 he raised up David for them as their king Alternate translation: “God chose David to be their king”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 iyd6 βασιλέα 1 their king Alternate translation: “the king of Israel” or “the king over the Israelites”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 sw2r ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας 1 to whom having testified, he also said Alternate translation: “about whom God testified by saying”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 dbu5 εὗρον 1 I have found Alternate translation: “I have observed that”
|
||||
ACT 13 22 mp53 figs-idiom ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου 1 a man according to my heart This expression means he “a man who wants what I want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 23 lby6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the Gospels.
|
||||
ACT 13 23 xj5a τούτου…ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From the descendants of this one “From David’s descendants.” This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David’s descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 23 kc76 figs-metonymy ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 brought to Israel This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “gave to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 23 mk5g κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 according to promise “just as God promised he would do”
|
||||
ACT 13 24 abcn πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ 1 before the face of his coming “before the coming of Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 13 23 mk5g κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 according to promise Alternate translation: “just as God promised he would do”
|
||||
ACT 13 24 abcn πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ 1 before the face of his coming Alternate translation: “before the coming of Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 13 24 x892 figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 a baptism of repentance You can translate the word **repentance** as the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “a baptism to repent” or “a baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: “Think about who I am.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ 1 I am not him John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: “I am not the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1674,14 +1674,14 @@ ACT 13 26 jdp6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “they” and
|
|||
ACT 13 26 kci9 ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 brothers, sons of the family of Abraham, and those among you who fear God Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God.
|
||||
ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη 1 the word about this salvation has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sent the message about this salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation The word **salvation** can be translated with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “that God will save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 psk5 τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 did not recognize this one “did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them”
|
||||
ACT 13 27 psk5 τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 did not recognize this one Alternate translation: “did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them”
|
||||
ACT 13 27 ri1f figs-metonymy τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν 1 the voices of the prophets Here the word **voices** represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” or “the message of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας 2 that are read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which someone reads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 rle6 τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν…ἐπλήρωσαν 1 they fulfilled the voices of the prophets “they actually did just what the prophets said that they would do”
|
||||
ACT 13 27 rle6 τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν…ἐπλήρωσαν 1 they fulfilled the voices of the prophets Alternate translation: “they actually did just what the prophets said that they would do”
|
||||
ACT 13 28 v3hw 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him” here refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 13 28 y9j6 μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες 1 they found no reason for death “they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 13 28 y9j6 μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες 1 they found no reason for death Alternate translation: “they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 13 28 d4xm ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον 1 they asked Pilate The word **asked** here is a strong word meaning to demand, beg or plead for.
|
||||
ACT 13 29 sq1j ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα 1 And when they had completed all that had been written about him “And when they did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him”
|
||||
ACT 13 29 sq1j ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα 1 And when they had completed all that had been written about him Alternate translation: “And when they did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him”
|
||||
ACT 13 29 m5f1 figs-explicit καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 taking him down from the tree It may be helpful to explicitly say Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: “they killed Jesus and then took him down from the cross after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 29 vwt4 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 from the tree “from the cross.” This was another way people at that time referred to the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 30 h5jw ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 But God raised him **But** indicates a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1690,68 +1690,68 @@ ACT 13 30 zsx4 figs-idiom ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 raised him Here, **rais
|
|||
ACT 13 30 d14p ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again.
|
||||
ACT 13 31 ig7w figs-activepassive ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 He was seen for many days by those who had come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The disciples who traveled with Jesus from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 31 g4vl ἡμέρας πλείους 1 many days We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate **many days** with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time.
|
||||
ACT 13 31 vqj4 νῦν εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν 1 are now his witnesses to the people “are now testifying to the people about Jesus” or “are now telling the people about Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 13 31 vqj4 νῦν εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν 1 are now his witnesses to the people Alternate translation: “are now testifying to the people about Jesus” or “are now telling the people about Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 13 32 ipb9 0 General Information: The second quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
ACT 13 32 y273 καὶ 1 And This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God’s raising Jesus from the dead.
|
||||
ACT 13 32 hr2g τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers “our ancestors.” Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
|
||||
ACT 13 33 b1uh translate-versebridge ταύτην ὁ Θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 God has fulfilled this for our children You may need to rearrange the parts of this sentence, which begins in verse 32. “God has fulfilled for us, their children, these promises that he made to our ancestors, by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
ACT 13 33 dy6w τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 for our children Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. Some ancient copies read, “for us, their children” but the best copies read, “for our children.”
|
||||
ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here, **raising up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “by making Jesus alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 33 y3tz ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 As it is also written in the second Psalm “This is what was also written in the second Psalm”
|
||||
ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ…τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm “Psalm 2”
|
||||
ACT 13 33 y3tz ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 As it is also written in the second Psalm Alternate translation: “This is what was also written in the second Psalm”
|
||||
ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ…τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm Alternate translation: “Psalm 2”
|
||||
ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός…γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son … I have fathered you These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 13 34 iy5q ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν 1 And that he raised him up from the dead, never to be about to return to decay, he has spoken in this way “God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again”
|
||||
ACT 13 34 iy5q ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν 1 And that he raised him up from the dead, never to be about to return to decay, he has spoken in this way Alternate translation: “God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again”
|
||||
ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 13 34 q3kq τὰ ὅσια…τὰ πιστά 1 the holy and sure blessings “the holy and certain blessings”
|
||||
ACT 13 34 q3kq τὰ ὅσια…τὰ πιστά 1 the holy and sure blessings Alternate translation: “the holy and certain blessings”
|
||||
ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει 1 On account of this he also says in another place Paul’s audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 gl8s καὶ…λέγει 1 he also says “David also says.” David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase **see decay** is a metonym for “decay.” Alternate translation: “You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐ δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||||
ACT 13 36 u8vh ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ 1 in his own generation “during his lifetime”
|
||||
ACT 13 36 m5wx ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ 1 having served the counsel of God “having done what God wanted him to do” or “after he had done what pleased God”
|
||||
ACT 13 36 u8vh ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ 1 in his own generation Alternate translation: “during his lifetime”
|
||||
ACT 13 36 m5wx ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ 1 having served the counsel of God Alternate translation: “having done what God wanted him to do” or “after he had done what pleased God”
|
||||
ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 fell asleep This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 13 36 nwy9 προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 was laid with his fathers “was buried with his ancestors who had died”
|
||||
ACT 13 36 nwy9 προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 was laid with his fathers Alternate translation: “was buried with his ancestors who had died”
|
||||
ACT 13 36 la5s figs-metonymy εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 saw decay The phrase **saw decay** is a metonym for “his body decayed.” Alternate translation: “his body rotted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 37 bmw3 ὃν δὲ 1 But he whom “But Jesus whom”
|
||||
ACT 13 37 bmw3 ὃν δὲ 1 But he whom Alternate translation: “But Jesus whom”
|
||||
ACT 13 37 n9pl figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised up Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 37 j52x figs-metonymy οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 did not see decay The phrase **did not see decay** is a way to say “his body did not decay.” Alternate translation: “did not rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 38 ki8q 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 13 38 yg35 γνωστὸν…ἔστω ὑμῖν 1 let it be known to you “know this” or “this is important for you to know”
|
||||
ACT 13 38 yg35 γνωστὸν…ἔστω ὑμῖν 1 let it be known to you Alternate translation: “know this” or “this is important for you to know”
|
||||
ACT 13 38 qy18 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Paul uses this term because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: “my fellow Israelites and other friends”
|
||||
ACT 13 38 t3i5 figs-activepassive ὅτι διὰ τούτου, ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται, καὶ 1 that because of this, forgiveness of sins is being proclaimed to you, and freedom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus, and you can be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 38 w7y1 figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν 1 forgiveness of sins The abstract noun “forgiveness” can be translated with the verb “to forgive.” Alternate translation: “that God can forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 39 g5h9 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται 1 In this one every one who believes is justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus justifies everyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 39 j6rr ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων 1 In this one every one who believes “By him every person who believes” or “Every one who believes in him”
|
||||
ACT 13 39 j6rr ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων 1 In this one every one who believes Alternate translation: “By him every person who believes” or “Every one who believes in him”
|
||||
ACT 13 40 kk1j 0 General Information: In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word “I” refers to God.
|
||||
ACT 13 40 zx6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in [Acts 13:16](../13/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 13 40 y2kg figs-explicit βλέπετε 1 be careful that It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul’s message. Alternate translation: “give close attention to the things I have said so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 40 tt1x τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 the thing spoken about in the prophets “what the prophets spoke about”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 tqk5 ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί 1 Look, you despisers “Look, you who feel contempt” or “Look, you who ridicule”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ky3s θαυμάσατε 1 be astonished “be amazed” or “be shocked”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ilh2 καὶ ἀφανίσθητε 1 and perish “and die”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 dvn1 ἔργον ἐργάζομαι 1 am doing a work “am doing something”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 nm2q ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days “during your lifetime”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 w6tq ἔργον ὃ 1 A work that “I am doing something which”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 p4c2 ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν 1 even if someone would announce it to you “even if someone would tell you about it”
|
||||
ACT 13 42 ax8v ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν 1 And as they were leaving “When Paul and Barnabas were leaving”
|
||||
ACT 13 42 f3sw παρεκάλουν 1 they begged them “the people begged them”
|
||||
ACT 13 40 tt1x τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 the thing spoken about in the prophets Alternate translation: “what the prophets spoke about”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 tqk5 ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί 1 Look, you despisers Alternate translation: “Look, you who feel contempt” or “Look, you who ridicule”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ky3s θαυμάσατε 1 be astonished Alternate translation: “be amazed” or “be shocked”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ilh2 καὶ ἀφανίσθητε 1 and perish Alternate translation: “and die”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 dvn1 ἔργον ἐργάζομαι 1 am doing a work Alternate translation: “am doing something”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 nm2q ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days Alternate translation: “during your lifetime”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 w6tq ἔργον ὃ 1 A work that Alternate translation: “I am doing something which”
|
||||
ACT 13 41 p4c2 ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν 1 even if someone would announce it to you Alternate translation: “even if someone would tell you about it”
|
||||
ACT 13 42 ax8v ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν 1 And as they were leaving Alternate translation: “When Paul and Barnabas were leaving”
|
||||
ACT 13 42 f3sw παρεκάλουν 1 they begged them Alternate translation: “the people begged them”
|
||||
ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these same words Here, **words** refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: “this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 43 a58z λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς 1 And when the synagogue meeting had ended Possible meanings are (1) this restates “As Paul and Barnabas left” in verse 42 or (2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later.
|
||||
ACT 13 43 sws7 προσηλύτων 1 proselytes These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism.
|
||||
ACT 13 43 q2aj οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς, ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς 1 who speaking to them, urged them “and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them”
|
||||
ACT 13 43 q2aj οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς, ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς 1 who speaking to them, urged them Alternate translation: “and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them”
|
||||
ACT 13 43 fv15 figs-explicit προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to continue in the grace of God It is implied that they believed Paul’s message that Jesus was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people’s sins because of what Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 44 m129 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 13 44 vq3y figs-metonymy σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις συνήχθη 1 almost the whole city was gathered together The **city** represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord’s word. Alternate translation: “almost all the people of the city were gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 44 yga7 figs-explicit ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to hear the word of the Lord It is implied that Paul and Barnabas were the ones who spoke the word of the Lord. Alternate translation: “to hear Paul and Barnabas speak about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 45 j4zq figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **Jews** represents Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 45 qrh2 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 they were filled with jealousy Here, **jealousy** is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “they became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 45 nc5l ἀντέλεγον 1 spoke against “contradicted” or “opposed”
|
||||
ACT 13 45 nc5l ἀντέλεγον 1 spoke against Alternate translation: “contradicted” or “opposed”
|
||||
ACT 13 45 m1an figs-activepassive τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις 1 the things that were said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 zvt5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The first two instances of the word “you” are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. Paul’s quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word “I” refers to God and the word “you” is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit ἦν ἀναγκαῖον 1 It was necessary for This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: “God commanded that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive ὑμῖν…ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 necessary for the word of God first to be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for “message from God.” Alternate translation: “necessary that we speak the message from God to you first” or “the message of God had to be spoken to you first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν 1 Since you reject it Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: “Since you reject the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 ms36 οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life “seem to think you are not worthy of eternal life” or “act as though you are not worthy of eternal life”
|
||||
ACT 13 46 ms36 οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life Alternate translation: “seem to think you are not worthy of eternal life” or “act as though you are not worthy of eternal life”
|
||||
ACT 13 46 rf9k figs-explicit στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 we will turn to the Gentiles “we will go to the Gentiles.” Paul and Barnadas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 47 v8au figs-metaphor εἰς φῶς 1 as a light Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were **a light** that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 47 t5sp figs-abstractnouns εἶναί…εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 should be for salvation as far as the end of the earth The abstract word **salvation** can be translated with the verb “to save.” The phrase **end** refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: “should tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1761,11 +1761,11 @@ ACT 13 49 qh9z figs-metonymy διεφέρετο…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρ
|
|||
ACT 13 50 eqi5 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 13 50 t4bv 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul and Barnabas’ time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to Iconium.
|
||||
ACT 13 50 u8rm figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 50 cf21 παρώτρυναν 1 stirred up “convinced” or “urged on”
|
||||
ACT 13 50 wmm5 τοὺς πρώτους 1 the leading men “the most important men”
|
||||
ACT 13 50 n7qe ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρναβᾶν 1 a persecution arose against Paul and Barnabas “They convinced the important men and women to persecute Paul and Barnabas”
|
||||
ACT 13 50 cq9h ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 threw them out from their boundaries “they removed Paul and Barnabas from their city”
|
||||
ACT 13 51 abco οἱ δὲ, ἐκτιναξάμενοι 1 But when they had shaken off “But after Paul and Silas shook off”
|
||||
ACT 13 50 cf21 παρώτρυναν 1 stirred up Alternate translation: “convinced” or “urged on”
|
||||
ACT 13 50 wmm5 τοὺς πρώτους 1 the leading men Alternate translation: “the most important men”
|
||||
ACT 13 50 n7qe ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρναβᾶν 1 a persecution arose against Paul and Barnabas Alternate translation: “They convinced the important men and women to persecute Paul and Barnabas”
|
||||
ACT 13 50 cq9h ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 threw them out from their boundaries Alternate translation: “they removed Paul and Barnabas from their city”
|
||||
ACT 13 51 abco οἱ δὲ, ἐκτιναξάμενοι 1 But when they had shaken off Alternate translation: “But after Paul and Silas shook off”
|
||||
ACT 13 51 xi1z writing-symlanguage οἱ…ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς 1 when they had shaken off the dust from their feet against them This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
ACT 13 52 dp5k οἵ…μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.
|
||||
ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of his grace”<br><br>The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Zeus and Hermes<br><br>The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”<br><br>Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1778,8 +1778,8 @@ ACT 14 2 k8mv figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 the souls Here the word **so
|
|||
ACT 14 2 fu13 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Here, **brothers** refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 lp4v 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to the Lord.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 a3gp μὲν οὖν…διέτριψαν 1 So they stayed there “Nevertheless they stayed there.” Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in [Acts 14:1](../14/01.md). **So** could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 who is testifying to the word of his grace “who demonstrated that the message about his grace was true”
|
||||
ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 to the word of his grace “about the message of the Lord’s grace”
|
||||
ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 who is testifying to the word of his grace Alternate translation: “who demonstrated that the message about his grace was true”
|
||||
ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 to the word of his grace Alternate translation: “about the message of the Lord’s grace”
|
||||
ACT 14 3 c2cv figs-activepassive διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by granting signs and wonders to be done by their hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 3 p9iq figs-synecdoche διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by their hands Here, **hands** refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 4 btu3 figs-metonymy ἐσχίσθη…τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως 1 the population of the city was divided Here, **population of the city** refers to the people in the city. Alternate translation: “most of the people of the city were divided” or “most of the people of the city did not agree with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1787,18 +1787,18 @@ ACT 14 4 smz5 ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 were with the J
|
|||
ACT 14 4 q1xc figs-ellipsis σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 with the apostles The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. Alternate translation: “sided with the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 14 4 mw9h τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 the apostles Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here, **apostles** might be used in the general sense of “ones sent out.”
|
||||
ACT 14 5 s5h7 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 14 5 q6g2 ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς 1 to mistreat and stone them “to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them”
|
||||
ACT 14 5 q6g2 ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς 1 to mistreat and stone them Alternate translation: “to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them”
|
||||
ACT 14 6 tpl1 translate-names τῆς Λυκαονίας 1 of Lycaonia A district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 14 6 m5gv translate-names Λύστραν 1 Lystra A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 14 6 tl4q translate-names Δέρβην 1 Derbe A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 14 7 z5nd κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν 1 and where they continued to proclaim the gospel “and where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news”
|
||||
ACT 14 7 z5nd κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν 1 and where they continued to proclaim the gospel Alternate translation: “and where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news”
|
||||
ACT 14 8 ep46 0 General Information: The first word “he” refers to the crippled man; the second word “he” refers to Paul. The word “him” refers to the crippled man.
|
||||
ACT 14 8 l5pu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra.
|
||||
ACT 14 8 wb5k writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ…ἐκάθητο 1 a certain man sat This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 14 8 kz7d ἀδύνατος…τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerless in his feet “unable to move his legs” or “unable to walk on his feet”
|
||||
ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 lame from the womb of his mother “having been born as a cripple”
|
||||
ACT 14 8 kz7d ἀδύνατος…τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerless in his feet Alternate translation: “unable to move his legs” or “unable to walk on his feet”
|
||||
ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 lame from the womb of his mother Alternate translation: “having been born as a cripple”
|
||||
ACT 14 8 hw4l χωλὸς 1 crippled unable to walk
|
||||
ACT 14 9 di49 ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 He looked intently at him “Paul looked straight at the man”
|
||||
ACT 14 9 di49 ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 He looked intently at him Alternate translation: “Paul looked straight at the man”
|
||||
ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 he has faith to be saved The abstract noun **faith** can be translated with the verb **to be saved**. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus could heal him” or “he believed that Jesus could make him well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 10 v1kz ἥλατο 1 he jumped up “he dleaped in the air.” This implies that his legs were completely healed.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 axe6 ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος 1 what Paul had done This refers to Paul’s healing the crippled man.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1811,44 +1811,44 @@ ACT 14 12 hh25 translate-names Ἑρμῆν 1 Hermes Hermes was the pagan god wh
|
|||
ACT 14 13 iz6r figs-explicit ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως…ἐνέγκας 1 And the priest of the temple of Zeus, which was in front of the city, brought It may be helpful to include additional information about the priest. Alternate translation: “And there was a temple just outside the city where the people worshiped Zeus. When the priest who served in the temple heard what Paul and Barnabas had done, he brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 13 v2a9 ταύρους καὶ στέμματα 1 oxen and wreaths The **oxen** were to be sacrificed. The **wreaths** were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice.
|
||||
ACT 14 13 iha1 ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας 1 to the gates The **gates** of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city.
|
||||
ACT 14 13 ud37 ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanting to sacrifice “wanting to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes”
|
||||
ACT 14 13 ud37 ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanting to sacrifice Alternate translation: “wanting to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes”
|
||||
ACT 14 14 kt1f οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος 1 the apostles, Barnabas and Paul Luke is here probably using **apostle** in the general sense of “one sent out.”
|
||||
ACT 14 14 kx43 διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they tore their clothing This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them.
|
||||
ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: “Men, you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 f8vc ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 are you doing these things “are you worshiping us”
|
||||
ACT 14 15 f8vc ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 are you doing these things Alternate translation: “are you worshiping us”
|
||||
ACT 14 15 u9pq καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are men with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: “We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!”
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 with the same feelings as you “like you in every way”
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 with the same feelings as you Alternate translation: “like you in every way”
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here, **turn from … to** is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: “stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God “a God who truly exists” or “a God who lives”
|
||||
ACT 14 16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 In the generations gone by “In previous times” or “Until now”
|
||||
ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God Alternate translation: “a God who truly exists” or “a God who lives”
|
||||
ACT 14 16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 In the generations gone by Alternate translation: “In previous times” or “Until now”
|
||||
ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 to go their own ways Going in a way, or going along a path, is a metaphor for living one’s life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do whatever they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 fw2s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra ([Acts 14:8](../14/08.md)).
|
||||
ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν 1 he did not leave himself without witness This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God has certainly left a witness” or “God has indeed testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-metonymy ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Here, **your hearts** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 18 ut73 μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς 1 they barely restrained the crowds from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
|
||||
ACT 14 18 la43 μόλις κατέπαυσαν 1 they barely restrained “had difficulty preventing”
|
||||
ACT 14 18 la43 μόλις κατέπαυσαν 1 they barely restrained Alternate translation: “had difficulty preventing”
|
||||
ACT 14 19 bz7k 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 persuaded the crowds It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 19 xbv3 τοὺς ὄχλους 1 the crowds This may not be the same group as the “multitude” in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together.
|
||||
ACT 14 19 t8mg νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι 1 thinking him to be dead “because they thought that he was already dead”
|
||||
ACT 14 19 t8mg νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι 1 thinking him to be dead Alternate translation: “because they thought that he was already dead”
|
||||
ACT 14 20 pan3 τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the disciples These were new believers in the city of Lystra.
|
||||
ACT 14 20 aqx3 εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 he entered into the city “Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 20 e2y9 ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην 1 he went with Barnabas to Derbe “Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe”
|
||||
ACT 14 20 aqx3 εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 he entered into the city Alternate translation: “Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 20 e2y9 ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην 1 he went with Barnabas to Derbe Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe”
|
||||
ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “They” refer to Paul. Here the word “We” includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 21 ykt4 τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην 1 in that city “in Derbe” ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
|
||||
ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They were strengthening the souls of the disciples Here, **souls** refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 and encouraging them to continue in the faith “and encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 and encouraging them to continue in the faith Alternate translation: “and encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and saying, “It is necessary for us to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions.” Some version translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-exclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is necessary for us to enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word **us** is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 23 pk5l 0 General Information: Except for the third use of the word “they” which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words “they” here refer to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 14 23 mqp9 χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους 1 And when they had appointed for them elders in every church “And when Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 23 mqp9 χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους 1 And when they had appointed for them elders in every church Alternate translation: “And when Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 23 nd87 παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς 1 they entrusted them Possible meanings are (1) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed” or (2) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers”
|
||||
ACT 14 23 ls62 εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν 1 in whom they had believed Who **they** refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of “them” in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers).
|
||||
ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον 1 And when they had spoken the word in Perga Here, **word** is a metonym for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “And when they had spoken the message about Jesus in Perga” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 25 h8sh κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν 1 they went down to Attalia The phrase **went down** is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga.
|
||||
ACT 14 26 f2cg ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 where they had been commended to the grace of God This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “where believers and leaders in Antioch had commended Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God” or “where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas”
|
||||
ACT 14 27 vcd3 0 General Information: Here the words “they,” “them,” and “They” refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word “he” refers to God.
|
||||
ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 gathered together the church “called the local believers to meet together”
|
||||
ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 gathered together the church Alternate translation: “called the local believers to meet together”
|
||||
ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles God’s enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: “God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 28 abcq figs-litotes χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον 1 for not a little time This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean “a lot.” Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.” This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word “brothers” to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>### “Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality”<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ
|
|||
ACT 15 2 abcr figs-litotes στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 not a little dispute and debate This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean “a lot.” Alternate translation: “a sharp dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 not a little dispute and debate The abstract nouns **dispute** and **debate** can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “strongly confronted and debated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to go up … in Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 2 z983 τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου 1 this question “this issue”
|
||||
ACT 15 2 z983 τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου 1 this question Alternate translation: “this issue”
|
||||
ACT 15 3 h2mw 0 General Information: Here the words “They,” “they,” and “them” refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem, and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 who had been sent by the church Here, **church** refers to the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1869,21 +1869,21 @@ ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστ
|
|||
ACT 15 3 nje7 figs-metaphor ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 they brought great joy to all the brothers Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if **joy** were an object that they brought to **the brothers**. Alternate translation: “what they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 bbd4 πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 to all the brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 4 ej1r figs-activepassive παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 they were welcomed by the church, and the apostles, and the elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 4 a2x1 μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them “through them”
|
||||
ACT 15 4 a2x1 μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them Alternate translation: “through them”
|
||||
ACT 15 5 efe5 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 f2b5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 k6k7 δέ τινες 1 But certain ones Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 b9nt τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 to keep the law of Moses “to obey the law of Moses”
|
||||
ACT 15 5 b9nt τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 to keep the law of Moses Alternate translation: “to obey the law of Moses”
|
||||
ACT 15 6 ugu6 ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 to see about this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
|
||||
ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word “them” refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) and the other words “them” and “their” refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word “he” refers to God. Here “us” is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 7 hxu9 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law ([Acts 15:5-6](./05.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 7 a6q9 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present.
|
||||
ACT 15 7 s3wb figs-synecdoche διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 by my mouth Here, **mouth** refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “from me” or “by me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 7 yer1 ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles to hear “that the Gentiles would hear”
|
||||
ACT 15 7 yer1 ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles to hear Alternate translation: “that the Gentiles would hear”
|
||||
ACT 15 7 b5s8 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of the gospel Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 m1xc figs-metonymy καρδιογνώστης 1 who knows the heart Here, **heart** refers to the “minds” or “inner beings.” Alternate translation: “who knows the people’s minds” or “who knows what people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 p6d2 ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς 1 testified to them “witnesses to the Gentiles”
|
||||
ACT 15 8 i1gc δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 giving them the Holy Spirit “causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them”
|
||||
ACT 15 8 p6d2 ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς 1 testified to them Alternate translation: “witnesses to the Gentiles”
|
||||
ACT 15 8 i1gc δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 giving them the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them”
|
||||
ACT 15 8 abcs figs-ellipsis καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν 1 just as also to us Here Luke expects his readers to understand the words “he gave” that he leaves out. Alternate translation: “just as he also gave to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 15 9 zs2g οὐδὲν διέκρινεν 1 he did not distinguish God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 having made their hearts clean by faith God’s forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here, **heart** stands for the person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1895,17 +1895,17 @@ ACT 15 10 bfd5 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers to the
|
|||
ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι 1 But we believe to be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, and they according to that same manner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 12 um1p 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 15 12 d1uc πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος 1 all the crowd “everyone” or “the whole group” ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 12 uks6 ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God had worked “God had done” or “God had caused”
|
||||
ACT 15 12 uks6 ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God had worked Alternate translation: “God had done” or “God had caused”
|
||||
ACT 15 13 vb25 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas ([Acts 15:12](../15/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 13 l7mp 0 Connecting Statement: James begins to speak to the apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 13 pl6m ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ 1 brothers, listen “fellow believers, listen.” James was probably speaking only to men.
|
||||
ACT 15 14 abct ἐπεσκέψατο, λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν 1 concerned himself to take from the Gentiles “graciously helped the Gentiles by taking out of them”
|
||||
ACT 15 14 s9dn λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν 1 to take from them a people “so that he might choose from among them a people”
|
||||
ACT 15 14 abct ἐπεσκέψατο, λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν 1 concerned himself to take from the Gentiles Alternate translation: “graciously helped the Gentiles by taking out of them”
|
||||
ACT 15 14 s9dn λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν 1 to take from them a people Alternate translation: “so that he might choose from among them a people”
|
||||
ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 for his name “for God’s name.” Here, **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 h9um 0 General Information: Here “I” refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet.
|
||||
ACT 15 15 ibb2 0 Connecting Statement: James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.
|
||||
ACT 15 15 am6y figs-metonymy τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν 1 this agrees with the words of the prophets Here, **words** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said agrees” or “the prophets agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 nbi1 τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν 1 this agrees with “this confirms”
|
||||
ACT 15 15 nbi1 τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν 1 this agrees with Alternate translation: “this confirms”
|
||||
ACT 15 15 j4f5 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as they wrote” or “just as the prophet Amos wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν 1 I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down; and I will rebuild its ruins and will restore it This speaks of God’s again choosing one of David’s descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 ist8 figs-metonymy τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ 1 the tent of David Here, **tent** stands for David’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1933,8 +1933,8 @@ ACT 15 23 e4g2 οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι,
|
|||
ACT 15 23 kp51 ἀδελφοὶ…ἀδελφοῖς 1 brothers … brothers Here both instances of the word **brothers** refer to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 23 php8 translate-names Κιλικίαν 1 Cilicia This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 15 24 g8m9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here all instances of “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain ones “that some men”
|
||||
ACT 15 24 kh16 οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 who were not ordered by us “even though we gave no orders for them to go”
|
||||
ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain ones Alternate translation: “that some men”
|
||||
ACT 15 24 kh16 οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 who were not ordered by us Alternate translation: “even though we gave no orders for them to go”
|
||||
ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 to disturb you with teachings that are upsetting your souls Here, **souls** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “to teach things that have troubled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 25 c3dl ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας 1 chosen men The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” or “because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1950,10 +1950,10 @@ ACT 15 30 khi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave
|
|||
ACT 15 30 c3uk οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 So when they were dismissed, they came down to Antioch The word **they** refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: “So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch”
|
||||
ACT 15 30 usz6 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀπολυθέντες 1 when they were dismissed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men” or “when the believers in Jerusalem sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 30 t55a κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 they came down to Antioch The phrase **came down** is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 31 k1mr ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced “the believers in Antioch rejoiced”
|
||||
ACT 15 31 k1mr ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced Alternate translation: “the believers in Antioch rejoiced”
|
||||
ACT 15 31 e4gf figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει 1 because of the encouragement The abstract noun **encouragement** can be expressed with the verb “encourage.” Alternate translation: “because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 32 r65l καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες 1 also being prophets themselves Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. Alternate translation: “because they were also prophets” or “who were also prophets”
|
||||
ACT 15 32 e2en τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers “the fellow believers”
|
||||
ACT 15 32 e2en τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers Alternate translation: “the fellow believers”
|
||||
ACT 15 32 j99g figs-metaphor ἐπεστήριξαν 1 strengthened them Helping someone to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 33 y2ls 0 Connecting Statement: Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 33 v7pj figs-metaphor ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον 1 And after they had spent time there This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word “they” refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: “And after they stayed there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1962,13 +1962,13 @@ ACT 15 33 wzw4 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers This refers to the belie
|
|||
ACT 15 33 xv3h πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς 1 to those who had sent them “to the believers in Jerusalem who sent Judas and Silas” ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 35 e7s4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 36 k6c6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas go on separate journeys.
|
||||
ACT 15 36 i1n5 ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ 1 Returning, then “On our way back to Antioch” or “As we are going back”
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ib2j ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 let us visit the brothers “let us care for the brothers” or “we should offer to help the believers”
|
||||
ACT 15 36 i1n5 ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ 1 Returning, then Alternate translation: “On our way back to Antioch” or “As we are going back”
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ib2j ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 let us visit the brothers Alternate translation: “let us care for the brothers” or “we should offer to help the believers”
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here, **word** stands for the message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 36 y9i9 πῶς ἔχουσιν 1 how they are “to learn how they are doing.” They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God’s truth.
|
||||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος…ἠξίου…μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it wise not to take along him The words **wise not** are used to say the opposite of **wise**. Alternate translation: “Paul thought that taking Mark along would be foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ht3k Παμφυλίας 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go with them in the work “did not continue to work with them” or “did not continue to serve with them”
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go with them in the work Alternate translation: “did not continue to work with them” or “did not continue to serve with them”
|
||||
ACT 15 39 bb8w 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Barnabas and Paul.
|
||||
ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς, ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων 1 And there arose a sharp disagreement, so as to separate them from each other The abstract noun **disagreement** can be stated as the verb “disagree.” Alternate translation: “And they so strongly disagreed with each other that they separated from each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 after he had been entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord” or “after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1985,10 +1985,10 @@ ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς 1
|
|||
ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 He was well spoken of by the brothers This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: “The brothers spoke well of him” or “Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers” or “The brothers said good things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 2 rez2 ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Here, **brothers** refers to believers. Alternate translation: “by the believers”
|
||||
ACT 16 3 p6z8 περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν 1 he circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
|
||||
ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews who were in those places “because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling”
|
||||
ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews who were in those places Alternate translation: “because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling”
|
||||
ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 4 n46i 0 General Information: The word “they” here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](../16/03.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 4 bu6r αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to keep “for the church members to obey” or “for the believers to obey”
|
||||
ACT 16 4 bu6r αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to keep Alternate translation: “for the church members to obey” or “for the believers to obey”
|
||||
ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 that had been decided by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 5 q8v9 figs-activepassive αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 the churches were being strengthened in the faith and were increasing in number each day This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 5 lv4f figs-metaphor αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει 1 the churches were being strengthened in the faith This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1997,11 +1997,11 @@ ACT 16 6 ue3k figs-activepassive κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίο
|
|||
ACT 16 6 h4u4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here, **word** stands for “message.” Alternate translation: “the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 x1b1 figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 when they had come Here, **had come** can be translated as “had gone” or “had arrived.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b1xq translate-names Μυσίαν…Βιθυνίαν 1 Mysia … Bithynia These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b539 τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the Spirit of Jesus “the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b539 τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the Spirit of Jesus Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 16 8 s6l1 κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα 1 they came down to the city of Troas The phrase **came down** is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia.
|
||||
ACT 16 8 xq6n figs-go κατέβησαν 1 they came down Here, **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 9 t6v2 ὅραμα…τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη 1 a vision appeared to Paul “Paul saw a vision from God” or “Paul had a vision from God”
|
||||
ACT 16 9 hq8e παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 calling him “begging him” or “inviting him”
|
||||
ACT 16 9 t6v2 ὅραμα…τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη 1 a vision appeared to Paul Alternate translation: “Paul saw a vision from God” or “Paul had a vision from God”
|
||||
ACT 16 9 hq8e παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 calling him Alternate translation: “begging him” or “inviting him”
|
||||
ACT 16 9 cm2u διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 Coming over into Macedonia The phrase **Coming over** is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas.
|
||||
ACT 16 10 fg5h ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς 1 we sought to go out to Macedonia, reasoning together that God had called us to proclaim the gospel to them Here the words **we** and **us** refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts.
|
||||
ACT 16 11 m2p5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul’s travels.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2025,22 +2025,22 @@ ACT 16 16 ymt9 πνεῦμα Πύθωνα 1 a spirit of divination An evil spir
|
|||
ACT 16 17 tni9 figs-metaphor ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 the way of salvation How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: “how God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας 1 But Paul, being greatly annoyed and turning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 qi1k figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Here, **name** stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 u4z8 ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out that same hour “the spirit came out immediately”
|
||||
ACT 16 19 m1y7 οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς 1 her masters “the owners of the slave girl”
|
||||
ACT 16 18 u4z8 ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out that same hour Alternate translation: “the spirit came out immediately”
|
||||
ACT 16 19 m1y7 οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς 1 her masters Alternate translation: “the owners of the slave girl”
|
||||
ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν 1 when her masters saw that their hope of profit was gone It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. Alternate translation: “when her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 19 bws7 εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν 1 into the marketplace “into the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place.
|
||||
ACT 16 19 hf82 ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας 1 before the authorities “into the presence of the authorities” or “so that the authorities could judge them”
|
||||
ACT 16 20 d2rg προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 1 when they had brought them to the magistrates “when they had brought them to the judges”
|
||||
ACT 16 19 hf82 ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας 1 before the authorities Alternate translation: “into the presence of the authorities” or “so that the authorities could judge them”
|
||||
ACT 16 20 d2rg προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 1 when they had brought them to the magistrates Alternate translation: “when they had brought them to the judges”
|
||||
ACT 16 20 wa94 τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 1 to the magistrates These were rulers or judges.
|
||||
ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-exclusive οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν 1 These men are stirring up our city Here the word **our** refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 21 gna6 παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν 1 to accept nor to practice “to believe nor to obey” or “to accept nor to do”
|
||||
ACT 16 21 gna6 παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν 1 to accept nor to practice Alternate translation: “to believe nor to obey” or “to accept nor to do”
|
||||
ACT 16 22 r1gr 0 General Information: Here the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. The word “they” here refers to soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 16 22 at6i figs-activepassive ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν 1 commanding them to be beaten with rods This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanding the soldiers to beat them with rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 23 dsr3 πολλάς…ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς 1 when they had laid many blows upon them “when they had hit them many times with rods”
|
||||
ACT 16 23 y4mc παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς 1 having commanded the jailer to guard them securely “having told the jailer to make sure they did not escape”
|
||||
ACT 16 23 dsr3 πολλάς…ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς 1 when they had laid many blows upon them Alternate translation: “when they had hit them many times with rods”
|
||||
ACT 16 23 y4mc παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς 1 having commanded the jailer to guard them securely Alternate translation: “having told the jailer to make sure they did not escape”
|
||||
ACT 16 23 zkp7 δεσμοφύλακι 1 jailer a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison
|
||||
ACT 16 24 a79x ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν 1 who, having received such a command “who, when he heard this command”
|
||||
ACT 16 24 rl8c τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον 1 fastened their feet in the stocks “securely locked their feet in the stocks”
|
||||
ACT 16 24 a79x ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν 1 who, having received such a command Alternate translation: “who, when he heard this command”
|
||||
ACT 16 24 rl8c τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον 1 fastened their feet in the stocks Alternate translation: “securely locked their feet in the stocks”
|
||||
ACT 16 24 jug6 ξύλον 1 stocks a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person’s feet from moving
|
||||
ACT 16 25 rwu3 0 General Information: The word “them” refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 16 25 hme2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2053,9 +2053,9 @@ ACT 16 27 hr9q figs-activepassive ἔξυπνος…γενόμενος ὁ δε
|
|||
ACT 16 27 cwt5 ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 he was about to kill himself “he was ready to kill himself.” The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.
|
||||
ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας…φῶτα 1 having called for lights The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 h5ai figs-metonymy φῶτα 1 lights The word **lights** stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: “torches” or “lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 r6is εἰσεπήδησεν 1 he rushed in “he quickly entered the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 29 r6is εἰσεπήδησεν 1 he rushed in Alternate translation: “he quickly entered the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ 1 fell down before Paul and Silas The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 16 30 a3h6 προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω 1 having brought them out “after he had led them outside the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 30 a3h6 προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω 1 having brought them out Alternate translation: “after he had led them outside the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do in order to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do in order for God to save me from my sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” or “God will save you from your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκός σου 1 your household This refers to all the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2064,38 +2064,38 @@ ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τ
|
|||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he was baptized immediately—he and all those who were his This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas immediately baptized the jailer and all the members of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 x3x8 0 General Information: This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 lb4z δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Release those men “Allow those men to leave”
|
||||
ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 having come out “having come out of the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Release those men Alternate translation: “Allow those men to leave”
|
||||
ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 having come out Alternate translation: “having come out of the jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 37 v4yk figs-exclusive 0 General Information: All of the times the word “they” is used and the first time “them” is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word “themselves” refers to the magistrates. The second time the word “them” is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word “us” refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b4jm figs-explicit ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 said to them Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: “said to the jailer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have beaten us in public Here “They” refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: “The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without trial—men being Romans—they threw us into prison “without a trial to prove us guilty, even though we are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without trial—men being Romans—they threw us into prison Alternate translation: “without a trial to prove us guilty, even though we are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ γάρ 1 they cast us out secretly? No indeed! Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ 1 Instead, coming themselves Here, **themselves** is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν 1 they were terrified when they heard that they are Romans To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 q59h 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. The word “them” refers to the believers in Philippi.
|
||||
ACT 16 40 y14i writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 t1pf figs-go εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν 1 they came to the house of Lydia Here, **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 ylk9 τὴν Λυδίαν 1 the house of Lydia “the home of Lydia”
|
||||
ACT 16 40 ylk9 τὴν Λυδίαν 1 the house of Lydia Alternate translation: “the home of Lydia”
|
||||
ACT 16 40 ntc9 figs-gendernotations ἰδόντες…τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 when they had seen the brothers Here, **the brothers** refers to believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: “when they had visited with the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 intro gj4c 0 # Acts 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Misunderstandings about the Messiah<br><br>The Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### The religion of Athens<br><br>Paul said that the Athenians were “religious,” but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.
|
||||
ACT 17 1 q9x4 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:40](../16/40.md). The word “them” refers to the Jews at the synagogue in Thessalonica.
|
||||
ACT 17 1 r3qb 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy’s missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says “they” and not “we.”
|
||||
ACT 17 1 e4w5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 17 1 b7np διοδεύσαντες 1 having passed through “when they had traveled through”
|
||||
ACT 17 1 b7np διοδεύσαντες 1 having passed through Alternate translation: “when they had traveled through”
|
||||
ACT 17 1 kll1 translate-names τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν 1 Amphipolis and Apollonia These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 1 yj66 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην 1 they came to Thessalonica Here, **came** can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” Alternate translation: “they went to Thessalonica” or “they arrived at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ…τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 according to his custom “as his habit was” or “as his common practice was.” Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||||
ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία 1 for three Sabbaths “on each Sabbath day for three weeks”
|
||||
ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία 1 for three Sabbaths Alternate translation: “on each Sabbath day for three weeks”
|
||||
ACT 17 2 wp3k figs-explicit διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν 1 reasoned with them from the scriptures Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 qf4t διελέξατο αὐτοῖς 1 reasoned with them “debated with them” or “discussed with them”
|
||||
ACT 17 2 qf4t διελέξατο αὐτοῖς 1 reasoned with them Alternate translation: “debated with them” or “discussed with them”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 e85n 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to Paul ([Acts 17:2](../17/02.md)).
|
||||
ACT 17 3 ir9q figs-metaphor διανοίγων 1 He is fully opening Possible meanings are (1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it, or (2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 3 he78 ἔδει 1 it was necessary for “it was part of God’s plan for”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 ipb2 ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise “to come back to life”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 he78 ἔδει 1 it was necessary for Alternate translation: “it was part of God’s plan for”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 ipb2 ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise Alternate translation: “to come back to life”
|
||||
ACT 17 3 b9qi ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 17 4 es2u figs-activepassive τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν 1 some from them were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews believed” or “some of the Jews understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 4 nyp2 προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ 1 joined Paul “became associated with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 17 4 nyp2 προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ 1 joined Paul Alternate translation: “became associated with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 17 4 t21z σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων 1 of worshiping Greeks This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
|
||||
ACT 17 4 ye8v figs-litotes γυναικῶν…τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι 1 not a few of the leading women This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: “many leading women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 nuh6 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2107,32 +2107,32 @@ ACT 17 5 ie1f τῶν ἀγοραίων 1 of the marketplace “from the public
|
|||
ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν 1 they set the city in an uproar Here, **the city** stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: “they caused the people of the city to be in an uproar” or “they caused the people of the city to riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 s3uv ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 having assaulted the house “having violently attacking the house.” This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ks2l translate-names Ἰάσονος 1 of Jason **Jason** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 abcu αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν 1 to lead them “to bring Paul and Silas”
|
||||
ACT 17 5 abcu αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν 1 to lead them Alternate translation: “to bring Paul and Silas”
|
||||
ACT 17 5 pp7k εἰς τὸν δῆμον 1 to the people Possible meanings for **the people** are (1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or (2) an unruly mob.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 i79p τινας ἀδελφοὺς 1 certain brothers Here, **brothers** refers to believers. Alternate translation: “some other believers”
|
||||
ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the city officials “in the presence of the city officials”
|
||||
ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the city officials Alternate translation: “in the presence of the city officials”
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ…οὗτοι 1 Those who … they The Jewish leaders were referring to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες 1 have turned the inhabited world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: “have caused trouble everywhere in the world” or “have caused trouble everywhere they have gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 17 7 hlc9 ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων; καὶ οὗτοι πάντες 1 Jason and all these men have welcomed This phrase signals that Jason and his companions were in agreement with the apostles’ troubling message.
|
||||
ACT 17 8 th2f ἐτάραξαν 1 were disturbed “were worried”
|
||||
ACT 17 8 th2f ἐτάραξαν 1 were disturbed Alternate translation: “were worried”
|
||||
ACT 17 9 ya44 λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν 1 after they had received a bond from Jason and the rest of them Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 bj48 τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest of them The words **the rest of them** refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they released them “the officials let Jason and the other believers go”
|
||||
ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they released them Alternate translation: “the officials let Jason and the other believers go”
|
||||
ACT 17 10 na8h 0 General Information: Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea.
|
||||
ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word **brothers** here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 k2st writing-background δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 gu6s οὗτοι…ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι 1 these were more open-minded than These **open-minded** people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: “the Bereans were more willing to listen”
|
||||
ACT 17 11 hle3 figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον 1 received the word Here, **word** refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: “listened to the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 uh8a μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας 1 with all readiness These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul’s teachings about the scripture.
|
||||
ACT 17 11 lzm3 καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 examining the scriptures each day “carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day”
|
||||
ACT 17 11 g8an ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως 1 these things were so “the things Paul said were true”
|
||||
ACT 17 11 lzm3 καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 examining the scriptures each day Alternate translation: “carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day”
|
||||
ACT 17 11 g8an ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως 1 these things were so Alternate translation: “the things Paul said were true”
|
||||
ACT 17 12 abcv figs-litotes ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι 1 not a few men This is an understatement to emphasize that many men believed the message. Alternate translation: “many men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 vn8h translate-names 0 General Information: Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 asb4 figs-metaphor ἦλθον κἀκεῖ, σαλεύοντες 1 they came and there stirred up This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: “they came there and agitated” or “they went there and disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 wjq3 ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 troubled the crowds “worried the crowds” or “caused the people to become upset”
|
||||
ACT 17 13 wjq3 ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 troubled the crowds Alternate translation: “worried the crowds” or “caused the people to become upset”
|
||||
ACT 17 14 ael8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word **brothers** here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 14 zw1c πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 to go as far as to the sea “to go all the way to the coast.” From here Paul would probably sail to another city.
|
||||
ACT 17 15 tjh5 καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον 1 were leading Paul down “who were accompanying Paul” or “who were going down with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 17 15 tjh5 καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον 1 were leading Paul down Alternate translation: “who were accompanying Paul” or “who were going down with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 17 15 gs1p figs-quotations λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον 1 after receiving a command to Silas and Timothy “after telling them to command Silas and Timothy so.” This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 16 wk63 0 General Information: This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas’ travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.
|
||||
ACT 17 16 y9cr δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2143,10 +2143,10 @@ ACT 17 17 ec14 ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 in the marketplace “in the public s
|
|||
ACT 17 18 ru6a 0 General Information: Here the words “him,” “He, “and “he” refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names τῶν Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Stoic philosophers These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 dnj8 τινες ἔλεγον 1 some said “some of the Stoic philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 dnj8 τινες ἔλεγον 1 some said Alternate translation: “some of the Stoic philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-metaphor τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος λέγειν? 1 What is this babbler wanting to say? The word “babbler” was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “What is this uneducated person trying to say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 k2ps οἱ δέ, ξένων 1 But others said “But other philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l41t δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι 1 He seems to be a proclaimer “He seems to be teaching a philosophy”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 k2ps οἱ δέ, ξένων 1 But others said Alternate translation: “But other philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l41t δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι 1 He seems to be a proclaimer Alternate translation: “He seems to be teaching a philosophy”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 sx9t ξένων δαιμονίων 1 of foreign gods That is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.
|
||||
ACT 17 19 fs5g figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “him,” “He” and “you” refer to Paul ([Acts 17:18](../17/18.md)). Here the words “They” and “we” refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 19 mv8c ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ἤγαγον 1 And taking hold of him, they brought him to the Areopagus This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2158,10 +2158,10 @@ ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ ο
|
|||
ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names Ἀθηναῖοι 1 the Athenians **Athenians** are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing other than either to tell something or to listen to Here, **time** is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening to” or “were always doing nothing but telling or listening to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν 1 spent their time in nothing other than The phrase **spent their time in nothing** is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “did not do much but” or “spent much of their time only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 wr1r λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον 1 to tell something or to listen to something new “discussing new philosophical ideas” or “talking about what was new to them”
|
||||
ACT 17 21 wr1r λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον 1 to tell something or to listen to something new Alternate translation: “discussing new philosophical ideas” or “talking about what was new to them”
|
||||
ACT 17 22 zq3y 0 General Information: Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
|
||||
ACT 17 22 ja1k κατὰ πάντα…δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians’ public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
|
||||
ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For passing through “Because as I was walked through” or “As I was walking along”
|
||||
ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For passing through Alternate translation: “Because as I was walked through” or “As I was walking along”
|
||||
ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are (1) “to a certain unknown god” or (2) “to a god not known.” This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 m1jm τὸν κόσμον 1 the world In the most general sense, the **world** refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος…ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 he who is Lord “because the one who is Lord.” Here, **he** is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2176,20 +2176,20 @@ ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς κ
|
|||
ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν 1 to seek God and perhaps they might feel around for him and find him Here, **to seek God** represents desiring to know him, and **feel around for him and find him** represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: “so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα 1 Yet he is not far from each one of us This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Yet he is very near to everyone of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and “his” refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says “we” here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 cbd9 ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ 1 For in him “Because of him”
|
||||
ACT 17 28 cbd9 ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ 1 For in him Alternate translation: “Because of him”
|
||||
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor γένος…ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are God’s offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God’s literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy τὸ θεῖον 1 the divine being Here, **divine being** refers to God’s nature or attributes. Alternate translation: “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-activepassive χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου 1 images of the skill and imagination of man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed” or “images that people make by using their art and imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 30 y2u8 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to God.
|
||||
ACT 17 30 zj28 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech to the philosophers in the Areopagus, which he began in [Acts 17:22](../17/22.md).
|
||||
ACT 17 30 suh6 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
ACT 17 30 iva4 τοὺς…χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God, having overlooked the times of ignorance “God, having decided not to punish people during the times of ignorance”
|
||||
ACT 17 30 suh6 οὖν 1 Therefore Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
ACT 17 30 iva4 τοὺς…χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God, having overlooked the times of ignorance Alternate translation: “God, having decided not to punish people during the times of ignorance”
|
||||
ACT 17 30 h8uy χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας 1 times of ignorance This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God.
|
||||
ACT 17 30 qim5 figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας 1 all men This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 31 htp7 ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 in which he is about to judge the world in righteousness by the man whom he has appointed “when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 htp7 ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 in which he is about to judge the world in righteousness by the man whom he has appointed Alternate translation: “when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 jt3a figs-metonymy μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 he is about to judge the world Here, **world** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “he will judge all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 31 i9aw ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in righteousness “justly” or “fairly”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 l61p πίστιν παρασχὼν 1 He has provided signs “God has demonstrated his choice of this man”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 i9aw ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in righteousness Alternate translation: “justly” or “fairly”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 l61p πίστιν παρασχὼν 1 He has provided signs Alternate translation: “God has demonstrated his choice of this man”
|
||||
ACT 17 31 ulr4 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “We” refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 32 c4sm writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2201,8 +2201,8 @@ ACT 17 34 hsz3 translate-names Δάμαρις 1 Damaris This is the name of a wo
|
|||
ACT 18 intro rky6 0 # Acts 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The baptism of John<br><br>Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
|
||||
ACT 18 1 jat1 writing-background 0 General Information: Aquila and Priscilla are introduced to the story and verses 2 and 3 give background information about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 18 1 qa9b 0 Connecting Statement: This is another part of the story of Paul’s travels as he goes to Corinth.
|
||||
ACT 18 1 fky7 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “After these events took place in Athens”
|
||||
ACT 18 1 abcw χωρισθεὶς 1 having departed “when Paul had departed”
|
||||
ACT 18 1 fky7 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things Alternate translation: “After these events took place in Athens”
|
||||
ACT 18 1 abcw χωρισθεὶς 1 having departed Alternate translation: “when Paul had departed”
|
||||
ACT 18 1 h2si τῶν Ἀθηνῶν 1 Athens Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 17:15](../17/15.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 2 d9zx καὶ εὑρών 1 And when he found Possible meanings are that (1) Paul happened to find by chance or (2) Paul intentionally found.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 hm16 writing-participants τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν 1 a certain Jew named Aquila Here the phrase **a certain** indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ ACT 18 2 y97p translate-names Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει 1 a native of P
|
|||
ACT 18 2 q4va προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα 1 who had recently come This probably happened sometime in the past year.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n631 translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n95f τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον 1 Claudius had ordered Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 3 q259 τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι 1 he was of the same trade “he did the same kind of work that they did”
|
||||
ACT 18 3 q259 τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι 1 he was of the same trade Alternate translation: “he did the same kind of work that they did”
|
||||
ACT 18 4 r56h 0 General Information: Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul.
|
||||
ACT 18 4 h3az διελέγετο δὲ 1 And he reasoned “And Paul debated” or “And Paul discussed.” He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people.
|
||||
ACT 18 4 r2gp ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 persuading both Jews and Greeks Possible meanings are (1) “he caused both Jews and Greeks to believe” or (2) “he kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2226,66 +2226,66 @@ ACT 18 8 t3np figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized T
|
|||
ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-parallelism μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 Do not be afraid, but continue speaking and do not be silent The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: “You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 zg8a figs-doublet λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 continue speaking and do not be silent The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “you must certainly continue to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “do not stop speaking about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 10 a8lq λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 I have many people in this city “there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me” or “many people in this city will put their faith in me”
|
||||
ACT 18 10 a8lq λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 I have many people in this city Alternate translation: “there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me” or “many people in this city will put their faith in me”
|
||||
ACT 18 11 mqx2 writing-endofstory ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 And so he stayed there for a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. Here, **word of God** is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: “And so Paul lived there for a year and six months, teaching the scriptures among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 f41k translate-names 0 General Information: Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 b5bf 0 Connecting Statement: The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio.
|
||||
ACT 18 12 se8m translate-names Γαλλίωνος 1 Gallio This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 j762 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 lp79 κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 rose up together against “came together against” or “joined together to attack”
|
||||
ACT 18 12 lp79 κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 rose up together against Alternate translation: “came together against” or “joined together to attack”
|
||||
ACT 18 12 u36c figs-metonymy ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα 1 brought him before the judgment seat The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here, **judgment seat** refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 14 d13b ὁ Γαλλίων 1 Gallio Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 y6mt νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 your law Here, **law** refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul’s time.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not want to be a judge of these matters “I refuse to make a judgment about these matters”
|
||||
ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not want to be a judge of these matters Alternate translation: “I refuse to make a judgment about these matters”
|
||||
ACT 18 16 yf81 0 General Information: Here the word “they” probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 18 16 d6nh figs-metonymy ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος 1 he sent them away from the judgment seat “Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat.” Here, **judgment seat** refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “Gallio made them leave his presence in the court” or “Gallio made them leave the court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι…πάντες 1 they all, having seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: “many people seized” or “many of them grabbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 But they all, having seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, were beating him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are (1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or (2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||||
ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον 1 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue **Sosthenes** was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 z9fv ἔτυπτον 1 were beating him “repeatedly hit him” or “repeatedly punched him.”
|
||||
ACT 18 17 z9fv ἔτυπτον 1 were beating him Alternate translation: “repeatedly hit him” or “repeatedly punched him.”
|
||||
ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 ura9 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul’s missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says “he” here and not “we.” The word “they” refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila.
|
||||
ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος 1 left the brothers The word **brothers** refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “left the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 v5kl ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας 1 and sailed to Syria, and Priscilla and Aquila were with him Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
|
||||
ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος…τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 He had cut the hair of his head … because he had a vow This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a **vow**. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he had someone cut off the hair on his head … because he had completed a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 19 abcx κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν 1 he left them “Paul left Priscilla and Aquilla”
|
||||
ACT 18 19 st93 διελέξατο 1 reasoned with “discussed with” or “debated with”
|
||||
ACT 18 19 abcx κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν 1 he left them Alternate translation: “Paul left Priscilla and Aquilla”
|
||||
ACT 18 19 st93 διελέξατο 1 reasoned with Alternate translation: “discussed with” or “debated with”
|
||||
ACT 18 20 u44s 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the Jews in Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 18 21 iz1u ἀποταξάμενος 1 having left them “when he had departed from them”
|
||||
ACT 18 21 iz1u ἀποταξάμενος 1 having left them Alternate translation: “when he had departed from them”
|
||||
ACT 18 22 pr6u 0 General Information: Phrygia is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 22 p364 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues his missionary journey.
|
||||
ACT 18 22 gyy4 κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 having landed at Caesarea “when he had arrived at Caesarea.” The word **landed** is used to show that he arrived by ship.
|
||||
ACT 18 22 r26z ἀναβὰς 1 having gone up He traveled to the city of Jerusalem. The phrase **gone up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 greeted the church Here, **church** refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 22 n3rh κατέβη 1 he went down The phrase **went down** is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 18 23 pww5 ἐξῆλθεν 1 he departed “Paul went away” or “Paul left”
|
||||
ACT 18 23 pww5 ἐξῆλθεν 1 he departed Alternate translation: “Paul went away” or “Paul left”
|
||||
ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ 1 And having spent some time there This speaks about **time** as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: And after staying there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 a7p9 writing-background 0 General Information: Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 muc2 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 xqy7 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase **a certain** indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει 1 an Alexandrian by birth “a man who was born in the city of Alexandria.” This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 t4zi ἀνὴρ λόγιος 1 an eloquent man “a good speaker”
|
||||
ACT 18 24 t4zi ἀνὴρ λόγιος 1 an eloquent man Alternate translation: “a good speaker”
|
||||
ACT 18 24 bh25 δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 He was mighty in the scriptures “he knew the scriptures thoroughly.” He understood the Old Testament writings well.
|
||||
ACT 18 25 z7a8 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 He had been instructed in the way of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι 1 and being fervent in spirit Here, **spirit** refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: “and being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 25 lr1h τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 the baptism of John “The baptism that John performed.” This is comparing John’s baptism which was with water to Jesus’ baptism which is with the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 18 26 ga6v figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the way of God How God wants people to live is spoken of as if it were a road that a person travels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 18 26 k1lb ἀκριβέστερον 1 more accurately “more correctly” or “more fully”
|
||||
ACT 18 26 k1lb ἀκριβέστερον 1 more accurately Alternate translation: “more correctly” or “more fully”
|
||||
ACT 18 27 c2sq 0 General Information: Here the he words “he” and “him” refer to Apollos ([Acts 18:24](../18/24.md)).
|
||||
ACT 18 27 ll36 διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 to pass over into Achaia “to go to the region of Achaia.” The phrase **pass over** is used here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 18 27 pql7 τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word **brothers** here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 27 q5f2 ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 and wrote to the disciples “and wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia”
|
||||
ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who had believed by grace “those who had believed in salvation by grace” or “those who by God’s grace believed in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως…τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 he was powerfully refuting the Jews publicly “in public debate Apollos powerfully proved that the Jews were wrong”
|
||||
ACT 18 27 q5f2 ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 and wrote to the disciples Alternate translation: “and wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia”
|
||||
ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who had believed by grace Alternate translation: “those who had believed in salvation by grace” or “those who by God’s grace believed in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως…τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 he was powerfully refuting the Jews publicly Alternate translation: “in public debate Apollos powerfully proved that the Jews were wrong”
|
||||
ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus’ followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 rhv1 0 General Information: The “upper country” was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 wu6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul travels to Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 lp23 ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 ati9 διελθόντα 1 passed through “traveled through”
|
||||
ACT 19 1 ati9 διελθόντα 1 passed through Alternate translation: “traveled through”
|
||||
ACT 19 2 wqi4 εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε 1 Did you receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
|
||||
ACT 19 2 nvn4 οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν 1 we did not even heard if there is a Holy Spirit “we have never heard about the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 19 2 nvn4 οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν 1 we did not even heard if there is a Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “we have never heard about the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 19 3 hml1 0 General Information: Here the words “They,” “you,” and “they” refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)). The word “him” refers to John.
|
||||
ACT 19 3 mrm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 Into what then were you baptized? This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What kind of baptism did you receive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 3 jzp7 figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα 1 Into the baptism of John You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “We received the kind of baptism about which John taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2300,32 +2300,32 @@ ACT 19 6 gk8l ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρ
|
|||
ACT 19 6 j4n8 ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον 1 and they began to speak in tongues and prophesy Unlike in [Acts 2:3-4](../02/03.md), there are no details of who understood their messages.
|
||||
ACT 19 7 e7kj writing-background ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα 1 And they were about 12 men in all This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 19 7 u71i translate-numbers ἄνδρες…δώδεκα 1 12 men “12 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν…εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς 1 having gone into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for three months “Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly”
|
||||
ACT 19 8 yky2 διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων 1 reasoning and persuading them “convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching”
|
||||
ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν…εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς 1 having gone into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for three months Alternate translation: “Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly”
|
||||
ACT 19 8 yky2 διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων 1 reasoning and persuading them Alternate translation: “convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching”
|
||||
ACT 19 8 v8et figs-metonymy περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 about the kingdom of God Here, **kingdom** stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “about God’s rule as king” or “about how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 9 mq1g figs-metaphor τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν 1 some were hardened and being disobedient To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming **hardened** and unable to move. Alternate translation: “some Jews were stubborn and did not believe” or “some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 9 n6ir figs-metaphor κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους 1 speaking evil of the Way before the crowd What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase **the Way** seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. Alternate translation: “speaking evil about Christianity to the crowd” or “speaking to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md))
|
||||
ACT 19 9 ts8d κακολογοῦντες 1 speaking evil “speaking bad things about”
|
||||
ACT 19 9 xsm6 ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου 1 in the lecture hall of Tyrannus “in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people”
|
||||
ACT 19 9 ts8d κακολογοῦντες 1 speaking evil Alternate translation: “speaking bad things about”
|
||||
ACT 19 9 xsm6 ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου 1 in the lecture hall of Tyrannus Alternate translation: “in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people”
|
||||
ACT 19 9 den4 translate-names Τυράννου 1 of Tyrannus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 10 cw5g figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 all those who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord Here, **all** is a generalization that means very many people throughout Asia heard the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 19 10 kj12 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 11 cb6w 0 General Information: Here the words “them” and “they” refer to those who were sick.
|
||||
ACT 19 11 fa6h figs-synecdoche δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας, ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου 1 And God was doing not ordinary miracles by the hands of Paul Here, **hands** stands for Paul’s whole person. Alternate translation: “And God was causing Paul to do unusual miracles” or “And God was doing amazing miracles through Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 11 abcy οὐ τὰς τυχούσας 1 not ordinary “unusual”
|
||||
ACT 19 11 abcy οὐ τὰς τυχούσας 1 not ordinary Alternate translation: “unusual”
|
||||
ACT 19 12 m3kl καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul”
|
||||
ACT 19 12 vc1v καὶ…ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body Possible meanings are (1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or (2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
|
||||
ACT 19 12 aks4 σουδάρια 1 handkerchiefs cloths worn around the head
|
||||
ACT 19 12 xs31 σιμικίνθια 1 aprons clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people
|
||||
ACT 19 12 kw9z figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: “sick people” or “those who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 19 12 nl3a ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους 1 their illnesses departed from them “those who were sick became healthy”
|
||||
ACT 19 12 nl3a ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους 1 their illnesses departed from them Alternate translation: “those who were sick became healthy”
|
||||
ACT 19 13 he2x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists.
|
||||
ACT 19 13 fgq4 ἐξορκιστῶν 1 exorcists people who send evil spirits away from people or places
|
||||
ACT 19 13 s12u figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus Here, **name** refers to Jesus’ power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 13 d59p τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει 1 by the Jesus whom Paul proclaims **Jesus** was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke.
|
||||
ACT 19 13 vqt1 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 by the Jesus This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus” or “by the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names Σκευᾶ 1 of Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι 1 Jesus I know, and Paul I know “I know Jesus and Paul” or “I know Jesus, and I know Paul”
|
||||
ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι 1 Jesus I know, and Paul I know Alternate translation: “I know Jesus and Paul” or “I know Jesus, and I know Paul”
|
||||
ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ? 1 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 16 ty4x ἐφαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν 1 the man in whom was the evil spirit, after leaping on them This means that the **evil spirit** caused the **man** whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
|
||||
ACT 19 16 lu7u αὐτοὺς 1 them This refers to the exorcists who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2334,17 +2334,17 @@ ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα το
|
|||
ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 the name This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 18 tj8t writing-endofstory 0 This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 19 19 z9rj συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους 1 having brought their books together “having collected their books.” The word **books** refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written.
|
||||
ACT 19 19 m6nf ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 before everyone “in front of everyone”
|
||||
ACT 19 19 upz3 τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν 1 the value of them “the value of the books” or “the value of the scrolls”
|
||||
ACT 19 19 m6nf ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 before everyone Alternate translation: “in front of everyone”
|
||||
ACT 19 19 upz3 τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν 1 the value of them Alternate translation: “the value of the books” or “the value of the scrolls”
|
||||
ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers μυριάδας πέντε 1 50000 “fifty thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver Each of the **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
ACT 19 20 es71 figs-synecdoche οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν 1 So the word of the Lord was spreading and prevailing according to power “So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 21 k1j1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 de4f δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 q18b ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα…ὁ Παῦλος 1 this was completed, Paul “Paul had completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus, he”
|
||||
ACT 19 21 q18b ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα…ὁ Παῦλος 1 this was completed, Paul Alternate translation: “Paul had completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus, he”
|
||||
ACT 19 21 fgq5 ἔθετο…ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he determined in the Spirit Possible meanings are (1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or (2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 brb7 Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 21 rdz4 δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν 1 it is necessary for me also to see Rome “I must also travel to Rome”
|
||||
ACT 19 21 rdz4 δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν 1 it is necessary for me also to see Rome Alternate translation: “I must also travel to Rome”
|
||||
ACT 19 22 cy6f translate-names Ἔραστον 1 Erastus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 he himself stayed in Asia for a time It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 19 22 uy9x figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν 1 he himself stayed Here, **himself** is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names Δημήτριος…ὀνόματι 1 named Deme
|
|||
ACT 19 24 p58m figs-litotes παρείχετο…οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν 1 brought in not a little business This is a way of saying that he brought in much business. Alternate translation: “made a lot of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 25 kuz6 τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας 1 the workmen of that occupation An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: “others who did that kind of work”
|
||||
ACT 19 26 w5z6 0 Connecting Statement: Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen.
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rm6w θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι 1 you see and hear that “you have come to know and understand that”
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rm6w θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι 1 you see and hear that Alternate translation: “you have come to know and understand that”
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rx32 figs-metaphor μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον 1 and turned away a considerable crowd Paul’s stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: “and caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-ellipsis λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ, οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι 1 He is saying that the things that are being made with hands are not gods Here the word **hands** can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 r1w2 figs-activepassive τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν, τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν 1 is this trade in peril for us to come to disrepute This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “might the people no longer want to buy idols that we make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ ACT 19 27 bqt4 μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μ
|
|||
ACT 19 27 hz7l figs-hyperbole ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται 1 whom all Asia and the world worships This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words **Asia** and **the world** refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: “whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 28 t4lm 0 General Information: Here “they” refers to the craftsmen who made the idols ([Acts 19:24-25](./24.md)).
|
||||
ACT 19 28 uc5c figs-metaphor γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ 1 having become filled with anger This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here, **anger** is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 they cried out “they shouted aloud” or “they shouted loudly”
|
||||
ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 they cried out Alternate translation: “they shouted aloud” or “they shouted loudly”
|
||||
ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως 1 the whole city was filled with confusion Here, **city** refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, **confusion** is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: “people all over the city became upset and started shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 and they rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 ej3q εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 into the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2387,8 +2387,8 @@ ACT 19 35 sd3s figs-rquestion τίς γάρ ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς
|
|||
ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes ὃς οὐ γινώσκει 1 who does not know The town clerk uses **not** to emphasize that all of the people knew this. Alternate translation: “everyone knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 hiw3 νεωκόρον 1 temple keeper The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.
|
||||
ACT 19 35 afd1 τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 of that which is fallen down from heaven Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
|
||||
ACT 19 36 r8cf ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων 1 So these things are undeniable “So since you know these things are true”
|
||||
ACT 19 36 xj2n μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 to do nothing rash “do not do anything before you have had time to think about it”
|
||||
ACT 19 36 r8cf ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων 1 So these things are undeniable Alternate translation: “So since you know these things are true”
|
||||
ACT 19 36 xj2n μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 to do nothing rash Alternate translation: “do not do anything before you have had time to think about it”
|
||||
ACT 19 36 s67q προπετὲς 1 rash without careful thought
|
||||
ACT 19 37 s8a9 τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The words **these men** refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)).
|
||||
ACT 19 38 wgv5 0 Connecting Statement: The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2396,31 +2396,31 @@ ACT 19 38 qd4s οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true.”
|
|||
ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-abstractnouns ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον 1 have a word against anyone Here having **a word against** someone means they want to accuse them of something. Alternate translation: “want to accuse someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 38 szf7 translate-unknown ἀνθύπατοί 1 proconsuls the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ACT 19 38 g8tp ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις 1 Let them accuse one another This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. Alternate translation: “There people can accuse one another”
|
||||
ACT 19 39 hxh3 εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε 1 But if you seek anything about other matters “But if you have other matters to discuss”
|
||||
ACT 19 39 hxh3 εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε 1 But if you seek anything about other matters Alternate translation: “But if you have other matters to discuss”
|
||||
ACT 19 39 wga5 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται 1 it will be settled in the regular assembly This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let us settle it in the regular assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 39 et5j τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the regular assembly This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.
|
||||
ACT 19 40 sds7 figs-activepassive κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον 1 we are in danger of being accused of rioting concerning this day This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we are in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 intro u91c 0 # Acts 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>### “Compelled by the Spirit”<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.
|
||||
ACT 20 1 cwq7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels.
|
||||
ACT 20 1 y5cq μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον 1 After the uproar had ended “After the riot” or “Following the riot”
|
||||
ACT 20 1 hr32 ἀσπασάμενος 1 and said farewell “and he said goodbye”
|
||||
ACT 20 2 edb8 παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ 1 had exhorted them with many words “had greatly encouraged the believers by saying many things” or “had said many things to challenge the believers”
|
||||
ACT 20 1 y5cq μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον 1 After the uproar had ended Alternate translation: “After the riot” or “Following the riot”
|
||||
ACT 20 1 hr32 ἀσπασάμενος 1 and said farewell Alternate translation: “and he said goodbye”
|
||||
ACT 20 2 edb8 παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ 1 had exhorted them with many words Alternate translation: “had greatly encouraged the believers by saying many things” or “had said many things to challenge the believers”
|
||||
ACT 20 3 yxj3 figs-metaphor ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς 1 And after he had spent three months there “And after he had stayed there three months.” This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 cit9 figs-activepassive γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 a plot was formed against him by the Jews This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews formed a plot against him” or “the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 ah5w figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews This means only some of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “by some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 m7na μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 1 as he was about to sail for Syria “as he was ready to sail to Syria”
|
||||
ACT 20 3 m7na μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 1 as he was about to sail for Syria Alternate translation: “as he was ready to sail to Syria”
|
||||
ACT 20 4 y35x figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul ([Acts 20:1](../20/01.md)). All instances of “us” and “we” in the verses that follow refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 c9et συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And accompanying him “And traveling with him”
|
||||
ACT 20 4 c9et συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And accompanying him Alternate translation: “And traveling with him”
|
||||
ACT 20 4 dw6j translate-names Σώπατρος…Πύρρου…Σεκοῦνδος,…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος 1 were Sopater of Pyrrhus … Secundus … Tychicus … Trophimus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w4n1 translate-names Βεροιαῖος…Δερβαῖος 1 from Berea … from Derbe These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w8j6 Ἀρίσταρχος…Γάϊος 1 Aristarchus … Gaius These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 5 itz1 translate-names Τρῳάδι 1 Troas This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 5 kv8t οὗτοι…προσελθόντες 1 they had gone before us “these men had traveled ahead of us”
|
||||
ACT 20 5 kv8t οὗτοι…προσελθόντες 1 they had gone before us Alternate translation: “these men had traveled ahead of us”
|
||||
ACT 20 6 l5dr τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in [Acts 12:3](../12/03.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 7 dnt4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 20:4-6](./04.md))
|
||||
ACT 20 7 mbr8 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about Paul’s preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus.
|
||||
ACT 20 7 zff8 figs-synecdoche κλάσαι ἄρτον 1 to break bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are (1) this refers simply to eating a meal together. Alternate translation: “eat a meal” or (2) this refers to the meal they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “to eat the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 7 j888 παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον 1 and so he continued his message “and so he continued to speak”
|
||||
ACT 20 7 j888 παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον 1 and so he continued his message Alternate translation: “and so he continued to speak”
|
||||
ACT 20 8 ak8z ὑπερῴῳ 1 upper room This may have been the third floor of the house.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 hw7b 0 General Information: Here the word “himself” refers to Paul. The first word “he” refers to Paul; the second word “he” refers to the young man, Eutychus. The word “him” refers to Eutychus.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 v5q7 ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος 1 on the window This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough for a person to sit on it.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ ACT 20 9 kh3h τριστέγου 1 third story This means two floors above the
|
|||
ACT 20 11 av7m 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 20 11 lih8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Paul’s preaching at Troas and about Eutychus.
|
||||
ACT 20 11 w5w8 figs-synecdoche κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον 1 had broken bread Bread was a common food during meals. Here, **broken bread** probably means they shared a meal with more kinds of food than just bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 11 t88c οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν 1 In this way, he left “This is what happened as he was going away”
|
||||
ACT 20 11 t88c οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν 1 In this way, he left Alternate translation: “This is what happened as he was going away”
|
||||
ACT 20 12 jkj5 τὸν παῖδα 1 the boy This refers to Eutychus ([Acts 20:9](../20/09.md)). Possible meanings are (1) he was a young man over 14 years old or (2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old or (3) the word “boy” implies that he was a servant or a slave.
|
||||
ACT 20 12 abx0 figs-litotes οὐ μετρίως 1 not moderately This is a way of saying that they were greatly comforted. Alternate translation: “greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 dja7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “he,” “himself,” and “him” refer to Paul. Here the word “we” refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2440,11 +2440,11 @@ ACT 20 13 awt9 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his other co
|
|||
ACT 20 13 w4ew figs-rpronouns ἡμεῖς…προελθόντες 1 we, having gone ahead The word **we** here refers to Luke and his traveling companions, and not to Paul. Paul did travel on the ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 q4yz translate-names τὴν Ἆσσον 1 Assos Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 nq2q figs-rpronouns ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν 1 ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 13 p8y7 πεζεύειν 1 to go on foot “to walk”
|
||||
ACT 20 13 p8y7 πεζεύειν 1 to go on foot Alternate translation: “to walk”
|
||||
ACT 20 14 ju8f translate-names Μιτυλήνην 1 Mitylene Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 ll2h figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 ulk6 translate-names Χίου 1 Chios Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. Alternate translation: “the island of Chios” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 jyr7 παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον 1 we landed at Samos “we arrived at the island of Samos”
|
||||
ACT 20 15 jyr7 παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον 1 we landed at Samos Alternate translation: “we arrived at the island of Samos”
|
||||
ACT 20 15 b6c6 translate-names Σάμον 1 Samos Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 s7g2 translate-names Μίλητον 1 Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 16 p272 translate-names κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον 1 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2457,19 +2457,19 @@ ACT 20 18 vw6n figs-synecdoche ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 I set
|
|||
ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy δακρύων 1 tears Here “tears” stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: “sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 e6k7 πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 trials that happened to me Here, **trials** is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: “while I was tested” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 of the Jews This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: “of some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 how I kept back nothing that was useful which I did not declare to you “how I declared to you everything that was beneficial to you”
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 how I kept back nothing that was useful which I did not declare to you Alternate translation: “how I declared to you everything that was beneficial to you”
|
||||
ACT 20 20 kut9 κατ’ οἴκους 1 according to houses Paul taught people in various private homes. Alternate translation: “in each house” or “in everyone's home”
|
||||
ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns **repentance** and **faith** can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 ty3b 0 General Information: Here the word “I” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive δεδεμένος…τῷ Πνεύματι 1 having been bound by the Spirit They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Spirit compels me to go there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 a9j1 τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς 1 not knowing what will happen to me in it “and I do not know what will happen to me there” or “not knowing what will happen to me in Jerusalem”
|
||||
ACT 20 22 a9j1 τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς 1 not knowing what will happen to me in it Alternate translation: “and I do not know what will happen to me there” or “not knowing what will happen to me in Jerusalem”
|
||||
ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-metonymy δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν 1 chains and sufferings await me Here, **chains** refers to Paul’s being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: “people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 so as to finish my race and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus This speaks about Paul’s **race** and **ministry** as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here, **race** and **ministry** mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου 1 to finish my race Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a **race**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 hg3l διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to solemnly testify to the gospel of the grace of God “to tell people what I have personally learned about the good news of God’s grace.” This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 20 25 f1sb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders ([Acts 20:17](../20/17.md)).
|
||||
ACT 20 25 kj9c καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ οἶδα 1 And now, behold, I know “And now, pay careful attention, because I know”
|
||||
ACT 20 25 z4ng ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι…ὑμεῖς πάντες 1 I know that you all “I know that all of you”
|
||||
ACT 20 25 kj9c καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ οἶδα 1 And now, behold, I know Alternate translation: “And now, pay careful attention, because I know”
|
||||
ACT 20 25 z4ng ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι…ὑμεῖς πάντες 1 I know that you all Alternate translation: “I know that all of you”
|
||||
ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-metonymy ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν 1 among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom Here, **kingdom** stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “to whom I preached the message about God’s reign as king” or “to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου 1 will see my face no more The word **face** here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent from the blood of all Here, **blood** stands for a person’s death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God’s truth. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2480,11 +2480,11 @@ ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣ
|
|||
ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 his own blood Here, **blood** stands for Christ’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται…λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were **wolves** that eat the sheep of the **flock**. Alternate translation: “many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν 1 to draw away the disciples after them A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: “in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες 1 be alert, remembering “be on guard and remember” or “be on guard as you remember”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες 1 be alert, remembering Alternate translation: “be on guard and remember” or “be on guard as you remember”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 be alert “be awake” or “watch out.” Christian leaders being **alert** about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 Remembering that “continuing to remember that” or “not forgetting that”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 Remembering that Alternate translation: “continuing to remember that” or “not forgetting that”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 for three years I did not stop admonishing … night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop admonishing “I did not stop warning”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop admonishing Alternate translation: “I did not stop warning”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here, **tears** refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I am entrusting you to God and to the word of his grace Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 I am entrusting to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
|
||||
|
|
@ -2492,24 +2492,24 @@ ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1
|
|||
ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the **word of his grace** as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: “God will give you the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου…οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no one’s silver “I did not desire anyone’s silver” or “I did not want for myself anyone’s silver”
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου…οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no one’s silver Alternate translation: “I did not desire anyone’s silver” or “I did not want for myself anyone’s silver”
|
||||
ACT 20 33 ipq5 ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς 1 no one’s silver, gold, or clothing Here, **clothing** is considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
|
||||
ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε 1 You yourselves know The word **yourselves** is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche ταῖς χρείαις μου, καὶ τοῖς…ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands ministered to my needs and to those who The word **hands** here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: “I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses and for those who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 wn8j κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 it is necessary to work hard to help those who are weak “you should work so as to have money to help people who are in need”
|
||||
ACT 20 35 wn8j κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 it is necessary to work hard to help those who are weak Alternate translation: “you should work so as to have money to help people who are in need”
|
||||
ACT 20 35 p3n8 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 those who are weak You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “weak people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 dpu1 ἀσθενούντων 1 weak “sick”
|
||||
ACT 20 35 dpu1 ἀσθενούντων 1 weak Alternate translation: “sick”
|
||||
ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Here, **words** refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 e396 μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 q6bs 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 u3uc translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ…προσηύξατο 1 having bowed his knees, he prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and prayed to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 20 37 pb4r ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου 1 having fallen upon Paul’s neck “having embraced Paul” or “putting their arms around him”
|
||||
ACT 20 37 pb4r ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου 1 having fallen upon Paul’s neck Alternate translation: “having embraced Paul” or “putting their arms around him”
|
||||
ACT 20 37 sze4 κατεφίλουν αὐτόν 1 they were kissing him **Kissing** someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.
|
||||
ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 they were never going to see his face again The word **face** here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “they would not see him anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../act/21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.
|
||||
ACT 21 1 s3h3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 i6f8 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels.
|
||||
ACT 21 1 zz5h εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ 1 having run a straight course, we came to Cos “we went straight to the city of Cos” or “we went directly to the city of Cos”
|
||||
ACT 21 1 zz5h εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ 1 having run a straight course, we came to Cos Alternate translation: “we went straight to the city of Cos” or “we went directly to the city of Cos”
|
||||
ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 Cos Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 p6ss translate-names Ῥόδον 1 Rhodes Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 x7kg translate-names Πάταρα 1 Patara Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2518,28 +2518,28 @@ ACT 21 2 vbd3 πλοῖον διαπερῶν 1 a ship crossing over Here, **cr
|
|||
ACT 21 3 er3r figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 3 vkr2 καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον 1 leaving it behind on the left “passed the island on our left” The **left** is the “port” side of a boat.
|
||||
ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-metonymy ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 the ship was to unload its cargo there Here, **ship** stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. Alternate translation: “the crew would unload the cargo from the ship there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 4 y35m οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Through the Spirit they kept saying to Paul “These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them, for him”
|
||||
ACT 21 4 y35m οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Through the Spirit they kept saying to Paul Alternate translation: “These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them, for him”
|
||||
ACT 21 5 fe1u 0 General Information: Here the word “They” refers to the believers from Tyre.
|
||||
ACT 21 5 a5wj ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when our days to supply happened “when we had finished taking supplies onto the ship”
|
||||
ACT 21 5 a5wj ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when our days to supply happened Alternate translation: “when we had finished taking supplies onto the ship”
|
||||
ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 having knelt down on the shore and having prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 21 6 ja1x ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους 1 we said farewell to each other “we said goodbye to one another”
|
||||
ACT 21 6 ja1x ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους 1 we said farewell to each other Alternate translation: “we said goodbye to one another”
|
||||
ACT 21 7 hy6e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 7 kt6u 0 Connecting Statement: This begins Paul’s time in Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 21 7 z4nt translate-names Πτολεμαΐδα 1 Ptolemais Ptolemais was a city south of Tyre, Lebanon. Ptolemais is modern day Acre, Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 7 ff1s τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers “the fellow believers”
|
||||
ACT 21 7 ff1s τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers Alternate translation: “the fellow believers”
|
||||
ACT 21 8 ay52 ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 from the seven The **seven** refers to the men chosen to distribute food and aid to the widows in [Acts 6:5](../06/05.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 8 vi48 εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 evangelist a person who tells people the good news about Jesus
|
||||
ACT 21 9 rcf4 τούτῳ 1 this man “Philip” from verse 8
|
||||
ACT 21 9 cv8b writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 9 r1i1 θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι, προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesy “four virgin daughters who regularly receive and pass along messages from God”
|
||||
ACT 21 9 r1i1 θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι, προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesy Alternate translation: “four virgin daughters who regularly receive and pass along messages from God”
|
||||
ACT 21 10 fe6s figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Luke, Paul, and those with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus.
|
||||
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις…προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names Ἅγαβος 1 Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 taken Paul’s belt “removed Paul’s belt from Paul’s waist”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 taken Paul’s belt Alternate translation: “removed Paul’s belt from Paul’s waist”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 Thus says the Holy Spirit, ‘So the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” or “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 they will hand him over “they will deliver him”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 they will hand him over Alternate translation: “they will deliver him”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles The word **hands** here represents control. Alternate translation: “into the legal custody of the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche ἐθνῶν 1 of the Gentiles This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “of the Gentile authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 12 fvh4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Luke and the other believers but does not include the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ ACT 21 16 c7r2 ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 an early disciple This means Mnas
|
|||
ACT 21 17 zpa7 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “his” refers to Paul. The word “them” refers to the elders.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 wz34 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-gendernotations ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 the brothers welcomed us Here, **brothers** refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 19 bx9e ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον 1 he reported according to each thing “he gave a detailed account of everything”
|
||||
ACT 21 19 bx9e ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον 1 he reported according to each thing Alternate translation: “he gave a detailed account of everything”
|
||||
ACT 21 20 zks9 0 Connecting Statement: The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 20 a1hk οἱ…ἀκούσαντες…ἐδόξαζον…εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ 1 when they heard it … they glorified … and said to him Here each instance of the word **they** refers to James and the elders. The word **him** refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 20 xki4 ἀδελφέ 1 brother Here, **brother** means “fellow believer.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ ACT 21 21 pyg8 figs-explicit κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅ
|
|||
ACT 21 21 e5s4 figs-activepassive κατηχήθησαν 1 they have been told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people have told the Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 sdl3 figs-metonymy ἀποστασίαν…ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 apostasy from Moses Here, **Moses** stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “rebellion against the Law of Moses” or “to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 not to walk in the customs To obey **the customs** is spoken of as if the customs were a path that people could **walk** along. Alternate translation: “and not to obey the customs” or “and not to practice the customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 u56t τοῖς ἔθεσιν 1 in the customs “do the things that Jews normally do”
|
||||
ACT 21 21 u56t τοῖς ἔθεσιν 1 in the customs Alternate translation: “do the things that Jews normally do”
|
||||
ACT 21 22 b28b figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to James and the elders ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)). The word “They” refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses ([Acts 21:20-21](./20.md)). The words “them,” “their,” and the first “they” refer to the four men who made a vow. The second words “they” and “They” refer to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 23 b22r ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες, εὐχὴν ἔχοντες ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 four men with us having a vow from themselves “four men who have made a promise to God.” This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time.
|
||||
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit τούτους παραλαβὼν, ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Having taken these men, be purified with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2592,12 +2592,12 @@ ACT 21 27 j9zm αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days These are the se
|
|||
ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Paul was not in the temple itself. He was in the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 u942 figs-metaphor συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the whole crowd Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd’s emotions. Alternate translation: “caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid their hands on him Here, **laid their hands on** means to “seize” or to “grab.” See how you translated **laid hands on** in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “seized Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 21 28 sfg3 τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου 1 the people, and the law, and this place “the people of Israel, and the law of Moses, and the temple”
|
||||
ACT 21 28 sfg3 τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου 1 the people, and the law, and this place Alternate translation: “the people of Israel, and the law of Moses, and the temple”
|
||||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 And besides, he has both brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 t2z7 writing-background ἦσαν γὰρ προεωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος 1 For they had previously seen Trophimus the Ephesian with him in the city, whom they thought that Paul brought into the temple This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 h1uu Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in [Acts 20:4](../20/04.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 And the whole city was stirred up The word **whole** here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word **city** represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “And many people in the city became angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 30 x2sx ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου 1 having laid hold of Paul “having seized Paul” or “after they grabbed Paul”
|
||||
ACT 21 30 x2sx ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου 1 having laid hold of Paul Alternate translation: “having seized Paul” or “after they grabbed Paul”
|
||||
ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors” or “the temple guards immediately shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-metonymy ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 a report came up to the commander of the guard Here, **report** refers to the messenger who went to speak the report. Alternate translation: “someone gave news to the commander of the guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 hu5r ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 a report came up to the commander The phrase **came up to** is used because the commander was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@ ACT 21 31 u65r figs-hyperbole ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλή
|
|||
ACT 21 32 j81t 0 General Information: The first word “he” and the word “He” refer to the chief captain of the guard mentioned in [Acts 21:31](../21/31.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 32 dgz5 κατέδραμεν 1 ran down From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court.
|
||||
ACT 21 32 e4rj τὸν χιλίαρχον 1 the commander a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 33 w28u ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 laid hold of him “took hold of Paul” or “arrested Paul”
|
||||
ACT 21 33 w28u ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 laid hold of him Alternate translation: “took hold of Paul” or “arrested Paul”
|
||||
ACT 21 33 zi4l figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι 1 commanded him to be bound This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded his soldiers to bind him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 xd9w ἁλύσεσι δυσί 1 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
|
||||
ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς 1 he asked who he is and what it is that he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “He asked, ‘Who is this man? What has he done?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2625,40 +2625,40 @@ ACT 21 38 nxs6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος
|
|||
ACT 21 38 tqh6 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 the 4,000 men “the four thousand terrorists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 p2ym τῶν σικαρίων 1 of the ‘Assassins’ This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 t6ax 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to defend what he did.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 ys84 δέομαι…σου 1 I ask you “I beg you” or “I plead with you”
|
||||
ACT 21 39 a139 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me “please allow me” or please permit me”
|
||||
ACT 21 39 ys84 δέομαι…σου 1 I ask you Alternate translation: “I beg you” or “I plead with you”
|
||||
ACT 21 39 a139 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me Alternate translation: “please allow me” or please permit me”
|
||||
ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had given him permission The word **permission** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when the commander permitted him to speak” or “after the commander allowed him to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 a4y2 ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν 1 Paul, standing on the steps The word **steps** here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress.
|
||||
ACT 21 40 rk1y figs-explicit κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with his hand to the people It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: “motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 xj6i πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης 1 And when there was a deep silence “And when the people were completely silent”
|
||||
ACT 21 40 xj6i πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης 1 And when there was a deep silence Alternate translation: “And when the people were completely silent”
|
||||
ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “In the Hebrew language”<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 kq95 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 22 1 a8ir 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 xe46 ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 brothers, and fathers This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul’s age as well as the older men in the audience.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 pe8t ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ 1 listen to my defense to you now “I will now explain to you what I have done” or “please listen as I tell you my story”
|
||||
ACT 22 1 pe8t ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ 1 listen to my defense to you now Alternate translation: “I will now explain to you what I have done” or “please listen as I tell you my story”
|
||||
ACT 22 2 b4sk τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ 1 in the Hebrew language The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews.
|
||||
ACT 22 3 g311 figs-activepassive ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 d4dx figs-metonymy παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 at the feet of Gamaliel Here, **feet** stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: “by Gamaliel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 b1dq Γαμαλιήλ 1 of Gamaliel Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in [Acts 5:34](../05/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-activepassive πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου 1 instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers” or “the instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 lqk7 τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου 1 of the law of our fathers “of the law of our ancestors.” This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses.
|
||||
ACT 22 3 a8d6 ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 being zealous for God “I am completely dedicated to obeying God” or “I am passionate about my service to God”
|
||||
ACT 22 3 a8d6 ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 being zealous for God Alternate translation: “I am completely dedicated to obeying God” or “I am passionate about my service to God”
|
||||
ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1 just as all of you are today “in the same way all of you are today.” Paul compares himself with the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα 1 I persecuted this Way Here, **this Way** represents the people who belonged to the group called “the Way.” Alternate translation: “I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 bk4c ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 this Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated **the Way** in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 4 dr8c figs-abstractnouns ἄχρι θανάτου 1 as far as death The word **death** can be translated with the verb “kill” or “die.” Alternate translation: “and I looked for ways to kill them” or “to the point of killing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding and delivering to prison both men and women “tying up both men and women and taking them to prison”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 v2km μαρτυρεῖ 1 testifies “can testify” or “can tell you”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 i45u παρ’ ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος 1 from whom also having received letters “who also gave me letters”
|
||||
ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding and delivering to prison both men and women Alternate translation: “tying up both men and women and taking them to prison”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 v2km μαρτυρεῖ 1 testifies Alternate translation: “can testify” or “can tell you”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 i45u παρ’ ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος 1 from whom also having received letters Alternate translation: “who also gave me letters”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 in72 πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν 1 for the brothers in Damascus Here, **brothers** refers to “fellow Jews.”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 y82b ἄξων…τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to bring back in bonds to Jerusalem those who were there “to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 y82b ἄξων…τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to bring back in bonds to Jerusalem those who were there Alternate translation: “to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem”
|
||||
ACT 22 5 ht9f figs-activepassive ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν 1 in order that they might be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that they may receive punishment” or “in order that the Jewish authorities could punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 6 pe9s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes his encounter with Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 6 w4l7 ἐγένετο δέ μοι 1 It happened to me that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 7 d6nd figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 heard a voice saying to me Here, **voice** stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I heard someone say to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν…φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of the one who was speaking to me Here, **voice** stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται 1 and there you will be told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there someone will tell you” or “there you will find out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n1kb οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου 1 I could not see because of the glory of that light “I was left blind because of that light’s brightness”
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n1kb οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου 1 I could not see because of the glory of that light Alternate translation: “I was left blind because of that light’s brightness”
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n2n1 figs-synecdoche χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν 1 being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus Here, **hands** stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those with me guided me into Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 a17q 0 General Information: The words “He” and “him” refer to Ananias.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 h5bh translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md), you may translate it the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 that very hour This was a
|
|||
ACT 22 13 x4s0 figs-idiom κἀγὼ…ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν 1 And … I looked up to him This phrase is an idiom that means he received his sight. Alternate translation: “And … I was able to see him” or “And … I saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 14 v2i7 0 General Information: The word “he” refers to Ananias ([Acts 22:12](../22/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k3ck 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k417 τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 his will “what God is planning and will cause to happen”
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k417 τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 his will Alternate translation: “what God is planning and will cause to happen”
|
||||
ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-synecdoche ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 to hear the voice from his own mouth Both **voice** and **mouth** refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: “to hear him speak directly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 to all men Here, **men** means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 bhg9 νῦν 1 Now Here, **now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2680,9 +2680,9 @@ ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σο
|
|||
ACT 22 16 g5dq ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 having called on his name Here, **name** refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: “having called on the Lord” or “trusting in the Lord”
|
||||
ACT 22 17 znq6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 17 its2 ἐγένετο δέ μοι 1 And it happened to me that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 17 yr9l γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει 1 I fell into a trance “I had a vision” or “God gave me a vision”
|
||||
ACT 22 18 jy2c ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι 1 I saw him saying to me “I saw Jesus as he said to me”
|
||||
ACT 22 18 qul6 οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 they will not accept your testimony about me “those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me”
|
||||
ACT 22 17 yr9l γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει 1 I fell into a trance Alternate translation: “I had a vision” or “God gave me a vision”
|
||||
ACT 22 18 jy2c ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι 1 I saw him saying to me Alternate translation: “I saw Jesus as he said to me”
|
||||
ACT 22 18 qul6 οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 they will not accept your testimony about me Alternate translation: “those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me”
|
||||
ACT 22 19 q5cl 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 19 p7gz 0 Connecting Statement: This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress.
|
||||
ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know The word **themselves** is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2705,14 +2705,14 @@ ACT 22 27 e69y figs-go προσελθὼν…ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 having com
|
|||
ACT 22 28 dr2w ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large amount of money “I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities to become a citizen of Rome.” The captain may be making this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth.
|
||||
ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ…τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship “I paid for citizenship.” The word **citizenship** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen by paying for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 28 rly1 ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι 1 I, however, was indeed born as one If a father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born. Paul's father was a Roman. Alternate translation: “But I am a citizen by birth!”
|
||||
ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες…ἀνετάζειν 1 those who were about to examine “the men who planned to examine” or “the men who were preparing to question”
|
||||
ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες…ἀνετάζειν 1 those who were about to examine Alternate translation: “the men who planned to examine” or “the men who were preparing to question”
|
||||
ACT 22 30 g33i 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 22 30 kx58 ἔλυσεν αὐτόν 1 he released him “the commander ordered his soldiers to untie Paul’s bonds”
|
||||
ACT 22 30 kx58 ἔλυσεν αὐτόν 1 he released him Alternate translation: “the commander ordered his soldiers to untie Paul’s bonds”
|
||||
ACT 22 30 c5ia καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον 1 having brought down Paul From the fortress, there is a stairway going **down** to the temple courts.
|
||||
ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### “Called a curse”<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 1 z2sq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members ([Acts 22:30](../22/30.md)).
|
||||
ACT 23 1 jru4 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means “fellow Jews.”
|
||||
ACT 23 1 nn2q ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 I have lived as a citizen before God in all good conscience until this day “I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do as a Jewish man”
|
||||
ACT 23 1 nn2q ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 I have lived as a citizen before God in all good conscience until this day Alternate translation: “I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do as a Jewish man”
|
||||
ACT 23 2 yz4n translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 you whitewashed wall This refers to a **wall** that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean, so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: “you wall painted white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 un7g figs-rquestion σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι? 1 do you sit judging me by the law, yet command me to be struck, against the law? Paul uses a question to point out Ananias’ hypocrisy. Alternate translation: “you sit there to judge me by the law, yet you command me to be struck against the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2723,14 +2723,14 @@ ACT 23 6 pbe1 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means “fellow Jew
|
|||
ACT 23 6 as3f υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here, **son** means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: “and my father and forefathers were Pharisees”
|
||||
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 iz18 figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 concerning the hope and resurrection of the dead The word **resurrection** can be stated as “come back to life.” The word **dead** can be stated as “those who have died.” Alternate translation: “I have confidence that those who have died will come back to life again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 23 7 abs3 ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος 1 the crowd was divided “the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another”
|
||||
ACT 23 7 abs3 ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος 1 the crowd was divided Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another”
|
||||
ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν γὰρ…Φαρισαῖοι δὲ 1 For the Sadducees … but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 So a large uproar occurred “So they began shouting loudly at one another.” The word **so** marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul’s stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||||
ACT 23 9 ayr8 figs-hypo εἰ…πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος 1 what if a spirit has spoken to him, or an angel? The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: “perhaps a spirit or an angel has spoken to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως 1 And when a great argument happened The phrase **a great argument** can be re-stated as “to argue violently.” Alternate translation: “And when they began to argue violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 s65i χιλίαρχος 1 commander a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 that Paul would be torn to pieces by them This can be stated in active form. The phrase **be torn to pieces** might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: “that they might tear Paul to pieces” or “that they would cause Paul great physical harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν 1 to seize him by force “to use physical force to take him away”
|
||||
ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν 1 to seize him by force Alternate translation: “to use physical force to take him away”
|
||||
ACT 23 10 ap3c εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 23 11 i9w5 τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ 1 the following night This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: “that night”
|
||||
ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-ellipsis εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι 1 to testify in Rome The words “about me” are understood. Alternate translation: “to bear witness about me in Rome” or “to testify about me in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2738,40 +2738,40 @@ ACT 23 12 fm3y 0 Connecting Statement: While Paul was in the prison at the for
|
|||
ACT 23 12 klb4 ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν 1 having formed a conspiracy “having organized a group with a shared purpose” here, to kill Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 12 g3sj figs-explicit ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 cursed themselves It can be made explicit what would cause them to be cursed. Alternate translation: “asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 23 13 f1u2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα οἱ 1 40 who “forty men who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 13 u5s5 οἱ ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι 1 who had formed this conspiracy “who had made this plan” or “who planned to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 13 u5s5 οἱ ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι 1 who had formed this conspiracy Alternate translation: “who had made this plan” or “who planned to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 14 zb6w figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “They” refers to the forty Jews in [Acts 23:13](../23/13.md). Here “you” is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both “us” and “we” refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have cursed ourselves with a curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: “We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 15 w418 νῦν οὖν 1 Now, therefore “Because what we have just said is true” or “Because we have put ourselves under this curse”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 w418 νῦν οὖν 1 Now, therefore Alternate translation: “Because what we have just said is true” or “Because we have put ourselves under this curse”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9e6 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 he will bring him down to you “the commander will bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 m133 ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 as if you are going to examine more seriously the things concerning him “as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 he will bring him down to you Alternate translation: “the commander will bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 m133 ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 as if you are going to examine more seriously the things concerning him Alternate translation: “as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 d7cy 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul’s nephew. The word “him” refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 16 w6fe ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 the son of the sister of Paul “the son of Paul’s sister” or “Paul’s nephew”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 pj5h ἀκούσας…τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 having heard of the ambush “hearing that they were ready to ambush Paul” or “finding out that they were waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 w6fe ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 the son of the sister of Paul Alternate translation: “the son of Paul’s sister” or “Paul’s nephew”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 pj5h ἀκούσας…τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 having heard of the ambush Alternate translation: “hearing that they were ready to ambush Paul” or “finding out that they were waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 a5hx τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 23 18 abd0 ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν 1 So having taken him, he brought him “So taking the young man, the centurion brought him”
|
||||
ACT 23 18 lzf3 ὁ δέσμιος, Παῦλος, προσκαλεσάμενός με 1 The prisoner, Paul, having summoned me “The prisoner named Paul after he asked me to come talk with him”
|
||||
ACT 23 18 abd0 ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν 1 So having taken him, he brought him Alternate translation: “So taking the young man, the centurion brought him”
|
||||
ACT 23 18 lzf3 ὁ δέσμιος, Παῦλος, προσκαλεσάμενός με 1 The prisoner, Paul, having summoned me Alternate translation: “The prisoner named Paul after he asked me to come talk with him”
|
||||
ACT 23 18 ju2b τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν 1 this young man Since the chief captain calls him a young man, this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
|
||||
ACT 23 19 yp12 ἐπιλαβόμενος…τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 the commander, having taken hold of his hand Since the commander took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
|
||||
ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο 1 The Jews have agreed This does not mean all **Jews**, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews have agreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 23 20 wp5d Παῦλον καταγάγῃς 1 you might bring Paul down “you would bring Paul down from the fortress”
|
||||
ACT 23 20 fev5 ὡς μέλλων τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 1 as if they were going to inquire something more concerning him “pretending they want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 20 wp5d Παῦλον καταγάγῃς 1 you might bring Paul down Alternate translation: “you would bring Paul down from the fortress”
|
||||
ACT 23 20 fev5 ὡς μέλλων τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 1 as if they were going to inquire something more concerning him Alternate translation: “pretending they want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 vdr5 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…τεσσεράκοντα 1 40 … men “forty … men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 21 i2k9 ἐνεδρεύουσιν…αὐτὸν 1 lie in wait for him “are ready to ambush Paul” or “are waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 r695 οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 who have cursed themselves neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him “who have sworn to eat or drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 i2k9 ἐνεδρεύουσιν…αὐτὸν 1 lie in wait for him Alternate translation: “are ready to ambush Paul” or “are waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 r695 οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 who have cursed themselves neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him Alternate translation: “who have sworn to eat or drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do”
|
||||
ACT 23 22 av3g 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 22 av3h 0 General Information: Felix, who resided at Caesarea, was the roman governor of the area.
|
||||
ACT 23 23 wk7k προσκαλεσάμενός 1 having summoned “having called to himself”
|
||||
ACT 23 23 wk7k προσκαλεσάμενός 1 having summoned Alternate translation: “having called to himself”
|
||||
ACT 23 23 b7z3 translate-numbers ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα 1 70 horsemen “seventy horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 200 spearmen “two hundred soldiers that are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 kg8s τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός 1 third hour of the night This was about 9:00 p.m. at night.
|
||||
ACT 23 25 vg8x 0 General Information: The chief captain writes a letter to Governor Felix about the arrest of Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 25 vg8y translate-names 0 General Information: Claudius Lysias is the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 zf93 figs-123person Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν 1 Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings This is a formal introduction to the letter. The commander begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words “am writing” are understood. Alternate translation: “I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 u2ih τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι 1 to the most excellent Governor Felix “to Governor Felix who deserves greatest honors”
|
||||
ACT 23 26 u2ih τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι 1 to the most excellent Governor Felix Alternate translation: “to Governor Felix who deserves greatest honors”
|
||||
ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This man, having been seized the Jews Here, **the Jews** means “some of the Jews.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews seized this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 ha13 figs-activepassive μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 about to be killed by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were ready to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 v78t ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐξειλάμην 1 having come with detachment of soldiers, I rescued “I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were and I rescued him”
|
||||
ACT 23 27 v78t ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐξειλάμην 1 having come with detachment of soldiers, I rescued Alternate translation: “I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were and I rescued him”
|
||||
ACT 23 28 lb1a 0 General Information: Here the word “I” refers to Claudius Lysias, the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 28 lb1b 0 General Information: The word “they” refers to the group of Jews who accused Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 28 lb1c figs-you 0 General Information: The word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2789,77 +2789,77 @@ ACT 23 34 u44w 0 General Information: Here the first and second words “he”
|
|||
ACT 23 34 abd2 ἀναγνοὺς…ἐπερωτήσας…πυθόμενος 1 when he had read the letter … had asked … had learned All of these actions are things the governor did.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 had asked what province he was from This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’ When” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 dwv2 figs-quotations ἔφη 1 he said This sentence, which begins with the words “When he learned” in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Paul said, ‘I am from Cilicia.’ Then the governor said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully “I will listen to all you have to say”
|
||||
ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully Alternate translation: “I will listen to all you have to say”
|
||||
ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 having commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “having commanded soldiers to keep him” or “and commanded soldiers to restrain him”
|
||||
ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 qw1r figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” refers to Felix, the governor. Here “we” refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 bc8k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul.
|
||||
ACT 24 1 e8rp μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας 1 And after five days “And five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 e8rp μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας 1 And after five days Alternate translation: “And five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 n9gu translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). See how you translated this in [Acts 23:1](../23/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 f3vx ῥήτορος 1 an orator “a lawyer.” Tertullus was an expert in Roman law who was there to accuse Paul in court.
|
||||
ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου 1 Tertullus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 q7wj κατέβη 1 went there “went to Caesarea where Paul was”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 nq9x τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 to the governor “in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν…κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 appeared … against Paul “came there … to argue before the governor the case that Paul had broken the law.”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 q7wj κατέβη 1 went there Alternate translation: “went to Caesarea where Paul was”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 nq9x τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 to the governor Alternate translation: “in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν…κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 appeared … against Paul Alternate translation: “came there … to argue before the governor the case that Paul had broken the law.”
|
||||
ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες 1 We have obtained great peace Here, **we** refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: “we, the people that you govern, have obtained great peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας 1 and good reforms have happened to our nation through your foresight “and your planning has greatly improved our nation”
|
||||
ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας 1 and good reforms have happened to our nation through your foresight Alternate translation: “and your planning has greatly improved our nation”
|
||||
ACT 24 3 r5jl figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας 1 with all thankfulness The word **thankfulness** is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do” or “so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 24 3 q3fj κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix “Governor Felix who deserves greatest honor.” Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 23:25](../23/25.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 4 tyq8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” refers to Ananias, certain elders, and Tertullus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 4 jww2 ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον σε ἐνκόπτω 1 However, in order that we may not bother you any longer Possible meanings are (1) “so that I will not take up too much of your time” or (2) “so that I will not tire you”
|
||||
ACT 24 4 xfm5 ἀκοῦσαί…ἡμῶν συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ 1 to briefly listen to us in your kindness “kindly listen to my short speech”
|
||||
ACT 24 5 i1qs εὑρόντες…τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 we have found this man to be a troublemaker “we have learned that Paul is always causing trouble”
|
||||
ACT 24 4 xfm5 ἀκοῦσαί…ἡμῶν συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ 1 to briefly listen to us in your kindness Alternate translation: “kindly listen to my short speech”
|
||||
ACT 24 5 i1qs εὑρόντες…τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 we have found this man to be a troublemaker Alternate translation: “we have learned that Paul is always causing trouble”
|
||||
ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 among all the Jews who are throughout the world The word **all** here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 zg4a figs-explicit πρωτοστάτην…τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως 1 he is a leader of the sect of the Nazarenes The phrase “the sect of the Nazarenes” is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: “he leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 n6zb αἱρέσεως 1 of sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
|
||||
ACT 24 7 ujn8 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 24 7 xkr4 0 Connecting Statement: Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix.
|
||||
ACT 24 8 e26a ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ 1 to learn of what we are accusing him “to learn that we are bringing very serious charges against him” or “to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things of which we are accusing him”
|
||||
ACT 24 8 e26a ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ 1 to learn of what we are accusing him Alternate translation: “to learn that we are bringing very serious charges against him” or “to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things of which we are accusing him”
|
||||
ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul’s trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 my1c 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 ict8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος…τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 and the governor motioned “and the governor gestured”
|
||||
ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος…τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 and the governor motioned Alternate translation: “and the governor gestured”
|
||||
ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 a judge to this nation Here, **this nation** refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “a judge for the people of the Jewish nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 sr5t ἀπολογοῦμαι 1 I … make my defense “I … explain my situation”
|
||||
ACT 24 10 sr5t ἀπολογοῦμαι 1 I … make my defense Alternate translation: “I … explain my situation”
|
||||
ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς 1 12 days from when “twelve days since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 24 12 wbf6 ἢ ἐπίστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου 1 nor causing a rebellion of the crowd “and I did not provoke the crowd to rebel against Rome”
|
||||
ACT 24 14 c5xa ὁμολογῶ…τοῦτό σοι 1 I confess this to you “I acknowledge this to you”
|
||||
ACT 24 12 wbf6 ἢ ἐπίστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου 1 nor causing a rebellion of the crowd Alternate translation: “and I did not provoke the crowd to rebel against Rome”
|
||||
ACT 24 14 c5xa ὁμολογῶ…τοῦτό σοι 1 I confess this to you Alternate translation: “I acknowledge this to you”
|
||||
ACT 24 14 k79p ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 that according to the Way The phrase **the Way** was a title used for Christianity during Paul’s time.
|
||||
ACT 24 14 rqu3 λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν 1 they call a sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. See how you translated **sect** in [Acts 24:5](../24/05.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 14 cg73 οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ Θεῷ 1 in that way I serve the God of our fathers Paul uses the phrase “in that way” to mean that he, as a believer in Jesus, serves God just as their Jewish ancestors did. He is not leading a **sect** or teaching something new that is opposed to their ancient religion.
|
||||
ACT 24 15 nv5a καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 also these men “the same as these men.” Here, **these men** refers to the Jews who are accusing Paul in court.
|
||||
ACT 24 15 qza8 figs-abstractnouns ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων 1 that there is going to be a resurrection of both the righteous and of the unrighteous The abstract noun **resurrection** can be stated with the verb “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “that God will resurrect all who have died, both the righteous and the unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 24 15 x1yd figs-nominaladj δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων 1 of both the righteous and the unrighteous These nominal adjectives refer to **righteous** people and **unrighteous** people. AT “both of righteous people and unrighteous people” or “both of those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 16 sfw4 αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ…διὰ παντός 1 I myself always strive “I myself always work hard” or “I always do my best”
|
||||
ACT 24 16 sfw4 αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ…διὰ παντός 1 I myself always strive Alternate translation: “I myself always work hard” or “I always do my best”
|
||||
ACT 24 16 kcg8 figs-metonymy ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 to have a blameless conscience before God Here, **conscience** refers to a person’s inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. Alternate translation: “to be blameless before God” or “to always do what is right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 16 va3b πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God “in the presence of God”
|
||||
ACT 24 16 va3b πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God Alternate translation: “in the presence of God”
|
||||
ACT 24 17 p92m δὲ 1 Now This word marks a shift in Paul’s argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him.
|
||||
ACT 24 17 py9v δι’ ἐτῶν…πλειόνων 1 after many years “after many years away from Jerusalem”
|
||||
ACT 24 17 py9v δι’ ἐτῶν…πλειόνων 1 after many years Alternate translation: “after many years away from Jerusalem”
|
||||
ACT 24 17 ryk6 figs-go ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου, παρεγενόμην καὶ προσφοράς 1 I came to bring alms to my nation, and offerings Here, **I came** can be translated as “I went.” Alternate translation: “I went to help my people by bringing them money as a gift to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 24 18 pk2m ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 having been cleansed in the temple “in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself”
|
||||
ACT 24 18 pk2m ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 having been cleansed in the temple Alternate translation: “in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself”
|
||||
ACT 24 18 x6iy figs-explicit οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου, οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου 1 not with a crowd nor with an uproar This can be stated as a separate new sentence. Alternate translation: “I had not gathered a crowd nor was I trying to start a riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 19 ntg3 εἴ τι ἔχοιεν 1 if they have anything “if they have anything to say”
|
||||
ACT 24 19 ntg3 εἴ τι ἔχοιεν 1 if they have anything Alternate translation: “if they have anything to say”
|
||||
ACT 24 20 npt5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 ag5d αὐτοὶ 1 these This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul’s trial.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα 1 let … say what wrong they found “let … prove what I did wrong”
|
||||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα 1 let … say what wrong they found Alternate translation: “let … prove what I did wrong”
|
||||
ACT 24 21 ds1s figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 concerning the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun **resurrection** can be stated as “God brings back to life.” Alternate translation: “because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 21 d2lm figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν 1 I am being judged before you today This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 22 w1tn translate-names 0 General Information: Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 22 a87f τῆς Ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 22 k1f7 Λυσίας 1 Lysias This is the name of the commander. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 22 z5f9 καταβῇ 1 may come down “may come down from Jerusalem.” Jerusalem was higher than Caesarea so it was normal for them to speak of coming **down** from Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 24 22 ldi8 διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 I will decide the things concerning you “I will make a decision concerning these accusations against you” or “I will judge whether you are guilty”
|
||||
ACT 24 23 sxy2 ἔχειν…ἄνεσιν 1 to have rest “to grant Paul some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners”
|
||||
ACT 24 24 wus4 μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινὰς 1 But after some days “But after several days”
|
||||
ACT 24 22 ldi8 διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 I will decide the things concerning you Alternate translation: “I will make a decision concerning these accusations against you” or “I will judge whether you are guilty”
|
||||
ACT 24 23 sxy2 ἔχειν…ἄνεσιν 1 to have rest Alternate translation: “to grant Paul some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners”
|
||||
ACT 24 24 wus4 μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινὰς 1 But after some days Alternate translation: “But after several days”
|
||||
ACT 24 24 qy9y translate-names Δρουσίλλῃ, τῇ ἰδίᾳ γυναικὶ 1 Drusilla his own wife **Drusilla** is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 24 xmq5 figs-explicit οὔσῃ Ἰουδαίᾳ 1 who was a Jewess This means a female Jew. Alternate translation: “who was a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 25 b8v1 ἔμφοβος γενόμενος, ὁ Φῆλιξ 1 Felix, having became frightened Felix may have felt conviction of his sins.
|
||||
ACT 24 25 p8yi τὸ νῦν ἔχον 1 Go away for now “Leave me for a while”
|
||||
ACT 24 25 p8yi τὸ νῦν ἔχον 1 Go away for now Alternate translation: “Leave me for a while”
|
||||
ACT 24 26 h4v7 χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 money will be given to him by Paul Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free.
|
||||
ACT 24 26 n45p διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος, ὡμίλει αὐτῷ 1 and therefore often summoning him, he was speaking to him “and so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 24 26 n45p διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος, ὡμίλει αὐτῷ 1 and therefore often summoning him, he was speaking to him Alternate translation: “and so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 24 27 ur2y translate-names ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ Πόρκιον Φῆστον 1 Felix received a successor—Porcius Festus **Porcius Festus** was the new roman governor who succeeded **Felix**. Alternate translation: “Porcius Festus replaced Felix as the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 p59c figs-synecdoche θέλων…χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 wanted to gain favor with the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “wanting the Jewish leaders to like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 gln6 ὁ Φῆλιξ…κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον 2 Felix left Paul imprisoned “Felix kept Paul in prison”
|
||||
ACT 24 27 gln6 ὁ Φῆλιξ…κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον 2 Felix left Paul imprisoned Alternate translation: “Felix kept Paul in prison”
|
||||
ACT 25 intro b6uk 0 # Acts 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus “wanted to gain the favor of the Jews,” he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 c84u 0 General Information: Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 24:27](../24/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 1 tj76 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2873,14 +2873,14 @@ ACT 25 3 qz46 ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερο
|
|||
ACT 25 3 pg8x ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 to kill him along the way They were going to ambush Paul on the way to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 25 4 p3tt figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 4 v5f9 figs-quotations Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι 1 Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea, and that he himself was about to go there in haste. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Festus said, ‘Paul is being held prisoner in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 5 a54h οἱ οὖν ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες 1 He said, “Therefore, the leaders among you, having come down together “He said, ‘Therefore, your leaders should go to Caesarea with us and”
|
||||
ACT 25 5 iz98 εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον 1 If there is something wrong with the man “If Paul has done anything wrong”
|
||||
ACT 25 5 nei6 κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ 1 you should accuse him “you should accuse him of violating laws” or “you should bring charges against him”
|
||||
ACT 25 5 a54h οἱ οὖν ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες 1 He said, “Therefore, the leaders among you, having come down together Alternate translation: “He said, ‘Therefore, your leaders should go to Caesarea with us and”
|
||||
ACT 25 5 iz98 εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον 1 If there is something wrong with the man Alternate translation: “If Paul has done anything wrong”
|
||||
ACT 25 5 nei6 κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ 1 you should accuse him Alternate translation: “you should accuse him of violating laws” or “you should bring charges against him”
|
||||
ACT 25 6 fi27 0 General Information: Here the first three times the word “he” is used as well as the word “him,” the words refer to Festus. The fourth word “he” refers to Paul. The word “they” refers to the Jews who came from Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 25 6 s69c καταβὰς εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 he went down to Caesarea Jerusalem is higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of coming **down** from Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 25 6 qv24 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 having sat in the judgment seat Here, **judgment seat** refers to Festus’ ruling as judge over Paul’s trial. Alternate translation: “having sat upon the seat where he acted as judge” or “having sat down as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 25 6 j7c5 figs-activepassive τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι 1 Paul to be brought to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his soldiers bring Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 7 v4v8 παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 And when he had come “And when he came and stood before Festus”
|
||||
ACT 25 7 v4v8 παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 And when he had come Alternate translation: “And when he came and stood before Festus”
|
||||
ACT 25 7 e7g2 figs-metaphor πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα καταφέροντες 1 bringing many and serious charges Charging a person with a crime is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could bring to court. Alternate translation: “they spoke against Paul many serious things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 8 hc3w figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 against the temple Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: “against the entry rules of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 25 9 m49r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul asks to be taken before Caesar for judgment.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2889,15 +2889,15 @@ ACT 25 9 qe8h εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς 1 to go up to Jerusa
|
|||
ACT 25 9 wi2d figs-activepassive ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κριθῆναι ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 and to be judged there before me about these things This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where I will judge you with regard to these charges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 10 u1ef figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς εἰμι, οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι 1 I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar, where it is necessary for me to be judged The **judgment seat** refers to Caesar’s authority to judge Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am already being judged by Roman authority, which is the only place where I should be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 11 el9d figs-hypo εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν; εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου, οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι 1 Therefore, if I have done wrong and have done anything worthy of death, I do not refuse to die. But if there is nothing of which they can accuse me, no one is able to hand me over to them Paul is stating a hypothetical situation. If he were guilty, he would accept the punishment, but he knows that he is not guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
ACT 25 11 ta55 ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι 1 have done anything worthy of death “have done some wrong that deserves the death penalty”
|
||||
ACT 25 11 hxr1 εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου 1 But if there is nothing of which they can accuse me “But if the charges against me are not true”
|
||||
ACT 25 11 ta55 ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι 1 have done anything worthy of death Alternate translation: “have done some wrong that deserves the death penalty”
|
||||
ACT 25 11 hxr1 εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου 1 But if there is nothing of which they can accuse me Alternate translation: “But if the charges against me are not true”
|
||||
ACT 25 11 hr23 οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι 1 no one is able to hand me over to them Possible meanings are (1) Festus does not have the legal authority to hand Paul over to these false accusers or (2) Paul was saying that if he has done nothing wrong, the governor should not give into the request of the Jews.
|
||||
ACT 25 11 b1bf Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι 1 I appeal to Caesar “I ask that I go before Caesar so he himself can judge me”
|
||||
ACT 25 11 b1bf Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι 1 I appeal to Caesar Alternate translation: “I ask that I go before Caesar so he himself can judge me”
|
||||
ACT 25 12 t96z μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου 1 with the council This is not the Sanhedrin that is referred to as **council** throughout Acts. This is a political council in the Roman government. Alternate translation: “with his own government advisors”
|
||||
ACT 25 13 izu8 writing-participants 0 General Information: King Agrippa and Bernice are new people in the story. Though he ruled over only a few territories, King Agrippa is the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice is Agrippa’s sister.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 25 13 ge5h 0 Connecting Statement: Festus explains Paul’s case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 13 c3gc δὲ 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||||
ACT 25 13 ukd3 ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον 1 paid their respects to Festus “to make a formal visit to greet Festus”
|
||||
ACT 25 13 ukd3 ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον 1 paid their respects to Festus Alternate translation: “to make a formal visit to greet Festus”
|
||||
ACT 25 14 x8jf figs-activepassive ἀνήρ τὶς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος 1 There is a certain man who has been left behind by Felix, a prisoner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Felix left office, he left a man in prison here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 14 z7yw Φήλικος 1 Felix Felix was the Roman governor of the area who resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 15 b6hx figs-metaphor περὶ οὗ…ἐνεφάνισαν 1 brought charges concerning him To charge someone in court is spoken of as if it were an object that a person brings to court. Alternate translation: “spoke to me against this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2905,7 +2905,7 @@ ACT 25 15 hyp5 figs-abstractnouns αἰτούμενοι κατ’ αὐτοῦ
|
|||
ACT 25 16 e4tk figs-metaphor χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον 1 to hand over any man Here, **hand over** represents sending someone to people who will punish or kill him. Alternate translation: “to let someone punish anyone” or “to condemn anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 16 xjb4 figs-idiom πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος, κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους 1 before the one who is accused may have his accusers face to face Here, **have his accusers face to face** is an idiom that means to meet in person with the people who accuse him. Alternate translation: “before the person whom others have accused of a crime had met directly with those who accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 25 17 z6g2 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true.” Fetus had just said that an accused man should be able to face his accusers and make his defense.
|
||||
ACT 25 17 rm5z συνελθόντων…ἐνθάδε 1 when they had come together here “when the Jewish leaders had come to meet with me here”
|
||||
ACT 25 17 rm5z συνελθόντων…ἐνθάδε 1 when they had come together here Alternate translation: “when the Jewish leaders had come to meet with me here”
|
||||
ACT 25 17 efe2 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 having sat in the judgment seat Here, **judgment seat** refers to Festus ruling over Paul’s trial as judge. Alternate translation: “having sat upon the seat to act as judge” or “having sat down as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα 1 I commanded the man to be brought in This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 19 d1qm τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας 1 their own religion Here, **religion** means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2916,31 +2916,31 @@ ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτ
|
|||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ 1 “Tomorrow,” he says, “you will hear him.” The phrase **he says** can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Festus says, ‘I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 23 y1yj 0 General Information: Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 23 qlm5 0 Connecting Statement: Festus again gives information about Paul’s case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 23 yw76 μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας 1 with much ceremony “with a great ceremony to honor them”
|
||||
ACT 25 23 yw76 μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας 1 with much ceremony Alternate translation: “with a great ceremony to honor them”
|
||||
ACT 25 23 ldb7 τὸ ἀκροατήριον 1 the hall This was a large room where people gathered for ceremonies, trials, and other events.
|
||||
ACT 25 23 at4t figs-activepassive ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul was brought in This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the soldiers brought Paul to appear before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 24 n8qj figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 all the multitude of the Jews The word **all** is an exaggeration used to emphasize that a great number of Jews wanted Paul to die. Alternate translation: “a great number of the Jews” or “many of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 25 24 yv2q figs-litotes μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι 1 he ought not to live any longer This statement is made in the negative to emphasize the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “he should die immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 25 25 fe2n figs-you 0 General Information: Here the first “you” is plural; the second “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 25 25 f6hy αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 but he himself having appealed to the emperor “but because he said that he wanted the emperor to judge him”
|
||||
ACT 25 25 f6hy αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 but he himself having appealed to the emperor Alternate translation: “but because he said that he wanted the emperor to judge him”
|
||||
ACT 25 25 g856 τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 to the emperor The **emperor** was the ruler of the Roman empire. He ruled over many countries and provinces.
|
||||
ACT 25 26 jcq2 προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ’ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα 1 I have him before you, and especially before you, King Agrippa “I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa.”
|
||||
ACT 25 26 rhy2 ὅπως…σχῶ τι γράψω 1 so that … I might have something to write “so that … I will have something else to write” or “so that … I will know what I should write”
|
||||
ACT 25 26 jcq2 προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ’ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα 1 I have him before you, and especially before you, King Agrippa Alternate translation: “I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa.”
|
||||
ACT 25 26 rhy2 ὅπως…σχῶ τι γράψω 1 so that … I might have something to write Alternate translation: “so that … I will have something else to write” or “so that … I will know what I should write”
|
||||
ACT 25 27 txs6 figs-doublenegatives ἄλογον…μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ…σημᾶναι 1 it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not state The negative words **unreasonable** and **to not** can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “it seems reasonable to me that if I send a prisoner then I should also state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 25 27 xm65 τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας 1 the charges against him Possible meanings are (1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or (2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul’s case.
|
||||
ACT 26 intro e2q6 0 # Acts 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the third account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 22](../22/01.md))<br><br>Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
|
||||
ACT 26 1 b34d 0 Connecting Statement: Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa. In verse 2, Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 26 1 gz9f Ἀγρίππας 1 Agrippa **Agrippa** was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 26 1 wme6 ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα 1 having stretched out his hand “holding out his hand” or “gesturing with his hand”
|
||||
ACT 26 1 wme6 ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα 1 having stretched out his hand Alternate translation: “holding out his hand” or “gesturing with his hand”
|
||||
ACT 26 1 vni8 figs-abstractnouns ἀπελογεῖτο 1 made his defense The abstract noun **defense** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “began to defend himself against those who were accusing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 26 2 ha47 ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον 1 I consider myself blessed Paul said he was **blessed** because he considered his appearance before Agrippa to be an opportunity to speak about the gospel.
|
||||
ACT 26 2 xhz1 ἀπολογεῖσθαι 1 to make my defense “to defend myself” or “to explain why I am innocent of these charges”
|
||||
ACT 26 2 xhz1 ἀπολογεῖσθαι 1 to make my defense Alternate translation: “to defend myself” or “to explain why I am innocent of these charges”
|
||||
ACT 26 2 mdq2 figs-activepassive περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 Concerning all the things of which I am accused by the Jews This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “About the crimes that the Jews are saying that I committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 2 cbr3 figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews This does not mean all **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 26 3 kns2 figs-explicit ζητημάτων 1 their controversies You can make explicit what kinds of **controversies** Paul is speaking about. Alternate translation: “questions about religious matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 26 4 t8bg figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 all the Jews This is a generalization. Possible meanings are (1) this refers to Jews in general who knew about Paul. Alternate translation: “the Jews” or (2) this refers to Pharisees who knew Paul. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 26 4 x96h ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου 1 among my nation Possible meanings are (1) among his own people, not necessarily in the geographical land of Israel or (2) in the land of Israel.
|
||||
ACT 26 5 y9a1 τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας 1 the strictest sect of our religion “a group within Judaism who live by very strict rules”
|
||||
ACT 26 5 y9a1 τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας 1 the strictest sect of our religion Alternate translation: “a group within Judaism who live by very strict rules”
|
||||
ACT 26 6 xkp9 figs-you 0 General Information: Here “you” is plural and refers to the people who were listening to Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 26 6 s9kr νῦν 1 Now This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present.
|
||||
ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive ἕστηκα κρινόμενος 1 I stand here being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am here, where they are putting me on trial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2985,10 +2985,10 @@ ACT 26 23 p9t8 ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 from the resurrection to be brough
|
|||
ACT 26 23 sc5f νεκρῶν 1 of the dead The phrase **the dead** refers to the spirits of people who have died. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 26 23 z2ms figs-metaphor φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν 1 is going to proclaim light “he would proclaim the message about the light.” To tell people about how God saves people is spoken of as if a person were speaking about the light. Alternate translation: “he would proclaim the message about how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 24 h5b9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together.
|
||||
ACT 26 24 dvn2 μαίνῃ 1 you are insane “you are speaking nonsense” or “you are crazy”
|
||||
ACT 26 24 tk27 τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει 1 your great learning is turning you to insanity “you have learned so much that it is now making you crazy”
|
||||
ACT 26 24 dvn2 μαίνῃ 1 you are insane Alternate translation: “you are speaking nonsense” or “you are crazy”
|
||||
ACT 26 24 tk27 τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει 1 your great learning is turning you to insanity Alternate translation: “you have learned so much that it is now making you crazy”
|
||||
ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι…ἀλλὰ 1 I am not insane … but This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I am sane … and” or “I am able to think well … and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 26 25 a6pb κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 most excellent Festus “Festus, who deserves highest honors”
|
||||
ACT 26 25 a6pb κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 most excellent Festus Alternate translation: “Festus, who deserves highest honors”
|
||||
ACT 26 26 ed7y figs-123person ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν…αὐτὸν 1 the king … to him … from him Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: “you … to you … from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 26 26 cs7b παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ 1 I am speaking boldly Paul was not afraid to speak to the king about Christ. Alternate translation: “I speak with confidence”
|
||||
ACT 26 26 svn9 figs-activepassive πείθομαι 1 I am persuaded that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am sure that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστ
|
|||
ACT 26 29 k7kq figs-metonymy παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων 1 but without these chains Here, **chains** stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: “but, of course, I do no want you to be a prisoner like I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 30 k7jh 0 General Information: Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa ([Acts 25:13](../25/13.md)).
|
||||
ACT 26 30 gaq5 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time before King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 26 30 u8vl ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 1 And then the king got up, and the governor “And then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus”
|
||||
ACT 26 30 u8vl ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 1 And then the king got up, and the governor Alternate translation: “And then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus”
|
||||
ACT 26 31 blz8 figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man is not doing anything worthy of death or of chains The abstract noun **death** can be stated as the verb “die.” Here, **chains** stands for being in prison. Alternate translation: “This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 32 n293 figs-activepassive ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man was able to have been released This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This man could have gone free” or “I could have freed this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 intro r82x 0 # Acts 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sailing<br><br>People who lived near the sea traveled by boat powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible.<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Paul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Paul breaks bread<br><br>Luke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3008,19 +3008,19 @@ ACT 27 1 efe4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Adramyttium was a city poss
|
|||
ACT 27 1 dyf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome.
|
||||
ACT 27 1 b2yz figs-activepassive ὡς…ἐκρίθη 1 when it was decided This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the king and the governor decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 1 yv84 εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 to Italy **Italy** is the name of the province Rome was in. See how you translated **Italy** in [Acts 18:2](../18/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 1 s6ny παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας, ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς 1 they handed over both Paul and some other prisoners to a centurion named Julius of the Augustan regiment “they put a centurion named Julius, of the Augustan regiment, in charge of Paul and some other prisoners”
|
||||
ACT 27 1 s6ny παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας, ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς 1 they handed over both Paul and some other prisoners to a centurion named Julius of the Augustan regiment Alternate translation: “they put a centurion named Julius, of the Augustan regiment, in charge of Paul and some other prisoners”
|
||||
ACT 27 1 k52u παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας 1 they handed over both Paul and some other prisoners Possible meanings are that (1) **they** refers to the governor and the king or (2) **they** refers to other Roman officials.
|
||||
ACT 27 1 un2s translate-names ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ 1 to a centurion named Julius Julius is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 1 d22f translate-names σπείρης Σεβαστῆς 1 of the Augustan regiment This was the name of the battalion or army from which the centurion came. Some versions translate this as “the Imperial regiment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 2 dnr9 figs-metonymy ἐπιβάντες…πλοίῳ…μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 having boarded a ship … being about to sail Here, **ship … being about to sail** stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: “having boarded a ship … with a crew that was about to sail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 27 2 fqy2 πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυντηνῷ 1 a ship from Adramyttium Possible meanings are (1) a **ship** that had come from Adramyttium or (2) a **ship** that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium.
|
||||
ACT 27 2 f8pf μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 being about to sail “going to sail soon” or “departing soon”
|
||||
ACT 27 2 m3ps ἀνήχθημεν 1 we set sail “we began our journey on the sea”
|
||||
ACT 27 2 f8pf μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 being about to sail Alternate translation: “going to sail soon” or “departing soon”
|
||||
ACT 27 2 m3ps ἀνήχθημεν 1 we set sail Alternate translation: “we began our journey on the sea”
|
||||
ACT 27 2 h3uy Ἀριστάρχου 1 Aristarchus Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 3 r71e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 3 u6lt φιλανθρώπως…ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος 1 Julius having treated Paul kindly “Julius having treated Paul with a friendly concern.” See how you translated **Julius** in [Acts 27:1](../27/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 3 rp73 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι, ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν 1 to go to his friends to receive their care The abstract noun **care** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “to go to his friends so they could care for him” or “to go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 27 4 d4hg ἀναχθέντες, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν 1 having put to sea, we sailed under “we started sailing and went under”
|
||||
ACT 27 4 d4hg ἀναχθέντες, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν 1 having put to sea, we sailed under Alternate translation: “we started sailing and went under”
|
||||
ACT 27 4 mjt8 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον 1 we sailed under Cyprus Here, **under Cyprus** means they sailed along the side of that island that blocks the strong wind, so the ship was not forced off its course.
|
||||
ACT 27 5 g1t7 Παμφυλίαν 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 5 y6m6 figs-explicit κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας 1 we came to Myra of Lycia You can make explicit that they got off the ship in Myra. Alternate translation: “we came to Myra, a city of Lycia, where we got off the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3030,15 +3030,15 @@ ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-explicit εὑρὼν…πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖν
|
|||
ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 from Alexandria This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit δὲ…βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι 1 And sailing slowly … and having arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were **sailing slowly** and **with difficulty** was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 pye5 translate-names κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον 1 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowing us to go that way “with a strong wind blowing against us so we could no longer go that way”
|
||||
ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 we sailed along Crete “we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind”
|
||||
ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowing us to go that way Alternate translation: “with a strong wind blowing against us so we could no longer go that way”
|
||||
ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 we sailed along Crete Alternate translation: “we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind”
|
||||
ACT 27 7 mq4n translate-names κατὰ Σαλμώνην 1 opposite Salmone This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 p4ri figs-explicit μόλις…παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν 1 sailing along it with difficulty You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 a64y translate-names Καλοὺς Λιμένας 1 Fair Havens This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 n7re translate-names πόλις ἦν Λασαία 1 the city of Lasea This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 9 ea4l ἱκανοῦ…χρόνου διαγενομένου 1 much time having passed Because of the direction the wind was blowing, the journey from Caesarea to Fair Havens had taken more time than planned.
|
||||
ACT 27 9 u6x5 ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοὸς, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι 1 the voyage already being dangerous because even the fast had already passed This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 p29v θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας…μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν 1 I see that the voyage is about to be with injury and much loss “if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss”
|
||||
ACT 27 10 p29v θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας…μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν 1 I see that the voyage is about to be with injury and much loss Alternate translation: “if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss”
|
||||
ACT 27 10 nx9c ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν 1 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here, **loss** means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 q9xt οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου 1 not only of the cargo and the ship **Cargo** is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. Alternate translation: “not only the ship and the goods on the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 11 b1kz figs-activepassive ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις 1 spoken by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3050,16 +3050,16 @@ ACT 27 12 x6vl βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρο
|
|||
ACT 27 12 gyd2 κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον 1 toward the southwest and toward the northwest These directions are based on the rising and setting sun. **Southwest** is a little to the left of the setting sun. **Northwest** is a little to the right of the setting sun.
|
||||
ACT 27 13 xx67 ἄραντες 1 after they had weighed anchor Here, **weighed anchor** means to pull the anchor out of the water. An **anchor** is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about.
|
||||
ACT 27 14 hv8h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and those traveling on the boat encounter a fierce storm.
|
||||
ACT 27 14 m2xe μετ’ οὐ πολὺ 1 not long after “after a little while”
|
||||
ACT 27 14 fs4z ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς 1 a violent wind “a very strong, dangerous wind”
|
||||
ACT 27 14 m2xe μετ’ οὐ πολὺ 1 not long after Alternate translation: “after a little while”
|
||||
ACT 27 14 fs4z ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς 1 a violent wind Alternate translation: “a very strong, dangerous wind”
|
||||
ACT 27 14 g1ek translate-transliterate ὁ καλούμενος Εὐρακύλων 1 called the northeaster The word for **northeaster** in the original language is “Euroclydon.” You can transliterate this word for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
ACT 27 14 tz2k ἔβαλεν κατ’ αὐτῆς 1 rushed down from it “came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 15 fxp1 συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 And having been seized and the ship not being able to face into the wind “And when the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it”
|
||||
ACT 27 14 tz2k ἔβαλεν κατ’ αὐτῆς 1 rushed down from it Alternate translation: “came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 15 fxp1 συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 And having been seized and the ship not being able to face into the wind Alternate translation: “And when the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it”
|
||||
ACT 27 15 w1hl figs-activepassive ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα 1 having given way, we were driven along This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we stopped trying to sail forward, and we let the wind push us whichever way it blew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 16 c4cg νησίον…τι ὑποδραμόντες 1 sailing under the lee of a certain island “sailing where the wind was not so strong, on the side of the island”
|
||||
ACT 27 16 c4cg νησίον…τι ὑποδραμόντες 1 sailing under the lee of a certain island Alternate translation: “sailing where the wind was not so strong, on the side of the island”
|
||||
ACT 27 16 aq56 translate-names νησίον…τι…καλούμενον Καῦδα 1 of a certain island called Cauda This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 16 h9z2 τῆς σκάφης 1 of the lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 v9ag ἣν ἄραντες 1 Having hoisted it up “When they had lifted up the lifeboat” or “After they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 17 v9ag ἣν ἄραντες 1 Having hoisted it up Alternate translation: “When they had lifted up the lifeboat” or “After they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 17 tx1f βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον 1 they used ropes, binding the ship They tied ropes around the bottom of the ship so that the ship would not come apart during the storm.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 dvv4 translate-names τὴν Σύρτιν 1 Syrtis **Syrtis** is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 17 l8kl χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος 1 having lowered the sea anchor They put an anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3070,18 +3070,18 @@ ACT 27 18 nd5h ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο 1 they began the jettisoni
|
|||
ACT 27 18 ny6k ἐκβολὴν 1 the jettisoning of the cargo **Cargo** is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:10](../27/10.md). Alternate translation: “goods on the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 19 vm2k αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἔριψαν 1 they threw overboard the equipment of the ship with their own hands Here, **equipment** refers to the sailors’ equipment needed to sail the ship: tackle, hoists, beams of wood, block and tackle, ropes, lines, sails, and the like. This indicates how desperate the situation was.
|
||||
ACT 27 20 if7a μήτε δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας 1 But neither sun nor stars appearing for many days They could not see the sun and stars because of the dark storm clouds. Sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and what direction they were headed.
|
||||
ACT 27 20 p2wd χειμῶνός…οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου 1 no small storm assaulting us “as the terrible storm blew us roughly back and forth”
|
||||
ACT 27 20 p2wd χειμῶνός…οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου 1 no small storm assaulting us Alternate translation: “as the terrible storm blew us roughly back and forth”
|
||||
ACT 27 20 mnj5 figs-activepassive λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 all remaining hope for us to be saved was taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone stopped believing we would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 21 mmb2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the sailors on the ship.
|
||||
ACT 27 21 d1le figs-explicit πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 And after being a long time without food It is implied that neither the sailors, nor Luke, Paul, and those with them had eaten anything. Alternate translation: “And when we had gone a long time without food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 21 zns2 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them “in the middle of the people on the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 21 bc1x κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν 1 and to suffer this injury and loss “and as a result to suffer this harm and loss”
|
||||
ACT 27 21 zns2 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them Alternate translation: “in the middle of the people on the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 21 bc1x κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν 1 and to suffer this injury and loss Alternate translation: “and as a result to suffer this harm and loss”
|
||||
ACT 27 22 d95r figs-explicit ἀποβολὴ…ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 there will be no loss of life among you Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: “none of us will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 22 djh4 πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου 1 but only of the ship Here “loss” is implied. Alternate translation: “but the only thing that will be lost is the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 24 z1j8 figs-metonymy Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι 1 You must stand before Caesar The phrase **stand before Caesar** refers to Paul’s going to court and letting Caesar judge him. Alternate translation: “You must stand before Caesar so he can judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 27 24 s3wv κεχάρισταί σοι…πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ 1 has graciously granted to you all those who are sailing with you “has graciously decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live”
|
||||
ACT 27 24 s3wv κεχάρισταί σοι…πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ 1 has graciously granted to you all those who are sailing with you Alternate translation: “has graciously decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live”
|
||||
ACT 27 25 r9t8 figs-activepassive καθ’ ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι 1 according to the way it was told to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the angel told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 26 vmp6 εἰς νῆσον…τινα, δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν 1 we must run aground upon some island “the ship is going to be wrecked on some island”
|
||||
ACT 27 26 vmp6 εἰς νῆσον…τινα, δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν 1 we must run aground upon some island Alternate translation: “the ship is going to be wrecked on some island”
|
||||
ACT 27 27 im34 0 Connecting Statement: The fierce storm continues.
|
||||
ACT 27 27 rrm5 translate-ordinal ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο 1 And when the fourteenth night came The ordinal number **fourteenth** can be translated as “fourteen” or “14.” Alternate translation: “After 14 days since the storm started, that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων ἡμῶν 1 as we were being driven this way and that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as the wind blew us back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3090,47 +3090,47 @@ ACT 27 28 ruj1 βολίσαντες 1 taking soundings “measuring the depth o
|
|||
ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι 1 they found 20 fathoms A **fathom** is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: “they found the water was 40 meters deep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 28 ig3m translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε 1 they found 15 fathoms A “fathom” is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: “they found the water was about 30 meters deep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 29 b1qc ἀγκύρας 1 anchors An **anchor** is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 29 q4am ἐκ πρύμνης 1 from the stern “from the back of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 29 q4am ἐκ πρύμνης 1 from the stern Alternate translation: “from the back of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 30 br71 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the centurion and the Roman soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 27 30 b4wv τὴν σκάφην 1 the lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship and sometime it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:16](../27/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 30 rr89 ἐκ πρῴρης 1 from the bow “from the front of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 30 rr89 ἐκ πρῴρης 1 from the bow Alternate translation: “from the front of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 31 ez5c figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε 1 Unless these men stay in the ship, you are not able to be saved The negative words **unless** and **not able** can be stated in positive form. The passive phrase **be saved** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These men must stay in the ship in order for you to survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 33 q3y8 ἄχρι δὲ οὗ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι 1 And up until it was about to become daytime “And until almost sunrise”
|
||||
ACT 27 33 q3y8 ἄχρι δὲ οὗ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι 1 And up until it was about to become daytime Alternate translation: “And until almost sunrise”
|
||||
ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν 1 Today is the fourteenth day The ordinal number **fourteenth** can be stated as “fourteen.” Alternate translation: “For 14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 34 j3qx figs-idiom οὐδενὸς…ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται 1 a hair from the head of none of you will perish This was a customary way of saying no harm would come upon them. Alternate translation: “none of you will be injured in any way in this disaster” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 27 35 yh7y κλάσας 1 having broken bread “after he had torn the bread into pieces” or “tearing off a piece from the loaf of bread”
|
||||
ACT 27 35 yh7y κλάσας 1 having broken bread Alternate translation: “after he had torn the bread into pieces” or “tearing off a piece from the loaf of bread”
|
||||
ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες, καὶ 1 And they were all encouraged and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And this encouraged all of them and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 37 ynq3 translate-numbers ἤμεθα δὲ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ 1 And in all, we were 276 souls in the ship “And there was a total of two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship.” This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 27 39 vdk2 κόλπον 1 a bay a large area of water partly surrounded by land
|
||||
ACT 27 39 r1bx τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 they did not recognize the land “they saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew”
|
||||
ACT 27 40 k66v τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες, εἴων 1 having cut loose the anchors, they left them “they cut the ropes and left the anchors behind”
|
||||
ACT 27 39 r1bx τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 they did not recognize the land Alternate translation: “they saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew”
|
||||
ACT 27 40 k66v τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες, εἴων 1 having cut loose the anchors, they left them Alternate translation: “they cut the ropes and left the anchors behind”
|
||||
ACT 27 40 ntr9 τῶν πηδαλίων 1 of the rudders large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering
|
||||
ACT 27 40 cn2w τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the foresail “the sail at the front of the ship.” The sail was a large piece of cloth that catches the wind to move the ship.
|
||||
ACT 27 40 pa1k κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they headed to the beach “they steered the ship toward the beach”
|
||||
ACT 27 40 pa1k κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they headed to the beach Alternate translation: “they steered the ship toward the beach”
|
||||
ACT 27 41 y22n περιπεσόντες…εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον 1 having come to a place between two seas A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes where two seas meet, the current of one can flow across the current of the other. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow, and dangerous for ships.
|
||||
ACT 27 41 cpu5 πρῷρα 1 bow of the ship “front of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 41 v35z ἡ…πρύμνα 2 the stern “the back of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 42 qul7 τῶν…στρατιωτῶν, βουλὴ ἐγένετο 1 the plan of the soldiers was “the soldiers were planning”
|
||||
ACT 27 43 s2sz ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος 1 stopped their plan “kept them from doing what they planned to do”
|
||||
ACT 27 43 br8u ἀπορίψαντας 1 having jumped overboard “having jumped off the ship into the water”
|
||||
ACT 27 44 hw7p οὓς…ἐπὶ σανίσιν 1 some on planks “some on wooden boards”
|
||||
ACT 27 41 cpu5 πρῷρα 1 bow of the ship Alternate translation: “front of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 41 v35z ἡ…πρύμνα 2 the stern Alternate translation: “the back of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 42 qul7 τῶν…στρατιωτῶν, βουλὴ ἐγένετο 1 the plan of the soldiers was Alternate translation: “the soldiers were planning”
|
||||
ACT 27 43 s2sz ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος 1 stopped their plan Alternate translation: “kept them from doing what they planned to do”
|
||||
ACT 27 43 br8u ἀπορίψαντας 1 having jumped overboard Alternate translation: “having jumped off the ship into the water”
|
||||
ACT 27 44 hw7p οὓς…ἐπὶ σανίσιν 1 some on planks Alternate translation: “some on wooden boards”
|
||||
ACT 28 intro w8yn 0 # Acts 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>No one knows for sure why Luke ends his history without telling what happened to Paul after he had been in Rome for two years.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Letters” and “brothers”<br><br>The Jewish leaders were surprised that Paul wanted to speak with them, because they had received no letters from the high priest in Jerusalem telling them that Paul was coming.<br><br>When the Jewish leaders spoke of “brothers,” they were referring to fellow Jews, not to Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “He was a god”<br><br>The native people believed that Paul was a god, but they did not believe that he was the one true God. We do not know why Paul did not tell the native people that he was not a god.
|
||||
ACT 28 1 p1bd figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those who traveled with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 twx8 0 Connecting Statement: After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months.
|
||||
ACT 28 1 j1yf figs-activepassive καὶ διασωθέντες 1 And having been brought safely through This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And when we had arrived safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 tt1i figs-exclusive τότε ἐπέγνωμεν 1 we then learned Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. Alternate translation: “we learned from the people” or “we found out from the residents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 f8y4 translate-names Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται 1 the island was called Malta **Malta** is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 e7w6 οἵ…βάρβαροι 1 the native people “the local people”
|
||||
ACT 28 2 e7w6 οἵ…βάρβαροι 1 the native people Alternate translation: “the local people”
|
||||
ACT 28 2 v8yh figs-metaphor παρεῖχαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν 1 offered to us not ordinary kindness Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. Alternate translation: “were especially kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 r7jy figs-litotes οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν 1 not just ordinary kindness This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite of what is said. Alternate translation: “a great deal of kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 z9cp ἅψαντες…πυρὰν 1 having lit a fire “when they put together twigs and branches and burned them”
|
||||
ACT 28 2 z9cp ἅψαντες…πυρὰν 1 having lit a fire Alternate translation: “when they put together twigs and branches and burned them”
|
||||
ACT 28 2 itw2 προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς 1 they welcomed us all Possible meanings are (1) “welcomed all of the people from the ship” or (2) “welcomed Paul and all his companions.”
|
||||
ACT 28 3 g4ad ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ τῆς θέρμης ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a viper, having come out from the heat “a poisonous snake, driven from the bundle of sticks by the heat of the fire”
|
||||
ACT 28 3 xmx4 καθῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 fastened on to his hand “bit Paul’s hand and did not let go”
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ye7h πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man certainly is a murderer “For sure, this man is a murderer” or “This man is truly a murderer”
|
||||
ACT 28 3 g4ad ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ τῆς θέρμης ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a viper, having come out from the heat Alternate translation: “a poisonous snake, driven from the bundle of sticks by the heat of the fire”
|
||||
ACT 28 3 xmx4 καθῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 fastened on to his hand Alternate translation: “bit Paul’s hand and did not let go”
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ye7h πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man certainly is a murderer Alternate translation: “For sure, this man is a murderer” or “This man is truly a murderer”
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ma1b figs-explicit ἡ δίκη 1 justice The word **justice** refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: “the god called Justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 28 5 q5i3 ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ 1 shaking off the snake into the fire “after shaking his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire”
|
||||
ACT 28 5 asr8 ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν 1 suffered no harm “was not hurt at all”
|
||||
ACT 28 5 q5i3 ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ 1 shaking off the snake into the fire Alternate translation: “after shaking his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire”
|
||||
ACT 28 5 asr8 ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν 1 suffered no harm Alternate translation: “was not hurt at all”
|
||||
ACT 28 6 m11i πίμπρασθαι 1 to become inflamed Possible meanings are (1) his body would swell because of the snake venom or (2) he would become very hot with fever.
|
||||
ACT 28 6 i6i6 figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον 1 nothing unusual happening to him This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “everything about him was as it should be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 28 6 u81u figs-metaphor μεταβαλόμενοι 1 having changed their minds To think differently about a situation is spoken of as if a person is changing his mind. Alternate translation: “thinking again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3143,24 +3143,24 @@ ACT 28 7 wh2d translate-names ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ 1 named Publius This
|
|||
ACT 28 8 g12t writing-background ἐγένετο δὲ, τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι 1 And it happened that the father of Publius was lying sick, having been afflicted with fever and dysentery This is background information about Publius’ father that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 28 8 m154 figs-activepassive πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον 1 having been afflicted with fever and dysentery This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “was suffering from fever and dysentery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 8 fr46 δυσεντερίῳ 1 dysentery **Dysentery** is an infectious intestinal disease.
|
||||
ACT 28 8 pwk5 ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ 1 having placed his hands on him “having touched him with his hands”
|
||||
ACT 28 8 pwk5 ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ 1 having placed his hands on him Alternate translation: “having touched him with his hands”
|
||||
ACT 28 9 yk6u figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύοντο 1 were being healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he healed them too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 10 ydg4 πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς 1 honored us with many honors Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts.
|
||||
ACT 28 11 jc5t figs-explicit 0 General Information: The Twin Brothers refers to Castor and Pollux, the twin sons of Zeus, a Greek god. They were thought to be protectors of ships. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 28 11 be1c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul’s journey to Rome continues.
|
||||
ACT 28 11 qi6e παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ 1 that had wintered at the island “that the crew left at the island for the cold season”
|
||||
ACT 28 11 qi6e παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ 1 that had wintered at the island Alternate translation: “that the crew left at the island for the cold season”
|
||||
ACT 28 11 cm2t ἐν πλοίῳ…Ἀλεξανδρίνῳ 1 in an Alexandrian ship Possible meanings are this refers to (1) a ship that came from Alexandria, or (2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Alexandria.
|
||||
ACT 28 11 em5p παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις 1 with a “Twin Gods” figurehead On the bow of the ship, there was a carving of the two idols called “the Twin Gods.” Their names were Castor and Pollux.
|
||||
ACT 28 12 w5c6 translate-names Συρακούσας 1 Syracuse **Syracuse** is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 13 se8v translate-names 0 General Information: The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns was a popular market and inn on the main highway called the Appian Way, about 50 kilometers south of the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 13 z2u4 translate-names Ῥήγιον 1 Rhegium This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 13 p633 ἐπιγενομένου νότου 1 a south wind having sprung up “when the wind began to blow from the south”
|
||||
ACT 28 13 p633 ἐπιγενομένου νότου 1 a south wind having sprung up Alternate translation: “when the wind began to blow from the south”
|
||||
ACT 28 13 tz4h translate-names Ποτιόλους 1 Puteoli **Puteoli** is located in modern-day Naples on the west coast of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 14 m1is οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφοὺς 1 Having found brothers there “When we met fellow believers there”
|
||||
ACT 28 14 m1is οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφοὺς 1 Having found brothers there Alternate translation: “When we met fellow believers there”
|
||||
ACT 28 14 n3tw figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers These were followers of Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 28 14 a2c5 figs-activepassive παρεκλήθημεν 1 we were begged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they begged us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 14 bc3j καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν 1 and in this way, we came to Rome Once Paul reached Puteoli, the rest of the journey to Rome was on land. Alternate translation: “and after we stayed seven days with them, we went to Rome” or “and so our trip ended as we arrived in Rome”
|
||||
ACT 28 15 k754 ἀκούσαντες, τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν 1 having heard the things about us “after they heard why we were there”
|
||||
ACT 28 15 k754 ἀκούσαντες, τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν 1 having heard the things about us Alternate translation: “after they heard why we were there”
|
||||
ACT 28 15 m9tz figs-metaphor εὐχαριστήσας τῷ Θεῷ, ἔλαβε θάρσος 1 having thanked God, took courage Here, **courage** is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could **take**. Alternate translation: “thanked God and was encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 16 fib2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 16 hf2t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3168,12 +3168,12 @@ ACT 28 16 te8v figs-activepassive ἐπετράπη τῷ Παύλῳ μένει
|
|||
ACT 28 17 vf7r ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 28 17 d77z τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους 1 the most important of the Jews These were the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome.
|
||||
ACT 28 17 e1dd ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means “fellow Jews.”
|
||||
ACT 28 17 g55i ἐναντίον…τῷ λαῷ 1 opposed to the people “against our people” or “against the Jews”
|
||||
ACT 28 17 g55i ἐναντίον…τῷ λαῷ 1 opposed to the people Alternate translation: “against our people” or “against the Jews”
|
||||
ACT 28 17 hgk4 figs-activepassive ἐγώ…δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 17 x3r2 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 into the hands of the Romans Here, **hands** stands for power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 18 fed7 τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί 1 there is no reason in me for a death penalty “I had done nothing to cause them to execute me”
|
||||
ACT 28 18 fed7 τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί 1 there is no reason in me for a death penalty Alternate translation: “I had done nothing to cause them to execute me”
|
||||
ACT 28 19 lr96 figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews This does not mean all of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 28 19 zk8f ἀντιλεγόντων 1 objecting “complaining about what the Roman authorities wanted to do”
|
||||
ACT 28 19 zk8f ἀντιλεγόντων 1 objecting Alternate translation: “complaining about what the Roman authorities wanted to do”
|
||||
ACT 28 19 n6vf figs-activepassive ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα 1 I was forced to appeal to Caesar This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I had to ask for Caesar to judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 19 e7gr figs-metonymy οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν 1 not as if I have anything to accuse my nation Here, **nation** stands for the people. Alternate translation: “but it was not because I wanted to accuse the people of my nation before Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 20 b1fd τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 the hope of Israel Possible meanings are (1) the people of Israel confidently expect the Messiah to come or (2) the people of Israel confidently expect God to bring those who have died back to life.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@ ACT 28 22 kw1d τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης 1 this sect A **sect** is
|
|||
ACT 28 22 gy8t figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστιν 1 it is known to us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται 1 it is spoken against everywhere This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 23 u7pc 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome. The words “him,” “his,” and “He” and refer to Paul ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)).
|
||||
ACT 28 23 q4iv ταξάμενοι…αὐτῷ ἡμέραν 1 when they had appointed a day for him “when they had chosen a time for him to speak to them”
|
||||
ACT 28 23 q4iv ταξάμενοι…αὐτῷ ἡμέραν 1 when they had appointed a day for him Alternate translation: “when they had chosen a time for him to speak to them”
|
||||
ACT 28 23 dg5f figs-metonymy διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 testifying about the kingdom of God Here, **kingdom of God** stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “telling them about God’s rule as king” or “telling them how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 23 peu1 figs-metonymy τῶν προφητῶν 1 from the prophets Here, **the prophets** refers to what they wrote. Alternate translation: “from what the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 24 pmd6 figs-activepassive καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοις 1 And some were convinced about the things which he was saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Paul was able to convince some of them by what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
268
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
268
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
|
|
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CO 1 2 f6k1 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you and peace This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters.
|
||||
2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father “God, who is the Father”
|
||||
2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father”
|
||||
2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort This could mean: (1) the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God**. (2) the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
|
||||
2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here, **us** and **our** include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 cfq7 τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης 1 your comfort that results “you experience effective comfort”
|
||||
2CO 1 6 cfq7 τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης 1 your comfort that results Alternate translation: “you experience effective comfort”
|
||||
2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-litotes οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed You can state this in positive terms. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God The words “be putting our trust” are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: “but instead, be putting our trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a **deadly peril** or terrible danger. Alternate translation: “despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 10 mwn9 καὶ ἔτι ῥύσεται 1 he will continue to deliver us “he also will continue to rescue us”
|
||||
2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us”
|
||||
2CO 1 10 mwn9 καὶ ἔτι ῥύσεται 1 he will continue to deliver us Alternate translation: “he also will continue to rescue us”
|
||||
2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf Alternate translation: “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us”
|
||||
2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **we**, **our**, **ourselves**, and **us** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
|
|
@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 15 nhq8 0 General Information: Paul wrote at least 3 letters to the Corinthians. Only 2 letters to Corinth are recorded in the Bible.
|
||||
2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter.
|
||||
2CO 1 15 n5ex ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing “you might benefit from me visiting you twice”
|
||||
2CO 1 16 mp6u ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you “to assist me to continue on to Judea”
|
||||
2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing Alternate translation: “you might benefit from me visiting you twice”
|
||||
2CO 1 16 mp6u ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you Alternate translation: “to assist me to continue on to Judea”
|
||||
2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is “no”. Alternate translation: “I was not hesitating.” or “I was confident in my decision.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 1 17 fq3t figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to fleshly planning, so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,23 +53,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 22 xe98 figs-metonymy δοὺς τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Alternate translation: “gave us the Spirit to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 1 22 jcv7 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the pledge of the Spirit The **Spirit** is spoken of as if he was a partial downpayment toward eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 23 j8lc ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Now I call God as a witness to my soul Here, to be **a witness** refers to a person telling what they have seen or heard in order to settle an argument. Alternate translation: “I ask God to show what I say is true”
|
||||
2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you “so that I might not cause you more suffering”
|
||||
2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy “we are working with you so that you may have joy”
|
||||
2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you Alternate translation: “so that I might not cause you more suffering”
|
||||
2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy Alternate translation: “we are working with you so that you may have joy”
|
||||
2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, **stand firm** can refer to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts<br><br>### Harsh writing<br><br>In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Aroma<br><br>A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma.
|
||||
2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
|
||||
2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
|
||||
2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
|
||||
2CO 2 2 nb6x figs-rquestion εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με, εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ? 1 If I caused you pain, who could cheer me up but the very one who was hurt by me? Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 2 2 x2vr figs-activepassive ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 the very one who was hurt by me You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 3 kxu2 figs-explicit ἔγραψα τοῦτο αὐτὸ 1 I wrote this same thing Paul is referring to another letter that he had written to the Corinthian Christians, but which no longer exists. Alternate translation: “I wrote as I did in my previous letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 2 3 v87i figs-activepassive μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν 1 I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 3 i5r6 ἡ ἐμὴ χαρὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 my joy is the same joy you all have “what gives me joy is what gives you joy, too”
|
||||
2CO 2 3 i5r6 ἡ ἐμὴ χαρὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 my joy is the same joy you all have Alternate translation: “what gives me joy is what gives you joy, too”
|
||||
2CO 2 4 uch7 ἐκ γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως 1 from great affliction Here the word **affliction** refers to emotional pain.
|
||||
2CO 2 4 vs7m figs-metonymy συνοχῆς καρδίας 1 with anguish of heart Here the word **heart** refers to the location of the emotions. Alternate translation: “with extreme sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 2 4 d5vf διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων 1 with many tears “with much crying”
|
||||
2CO 2 4 d5vf διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων 1 with many tears Alternate translation: “with much crying”
|
||||
2CO 2 6 iy4r figs-activepassive ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 6 wr3k figs-abstractnouns ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 The word **punishment** can be translated using a verb. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 2 6 a7c4 ἱκανὸν 1 is enough “is sufficient”
|
||||
2CO 2 6 a7c4 ἱκανὸν 1 is enough Alternate translation: “is sufficient”
|
||||
2CO 2 7 vpx1 figs-activepassive μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 8 r916 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
|
||||
2CO 2 8 yi2z κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην 1 publicly affirm your love for him This means that they are to confirm their **love** for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 2 12 l6vd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
|
||||
2CO 2 12 a1ti figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the **gospel** as if it were a **door** through which he was allowed to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 12 n9cr figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 13 rjy9 οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 I had no relief in my spirit “My mind was troubled” or “I was worried”
|
||||
2CO 2 13 rjy9 οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 I had no relief in my spirit Alternate translation: “My mind was troubled” or “I was worried”
|
||||
2CO 2 13 xd5h Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 my brother Titus Paul speaks of **Titus** as his spiritual **brother**.
|
||||
2CO 2 13 wq6j ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 So I left them “So I left the people of Troas”
|
||||
2CO 2 13 wq6j ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 So I left them Alternate translation: “So I left the people of Troas”
|
||||
2CO 2 14 gpd2 figs-metaphor τῷ…Θεῷ…τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ 1 God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph Paul speaks of God as if he were a victorious general leading a victory parade and of himself and his coworkers as those who take part in that parade. This could mean: (1) God, who in Christ always causes us to share in his triumph. (2) God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph as those over whom he as gained victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 14 l1nr figs-metaphor τὴν ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ, φανεροῦντι δι’ ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 Through us he spreads the sweet aroma of the knowledge of him everywhere Paul speaks of the **knowledge** of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “He causes the knowledge of Christ to spread to everyone who hears us, just as the sweet smell of burning incense spreads to everyone near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 14 eq21 φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 he spreads … everywhere “he spreads … everywhere we go”
|
||||
2CO 2 14 eq21 φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 he spreads … everywhere Alternate translation: “he spreads … everywhere we go”
|
||||
2CO 2 15 x6nn figs-metaphor Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were a burnt offering that someone offers to **God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 15 b1k1 Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the sweet aroma of Christ This could refer to: (1) the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of **Christ**. (2) the sweet aroma that **Christ** offers.
|
||||
2CO 2 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 2 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 a fragrance from life to life This could mean: (1) the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of life that gives people **life**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 be6x figs-rquestion πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός? 1 who is worthy of these things? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 2 17 a5sa figs-metonymy καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who sell the word of God Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message to make money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 2 17 x86y εἰλικρινείας 1 sincerity “pure motives”
|
||||
2CO 2 17 u2zb κατέναντι Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak in Christ “we speak as people who are joined to Christ” or “we speak with the authority of Christ”
|
||||
2CO 2 17 x86y εἰλικρινείας 1 sincerity Alternate translation: “pure motives”
|
||||
2CO 2 17 u2zb κατέναντι Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak in Christ Alternate translation: “we speak as people who are joined to Christ” or “we speak with the authority of Christ”
|
||||
2CO 2 17 q4dc figs-ellipsis κατέναντι Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul and his coworkers preach the gospel with the awareness that **God** is watching them. Alternate translation: “we speak in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 3 intro f7rh 0 # 2 Corinthians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br><br>Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul’s teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit.”<br><br>Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here, **Spirit** probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being “spiritual” in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 1 m1k8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them that he is not boasting as he tells them about what he has done through Christ.
|
||||
|
|
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 2 bu1u figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts You can state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 s717 figs-explicit ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ 1 you are a letter from Christ Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the **letter**. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 wrk4 διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 cared for by us “brought by us”
|
||||
2CO 3 3 wrk4 διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 cared for by us Alternate translation: “brought by us”
|
||||
2CO 3 3 q96q ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 It was written not with ink … on tablets of human hearts Paul clarifies that the Corinthians are like a spiritual letter, not like a letter that humans write with physical objects.
|
||||
2CO 3 3 vyuh figs-ellipsis ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 The verb “written” is implied in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not written with ink, but written with the Spirit of the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 qt5g figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 3 ih89 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 u959 figs-metaphor πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 tablets of human hearts Paul speaks of their **hearts** as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 4 z7qx πεποίθησιν δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν 1 such confidence This refers to what Paul has just said. His **confidence** comes from knowing that the Corinthians are the validation of his ministry before God.
|
||||
2CO 3 5 qye9 ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί 1 competent in ourselves “qualified in ourselves” or “sufficient in ourselves”
|
||||
2CO 3 5 qye9 ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί 1 competent in ourselves Alternate translation: “qualified in ourselves” or “sufficient in ourselves”
|
||||
2CO 3 5 e5e7 figs-explicit λογίσασθαί τι ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν 1 to consider anything as coming from us Here the word **anything** refers to anything pertaining to Paul’s apostolic ministry. Alternate translation: “to claim that anything we have done in ministry comes from our own efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 5 wi1t ἡ ἱκανότης ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our competence is from God “God gives us our sufficiency”
|
||||
2CO 3 5 wi1t ἡ ἱκανότης ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our competence is from God Alternate translation: “God gives us our sufficiency”
|
||||
2CO 3 6 dp6i figs-synecdoche καινῆς διαθήκης, οὐ γράμματος 1 a new covenant, not of the letter Here the word **letter** means letters of the alphabet and refers to words that people write down. Alternate translation: “a covenant not based on commands that men have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 3 6 gbsc figs-explicit οὐ γράμματος 1 The phrase **the letter** alludes to the Old Testament law. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 6 tc4u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ Πνεύματος 1 but of the Spirit The Holy **Spirit** is the one who establishes God’s covenant with people. Alternate translation: “but a covenant based on what the Spirit does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 7 ut6r figs-irony εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου…ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 Now if the ministry that produced death … came in such glory Paul emphasizes that although the law leads to **death**, it was still very glorious. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 3 7 du65 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου 1 the ministry that produced death Here, **the ministry of death** refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: “the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 7 j1hp figs-activepassive ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις 1 engraved in letters on stones You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 7 r5p5 ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 in such glory “in so much glory that”
|
||||
2CO 3 7 r5p5 ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 in such glory Alternate translation: “in so much glory that”
|
||||
2CO 3 8 xxn6 figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ? 1 Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory? Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 3 8 wq1v figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the ministry of the Spirit Here, **the ministry of the Spirit** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 9 k779 figs-explicit τῇ διακονίᾳ τῆς κατακρίσεως 1 the ministry of condemnation Here, **the ministry of condemnation** refers to the Old Testament law. Alternate translation: “the ministry that condemns people because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -136,15 +136,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 9 ufq6 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the ministry of righteousness Here, **the ministry of righteousness** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 10 n4pe καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται, τὸ δεδοξασμένον…εἵνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης 1 that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious … because of the glory that exceeds it The Old Testament law no longer appears **glorious** when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious.
|
||||
2CO 3 10 t2dq figs-activepassive τὸ δεδοξασμένον 1 that which was once made glorious You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 10 d7k5 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει 1 in this respect “in this way”
|
||||
2CO 3 10 d7k5 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει 1 in this respect Alternate translation: “in this way”
|
||||
2CO 3 11 zwb2 figs-metaphor τὸ καταργούμενον 1 that which was fading away This refers to “the ministry of condemnation,” which Paul speaks of as if it were an object capable of disappearing. Alternate translation: “that which was becoming useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 12 tnc1 ἔχοντες οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα 1 Since we have such a hope The word **Therefore** refers to what Paul has just said. His **hope** comes from knowing that the new covenant has an eternal glory.
|
||||
2CO 3 12 u5qa τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα 1 such a hope “such confidence”
|
||||
2CO 3 12 u5qa τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα 1 such a hope Alternate translation: “such confidence”
|
||||
2CO 3 13 p5u2 figs-explicit τὸ τέλος τοῦ καταργουμένου 1 the end of that which was fading away The refers to the glory that shined on Moses’ face. Alternate translation: “the glory on Moses’ face as it faded away completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 14 zvf5 figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ ἐπωρώθη τὰ νοήματα αὐτῶν 1 But their minds were hardened Paul speaks of the **minds** of the Israelite people as objects that could be closed or made hard. This expression means that they were unable to understand what they saw. Alternate translation: “But the Israelites could not understand what they saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 14 zm7j ἄχρι γὰρ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 For until this present day Here, **the present day** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 3 14 w68p figs-metaphor τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει 1 when they read the old covenant, that same veil remains Just as the Israelites could not see the glory on Moses’ face because he covered his face with a **veil**, there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the **old covenant**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 14 gg2d ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης 1 when they read the old covenant “when they hear someone read the old covenant”
|
||||
2CO 3 14 gg2d ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης 1 when they read the old covenant Alternate translation: “when they hear someone read the old covenant”
|
||||
2CO 3 14 gl8l figs-activepassive μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται 1 It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 rjh5 ἀλλ’ ἕως σήμερον 1 But even today Here the word **today** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 3 15 t3dl figs-metonymy ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 whenever Moses is read Here the word **Moses** refers to the Old Testament law that Moses wrote down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -157,32 +157,32 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 18 l3xw figs-metaphor ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι 1 with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord Unlike the Israelites who could not see God’s glory reflected on Moses’ face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding God’s **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 bx5b ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν 1 from glory to glory “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory.” This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the **glory** of believers.
|
||||
2CO 3 18 mw3v καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου 1 just as from the Lord “just as this comes from the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 3 18 mw3v καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου 1 just as from the Lord Alternate translation: “just as this comes from the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 4 intro rx1c 0 # 2 Corinthians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore.” This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ministry<br><br>Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Life and death<br><br>Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hope<br><br>Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
|
||||
2CO 4 1 lyi4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that he is honest in his ministry by preaching Christ, not praising himself. He shows the death and the life of Jesus in how he lives so that life can work in the Corinthian believers.
|
||||
2CO 4 1 ix7n figs-exclusive ἠλεήθημεν, οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν 1 having this ministry Both occurrences of the word **we** refers to Paul and his coworker, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 1 h1ud figs-explicit καθὼς ἠλεήθημεν 1 and just as we have received mercy This phrase explains how Paul and his coworkers have “this ministry.” It is a gift that God has given to them through his **mercy**. Alternate translation: “because God has shown us mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 4 2 yp4g ἀπειπάμεθα τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 1 we have rejected the shameful hidden things This means that Paul and his coworkers refused to do “secret and shameful” things. It does not mean that they had done these things in the past.
|
||||
2CO 4 2 z4c2 figs-hendiadys τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 1 the shameful hidden things The word **hidden** describes the things that people do secretly. Things that are **shameful** should cause people who do them to feel ashamed. Alternate translation: “the things that people do secretly because they cause shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 4 2 ey75 περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ 1 walking in craftiness “living by deception”
|
||||
2CO 4 2 ey75 περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ 1 walking in craftiness Alternate translation: “living by deception”
|
||||
2CO 4 2 gp3g figs-metonymy μηδὲ δολοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not distorting the word of God Here, **word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “we do not mishandle God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 4 2 lzn0 figs-doublenegatives μηδὲ δολοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase uses two negative thoughts to express a positive thought. Alternate translation: “we use the word of God correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 4 2 aj24 συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων 1 commending ourselves to every person’s conscience This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
|
||||
2CO 4 2 f6n1 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. God’s understanding and approval of Paul’s truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 3 mti5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual **veil** that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the **gospel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 3 hz2f figs-activepassive εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 3 e5yu τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν 1 our gospel “the gospel that we preach”
|
||||
2CO 4 3 e5yu τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν 1 our gospel Alternate translation: “the gospel that we preach”
|
||||
2CO 4 4 r6pz figs-metaphor ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν ἀπίστων 1 the god of this age has blinded the minds of the unbelieving Paul speaks of the **minds** of unbelievers as if they had eyes, and their inability to understand as their minds being unable to see. Alternate translation: “the god of this world has prevented unbelievers from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 4 tx9h ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the god of this world “the god who rules this world.” This phrase refers to Satan.
|
||||
2CO 4 4 z4yp figs-metaphor μὴ αὐγάσαι τὸν φωτισμὸν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς δόξης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 they do not see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ As the Israelites could not see God’s **glory** that shined on Moses’ face because he covered it with a veil ([2 Corinthians 3:13](../03/13.md)), unbelievers are not able to see Christ’s glory that shines in **the gospel**. This means that they are unable to understand “the gospel of the glory of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 4 j1vz τὸν φωτισμὸν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the light of the gospel “the light that comes from the gospel”
|
||||
2CO 4 4 rdj3 τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς δόξης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the gospel of the glory of Christ “the gospel about the Christ’s glory”
|
||||
2CO 4 4 j1vz τὸν φωτισμὸν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the light of the gospel Alternate translation: “the light that comes from the gospel”
|
||||
2CO 4 4 rdj3 τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς δόξης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the gospel of the glory of Christ Alternate translation: “the gospel about the Christ’s glory”
|
||||
2CO 4 5 ddw1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν Κύριον, ἑαυτοὺς δὲ δούλους ὑμῶν 1 but Christ Jesus as Lord, and ourselves as your servants You can supply the verb for these phrases. Alternate translation: “but we proclaim Christ Jesus as Lord, and we proclaim ourselves as your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 4 5 t8du διὰ Ἰησοῦν 1 for Jesus’ sake “because of Jesus”
|
||||
2CO 4 5 t8du διὰ Ἰησοῦν 1 for Jesus’ sake Alternate translation: “because of Jesus”
|
||||
2CO 4 6 rw5z ἐκ σκότους φῶς λάμψει 1 Light will shine out of darkness With this sentence, Paul refers to God creating **light**, as described in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
2CO 4 6 d5x7 figs-metaphor ὃς ἔλαμψεν…πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He has shone … to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God Here, the illumination from the light represents the ability to understand. Just as God created light, he also creates understanding for believers. Alternate translation: “the one who caused light to shine … to enable us to understand the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 6 bj1j figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “in our minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 4 6 mpg9 πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the light of the knowledge of the glory of God “to show us the knowledge of the glory of God”
|
||||
2CO 4 6 mpg9 πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the light of the knowledge of the glory of God Alternate translation: “to show us the knowledge of the glory of God”
|
||||
2CO 4 6 p736 figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ Just as God’s **glory** shone upon Moses’ face ([2 Corinthians 3:7](../03/07.md)), it also shines upon **the face of Jesus**. This means that when Paul preaches the gospel, people are able to see and understand the message about God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 7 xe5i figs-exclusive ἔχομεν δὲ 1 But we have Here the word **we** refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 7 xx2c figs-metaphor ἔχομεν…τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν 1 we have this treasure in jars of clay Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a** treasure** and their bodies as if they were breakable **jars** made out of **clay**. This emphasizes that they are of little value compared to the worth of the gospel that they preach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,38 +221,38 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 1 bbvr figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 2 tc2j ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν 1 in this tent we groan Here, **this** means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
|
||||
2CO 5 2 ss6g figs-metaphor τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες 1 longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling The words **our dwelling that is from heaven** means the same thing as “a building from God.” Paul speaks of the new body that believers receive after they die as if it were both a building and a piece of clothing that a person can put on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 3 i4es ἐνδυσάμενοι 1 we have put it on “by putting on our heavenly dwelling”
|
||||
2CO 5 3 i4es ἐνδυσάμενοι 1 we have put it on Alternate translation: “by putting on our heavenly dwelling”
|
||||
2CO 5 3 ap7v figs-activepassive οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα 1 we will not be found to be naked You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 bz6k figs-metaphor οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει 1 while we are in this tent Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a **tent**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e34b ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν 1 in this tent, we groan The word **tent** refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 5 4 cjt4 figs-metaphor βαρούμενοι 1 being burdened Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed … we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing for our spirit. Here, **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 n78p ἐκδύσασθαι 1 to be unclothed “to be without clothes” or “to be naked”
|
||||
2CO 5 4 n78p ἐκδύσασθαι 1 to be unclothed Alternate translation: “to be without clothes” or “to be naked”
|
||||
2CO 5 4 de2b figs-metaphor ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an animal that eats **the mortal**. The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e5zi figs-activepassive ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 5 g7yj figs-metaphor ὁ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 who gave us the Spirit as the down payment The **Spirit** is spoken of as if he were a partial **down payment** toward eternal life. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Corinthians 1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 6 clh5 0 Connecting Statement: Because believers will have a new body and have the Holy Spirit as a pledge, Paul reminds them to live by faith that they may please the Lord. He continues by reminding them to persuade others because: (1) Believers will appear at the judgment seat of Christ. (2) Christ who died for believers in love.
|
||||
2CO 5 6 xv3m figs-metaphor ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 being at home in the body Paul speaks of the physical **body** as if it were a place where a person dwells. Alternate translation: “while we are living in this earthly body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 6 ebl4 ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 we are away from the Lord “we are not at home with the Lord” or “we are not in heaven with the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 6 ebl4 ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 we are away from the Lord Alternate translation: “we are not at home with the Lord” or “we are not in heaven with the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 7 rfn4 figs-metaphor διὰ πίστεως…περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους 1 we walk by faith, not by sight Here, **walk** is a metaphor for “live” or “behave.” Alternate translation: “we live according to faith, not according to what we see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 8 a6au εὐδοκοῦμεν, μᾶλλον ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος 1 we would rather be away from the body Here the word **body** refers to the physical body.
|
||||
2CO 5 8 i3m3 ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν Κύριον 1 at home with the Lord “at home with the Lord in heaven”
|
||||
2CO 5 8 i3m3 ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν Κύριον 1 at home with the Lord Alternate translation: “at home with the Lord in heaven”
|
||||
2CO 5 9 ml5j figs-ellipsis εἴτε ἐνδημοῦντες εἴτε ἐκδημοῦντες 1 whether we are at home or away The phrases “with the Lord” and “from the Lord” may be supplied from the previous verses. Alternate translation: “whether we are at home with the Lord or away from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 5 9 j1sl εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι 1 to be pleasing to him “to please the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 10 kdf2 ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 before the judgment seat of Christ “before Christ to be judged”
|
||||
2CO 5 10 c499 κομίσηται ἕκαστος 1 each one may receive back the things done in “each person may receive what he deserves for”
|
||||
2CO 5 9 j1sl εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι 1 to be pleasing to him Alternate translation: “to please the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 10 kdf2 ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 before the judgment seat of Christ Alternate translation: “before Christ to be judged”
|
||||
2CO 5 10 c499 κομίσηται ἕκαστος 1 each one may receive back the things done in Alternate translation: “each person may receive what he deserves for”
|
||||
2CO 5 10 v8sl figs-activepassive τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος 1 the things done in the body You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 10 lsh8 εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακὸν 1 whether for good or for bad “whether those things were good or bad”
|
||||
2CO 5 11 dzh5 εἰδότες…τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 knowing the fear of the Lord “knowing what it means to fear the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 10 lsh8 εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακὸν 1 whether for good or for bad Alternate translation: “whether those things were good or bad”
|
||||
2CO 5 11 dzh5 εἰδότες…τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 knowing the fear of the Lord Alternate translation: “knowing what it means to fear the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 11 qm34 figs-explicit ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν 1 we persuade people This could mean: (1) **we persuade** people of the truth of the gospel. (2) **we persuade** people that we are legitimate apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 5 11 v11v figs-activepassive Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα 1 What we are is clearly seen by God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 11 y5l1 καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι 1 that it is also clear to your conscience “that you are also convinced of it”
|
||||
2CO 5 12 mza1 ἵνα ἔχητε 1 so you may have an answer “so you may have something to say to”
|
||||
2CO 5 11 y5l1 καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι 1 that it is also clear to your conscience Alternate translation: “that you are also convinced of it”
|
||||
2CO 5 12 mza1 ἵνα ἔχητε 1 so you may have an answer Alternate translation: “so you may have something to say to”
|
||||
2CO 5 12 it2r figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ 1 those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart Here the word **face** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 5 13 cy57 figs-idiom εἴτε…ἐξέστημεν…εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν 1 if we are out of our minds … if we are in our right minds Paul is speaking about the way others think of him and his coworkers. Alternate translation: “if people think we are crazy … if people think we are sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 5 14 azi9 ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the love of Christ This could refer to: (1) our **love** for **Christ**. (2) Christ’s **love** for us.
|
||||
2CO 5 14 nd9g ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 1 died for all “died for all people”
|
||||
2CO 5 15 h831 τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι 1 him who for their sake died and was raised “for him who for their sake died and whom God caused to live again” or “for Christ, who died for their sake and whom God raised”
|
||||
2CO 5 14 nd9g ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 1 died for all Alternate translation: “died for all people”
|
||||
2CO 5 15 h831 τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι 1 him who for their sake died and was raised Alternate translation: “for him who for their sake died and whom God caused to live again” or “for Christ, who died for their sake and whom God raised”
|
||||
2CO 5 15 ri6f τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι 1 for them Here, **for the one** could refer: (1) only to **who died**. (2) to both **who died** and **was raised**.
|
||||
2CO 5 16 f2ww 0 Connecting Statement: Because of Christ’s love and death, we are not to judge by human standards. We are appointed to teach others how to be united with and have peace with God through Christ’s death and receive God’s righteousness through Christ.
|
||||
2CO 5 16 ic21 ὥστε 1 For this reason Here, **Therefore** refers to what Paul has just said about living for Christ instead of living for self.
|
||||
|
|
@ -263,13 +263,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 18 lj2h figs-abstractnouns τὴν διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the ministry of reconciliation You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the ministry of reconciling people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 5 19 w1d1 figs-metonymy ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ 1 in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself Here, **the world** refers to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “in Christ, God was reconciling mankind to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 5 19 b62q θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 He is entrusting to us the message of reconciliation God has given Paul the responsibility to spread the message that God is reconciling people to himself.
|
||||
2CO 5 19 ix97 τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the message of reconciliation “the message about reconciliation”
|
||||
2CO 5 19 ix97 τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the message of reconciliation Alternate translation: “the message about reconciliation”
|
||||
2CO 5 20 wg8f figs-activepassive ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 20 q9u9 ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ…πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ “we are those who speak for Christ”
|
||||
2CO 5 20 q9u9 ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ…πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ Alternate translation: “we are those who speak for Christ”
|
||||
2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 21 jp2a τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν 1 The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
|
||||
2CO 5 21 jp2a τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν 1 The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us Alternate translation: “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
|
||||
2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us … we Here the words **us** and **we** are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin “Christ, the one who never sinned”
|
||||
2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin Alternate translation: “Christ, the one who never sinned”
|
||||
2CO 5 21 kmt9 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 so that we might become the righteousness of God in him The phrase **the righteousness of God** refers to the righteousness that God requires and which comes from God. Alternate translation: “so that we might have God’s righteousness in us through Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 6 intro f5qu 0 # 2 Corinthians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 2 and 16-18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Servants<br><br>Paul refers to Christians as servants of God. God calls Christians to serve him in all circumstances. Paul describes some of the difficult circumstances in which he and his companions served God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Contrasts<br><br>Paul uses four pairs of contrasts: righteousness versus lawlessness, light versus darkness, Christ versus Satan, and the temple of God versus idols. These contrasts show a difference between Christians and non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions to teach his readers. All of these questions make essentially the same point: Christians should not intimately fellowship with those who live in sin. Paul repeats these questions for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
|
||||
2CO 6 1 in53 0 General Information: In verse 2, Paul quotes a portion from the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
|
|
@ -281,22 +281,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 3 v3wc figs-metaphor μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν 1 We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: “we do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 3 he3c figs-activepassive μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία 1 our ministry might not The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 4 xd9l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: When Paul uses **we** here, he is referring to himself and Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 4 p9up ἐν παντὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι 1 we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants “we prove that we are God’s servants by all that we do”
|
||||
2CO 6 4 p9up ἐν παντὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι 1 we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants Alternate translation: “we prove that we are God’s servants by all that we do”
|
||||
2CO 6 4 xyf9 Θεοῦ διάκονοι: ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενοχωρίαις 1 God’s servants; in much endurance, affliction, distress, hardship Paul mentions various difficult situations in which they proved that they are **God’s servants**.
|
||||
2CO 6 5 it8g ἐν πληγαῖς, ἐν φυλακαῖς, ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις, ἐν κόποις, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις, ἐν νηστείαις 1 beatings, imprisonments, riots, in hard work, in sleepless nights, in hunger Paul continues to mention various difficult situations in which they proved that they are God’s servants.
|
||||
2CO 6 6 w84c ἐν ἁγνότητι…ἐν ἀγάπῃ ἀνυποκρίτῳ 1 in purity … in genuine love Paul lists several moral virtues that they maintained in difficult situations that proved that they are God’s servants.
|
||||
2CO 6 7 b6am ἐν λόγῳ ἀληθείας, ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 in the word of truth, in the power of God Their dedication to preach the gospel **in the power of God** proves that they are God’s servants.
|
||||
2CO 6 7 dui6 ἐν λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 in the word of truth “by speaking God’s message about truth” or “by speaking God’s true message”
|
||||
2CO 6 7 p5l5 ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 in the power of God “by showing God’s power to people”
|
||||
2CO 6 7 dui6 ἐν λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 in the word of truth Alternate translation: “by speaking God’s message about truth” or “by speaking God’s true message”
|
||||
2CO 6 7 p5l5 ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 in the power of God Alternate translation: “by showing God’s power to people”
|
||||
2CO 6 7 ven8 figs-metaphor διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν 1 through the weapons of righteousness for the right hand and for the left Paul speaks of their **righteousness** as if it is **weapons** that they use to fight spiritual battles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 7 ef5b τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the weapons of righteousness “righteousness as our armor” or “righteousness as our weapons”
|
||||
2CO 6 7 ef5b τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the weapons of righteousness Alternate translation: “righteousness as our armor” or “righteousness as our weapons”
|
||||
2CO 6 7 ijr2 τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν 1 for the right hand and for the left This could mean: (1) there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other. (2) they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
|
||||
2CO 6 8 zi7d figs-merism 0 General Information: Paul lists several extremes of how people think about him and his ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CO 6 8 e4pf figs-activepassive ὡς πλάνοι 1 as imposters You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 9 fcb5 figs-activepassive ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι 1 as if we were unknown and we are still well known You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 9 r1d9 figs-activepassive ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι 1 as being punished, and yet not being killed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 11 vh9v 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers at Corinth to be separated from idols and live clean lives for God.
|
||||
2CO 6 11 v74j τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Our mouth has been opened to you “We have spoken honestly to you”
|
||||
2CO 6 11 v74j τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Our mouth has been opened to you Alternate translation: “We have spoken honestly to you”
|
||||
2CO 6 11 mv85 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 our heart is opened wide Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a **heart** that is open. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 11 r815 figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 m2kq figs-metaphor οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their **inward parts** were squeezed into a tight space. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -323,10 +323,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε 1 Touch no unclean thing You can state this in positive terms. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 7 intro hg36 0 # 2 Corinthians 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus’ return and the comfort it brought.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Clean and unclean<br><br>Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Sadness and sorrow<br><br>The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Original situation<br><br>This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 1 e7t9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind them to be separated from sin and to seek holiness purposefully.
|
||||
2CO 7 1 h5xv ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved “you whom I love” or “dear friends”
|
||||
2CO 7 1 h5xv ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved Alternate translation: “you whom I love” or “dear friends”
|
||||
2CO 7 1 fv49 καθαρίσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς 1 let us cleanse ourselves Here Paul is saying to stay away from any form of sin that would affect one’s relationship with God.
|
||||
2CO 7 1 c2xf ἐπιτελοῦντες ἁγιωσύνην 1 perfecting holiness “striving to be holy”
|
||||
2CO 7 1 pt41 ἐν φόβῳ Θεοῦ 1 in the fear of God “out of deep respect for God”
|
||||
2CO 7 1 c2xf ἐπιτελοῦντες ἁγιωσύνην 1 perfecting holiness Alternate translation: “striving to be holy”
|
||||
2CO 7 1 pt41 ἐν φόβῳ Θεοῦ 1 in the fear of God Alternate translation: “out of deep respect for God”
|
||||
2CO 7 2 v4nu 0 Connecting Statement: Having already warned the people of Corinth about other leaders who were striving to get these Corinthian believers to follow them, Paul reminds the people of the way he feels about them.
|
||||
2CO 7 2 x3lg figs-explicit χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς 1 Make room for us This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 6:11](../06/11.md) about them opening their hearts to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 2 c2yz figs-metaphor χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς 1 Paul speaks of the Corinthians loving him as if they were opening their hearts to him. Alternate translation: “Make room for us in your hearts” or “Love us and accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 3 xzg3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συνζῆν 1 for us to die together and to live together This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: “whether we live or whether we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with encouragement You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mx9b figs-metaphor ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ 1 I overflow with joy Paul speaks of **joy** as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mr75 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 even in all our afflictions “despite all our hardships”
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mr75 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 even in all our afflictions Alternate translation: “despite all our hardships”
|
||||
2CO 7 5 f3c5 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 When we came to Macedonia Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 c8ju figs-synecdoche οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν 1 our flesh had no rest Here, **our flesh** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 h3cv figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 we were troubled in every way You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 7 w7td figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 by the comfort that Titus had received from you Paul received **comfort** from knowing that the Corinthians had **comforted** Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 8 b2xj 0 General Information: This refers to Paul’s previous letter to these Corinthian believers where he rebuked them for their acceptance of a believer’s sexual immorality with his father’s wife.
|
||||
2CO 7 8 jic5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul praises them for their godly sorrow, their zeal to do right, and the joy that it brought him and Titus.
|
||||
2CO 7 8 vk7m βλέπω ὅτι ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη 1 when I saw that my letter “when I learned that my letter”
|
||||
2CO 7 8 vk7m βλέπω ὅτι ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη 1 when I saw that my letter Alternate translation: “when I learned that my letter”
|
||||
2CO 7 9 kn5q figs-activepassive οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε 1 not because you were distressed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 9 l6d2 figs-idiom ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 you would not suffer loss in anything through us This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: “so that we did not harm you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 7 10 dtm3 figs-ellipsis ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν…ἐργάζεται 1 For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation The word **repentance** may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,9 +355,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 12 ycy7 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 7 13 kn2q figs-activepassive διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα 1 For this reason we are encouraged Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 14 b4uq ὅτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι 1 For if I boasted to him about you “For although I boasted to him about you”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 m22c οὐ κατῃσχύνθην 1 I was not embarrassed “you did not disappoint me”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 q5hg ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη 1 our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true “you proved to Titus that our boasting about you was true”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 b4uq ὅτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι 1 For if I boasted to him about you Alternate translation: “For although I boasted to him about you”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 m22c οὐ κατῃσχύνθην 1 I was not embarrassed Alternate translation: “you did not disappoint me”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 q5hg ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη 1 our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true Alternate translation: “you proved to Titus that our boasting about you was true”
|
||||
2CO 7 15 d87j figs-abstractnouns τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν 1 the obedience of all of you You can state this noun **obedience** with a verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here, **fear** and **trembling** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling This could refer to: (1) great reverence for God. (2) great reverence for Titus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -378,28 +378,28 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 8 9 j5ym figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τῇ ἐκείνου πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε 1 through his poverty you might become rich Paul speaks of the Corinthians becoming spiritually {rich} as a result of Jesus becoming human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 8 10 b7ht figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 In this matter Here the word **this** refers to Corinthians collecting money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “with regard to the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 8 11 fc27 figs-abstractnouns καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν 1 there was the readiness of your desire You can state this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “just as you were eager and desired to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 8 11 d6ly καὶ τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 1 there may be the completion “complete it” or “finish it”
|
||||
2CO 8 12 k9wh καθὸ ἐὰν ἔχῃ 1 according to whatever a person has “if it is proportional to what the person giving has”
|
||||
2CO 8 11 d6ly καὶ τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 1 there may be the completion Alternate translation: “complete it” or “finish it”
|
||||
2CO 8 12 k9wh καθὸ ἐὰν ἔχῃ 1 according to whatever a person has Alternate translation: “if it is proportional to what the person giving has”
|
||||
2CO 8 13 mp6k 0 For this This verse refers back to collecting money for the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CO 8 13 smk2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις 1 for the ease of others, and your affliction You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 13 ktd1 ἐξ ἰσότητος 1 for the sake of equality “so that there would be equality”
|
||||
2CO 8 13 ktd1 ἐξ ἰσότητος 1 for the sake of equality Alternate translation: “so that there would be equality”
|
||||
2CO 8 14 v7aj ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα 1 This is also so that their abundance may supply your need Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “this is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
|
||||
2CO 8 15 ue8w figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 15 u28y figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν 1 did not have too little You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 8 16 cr18 figs-synecdoche τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου 1 who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you Here, **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “the one who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 8 16 vsm3 τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν 1 same earnest care “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
|
||||
2CO 8 16 vsm3 τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν 1 same earnest care Alternate translation: “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
|
||||
2CO 8 17 e4xn figs-explicit ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο 1 For he not only accepted our appeal Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: “For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 8 18 rje2 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him “with Titus”
|
||||
2CO 8 18 rje2 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him Alternate translation: “with Titus”
|
||||
2CO 8 18 jll9 figs-activepassive τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the brother who is praised among all of the churches You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 19 j9rk οὐ μόνον 1 Not only this “not only do believers among all of the churches praise him”
|
||||
2CO 8 19 j9rk οὐ μόνον 1 Not only this Alternate translation: “not only do believers among all of the churches praise him”
|
||||
2CO 8 19 c667 figs-activepassive καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 he also was selected by the churches You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 19 k7dy σὺν τῇ χάριτι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 along with this act of grace which is being administered by us “to carry out this act of generosity.” This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CO 8 19 v22x προθυμίαν ἡμῶν 1 our readiness “our eagerness to help”
|
||||
2CO 8 19 v22x προθυμίαν ἡμῶν 1 our readiness Alternate translation: “our eagerness to help”
|
||||
2CO 8 20 a3ps figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 concerning this generosity that we are carrying out This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. The abstract noun **administration** can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 8 21 n4x1 προνοοῦμεν γὰρ καλὰ 1 For we considered beforehand what is right “We are careful to handle this gift in an honorable way”
|
||||
2CO 8 21 ey5n ἐνώπιον Κυρίου…ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων 1 before the Lord … before people “in the Lord’s opinion … in people’s opinion”
|
||||
2CO 8 21 n4x1 προνοοῦμεν γὰρ καλὰ 1 For we considered beforehand what is right Alternate translation: “We are careful to handle this gift in an honorable way”
|
||||
2CO 8 21 ey5n ἐνώπιον Κυρίου…ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων 1 before the Lord … before people Alternate translation: “in the Lord’s opinion … in people’s opinion”
|
||||
2CO 8 22 d3yj αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
|
||||
2CO 8 23 mmi2 κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός 1 he is my partner and fellow worker for you “he is my partner who works with me to help you”
|
||||
2CO 8 23 mmi2 κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός 1 he is my partner and fellow worker for you Alternate translation: “he is my partner who works with me to help you”
|
||||
2CO 8 23 lat3 ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν 1 As for our brothers This refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus.
|
||||
2CO 8 23 u8lx figs-activepassive ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν 1 they are sent by the churches You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 23 a8v2 figs-abstractnouns δόξα Χριστοῦ 1 an honor to Christ You can state this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “they will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 9 2 i529 figs-metonymy Ἀχαΐα παρεσκεύασται 1 Achaia has been ready Here the word **Achaia** refers to the people who live in this province, and specifically to the people of the church in Corinth. Alternate translation: “the people of Achaia have been preparing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 3 r5pp τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 the brothers This refers to Titus and the two men who accompany him.
|
||||
2CO 9 3 k1er μὴ τὸ καύχημα ἡμῶν, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, κενωθῇ 1 our boasting about you may not be futile Paul does not want others to think that the things that he had boasted about the Corinthians were false.
|
||||
2CO 9 4 j8ey εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 1 find you unprepared “find you unprepared to give”
|
||||
2CO 9 4 j8ey εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 1 find you unprepared Alternate translation: “find you unprepared to give”
|
||||
2CO 9 5 q1up figs-go τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ἵνα προέλθωσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the brothers they they would come to you From Paul’s perspective, the brothers are going. Alternate translation: “the brothers to go to you beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
2CO 9 5 nm2n figs-activepassive μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν 1 not as forced You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 6 mm9w figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως καὶ θερίσει; καὶ ὁ σπείρων ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει 1 the one who sows … will also reap in blessings Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmer’s harvest is based on how much he **sows**, so will God’s **blessings** be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -419,9 +419,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 9 7 t26d ἱλαρὸν γὰρ δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ Θεός 1 for God loves a cheerful giver God wants people to give gladly to help provide for fellow believers.
|
||||
2CO 9 8 cz9b figs-metaphor δυνατεῖ δὲ ὁ Θεὸς, πᾶσαν χάριν περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 God is able to make all grace overflow for you Here, **grace** is spoken of as if it were a physical object of which a person can have more than he can use. As a person gives financially to other believers, **God** also gives to the giver everything he needs. Alternate translation: “God is able to give you more than you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 8 zxz9 χάριν 1 grace Here, **grace** refers to the physical things a Christian needs, not to the need for God to save him from his sins.
|
||||
2CO 9 8 u8w6 περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν 1 you may abound in every good work “so that you may be able to do more and more good deeds”
|
||||
2CO 9 8 u8w6 περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν 1 you may abound in every good work Alternate translation: “so that you may be able to do more and more good deeds”
|
||||
2CO 9 9 mma1 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 p3fl ὁ…ἐπιχορηγῶν 1 He who supplies “God who supplies”
|
||||
2CO 9 10 p3fl ὁ…ἐπιχορηγῶν 1 He who supplies Alternate translation: “God who supplies”
|
||||
2CO 9 10 b1xe figs-metonymy ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν 1 bread for food Here the word **bread** refers to **food** in general. Alternate translation: “food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 uts1 figs-metaphor χορηγήσει καὶ πληθυνεῖ τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν 1 will supply and multiply your seed for sowing Paul speaks of the Corinthians’ possessions as if they are seeds and of giving to others as if they were **sowing** seeds. Alternate translation: “will also supply and multiply your possessions so that you can sow them by giving them to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 ci67 figs-metaphor αὐξήσει τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 will increase the fruits of your righteousness Paul compares the benefits that the Corinthians will receive from their generosity to that of a harvest. Alternate translation: “God will bless you even more for your righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boasting<br><br>“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
|
||||
2CO 10 1 yc1g 0 Connecting Statement: Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does.
|
||||
2CO 10 1 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the meekness and gentleness of Christ The word **meekness** and **gentleness** are abstract nouns, and can be expressed in another way. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 10 2 i6hh τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς 1 those who regard “who think of us”
|
||||
2CO 10 2 i6hh τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς 1 those who regard Alternate translation: “who think of us”
|
||||
2CO 10 2 ik1p figs-metonymy ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 1 as walking according to the flesh Here, **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are acting from human motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 cvd6 figs-metaphor ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 we walk in the flesh Here, **walking** is a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “we live our lives in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 zbet figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 Here, **flesh** is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “we live our lives in physical bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -445,54 +445,54 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 10 4 uf5s figs-metaphor τὰ…ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν οὐ σαρκικὰ, ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ Θεῷ πρὸς καθαίρεσιν ὀχυρωμάτων, λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες 1 the weapons we fight with … for pulling down arguments Paul speaks of godly wisdom showing human wisdom to be false as if it were a weapon with which he was destroying an enemy stronghold. Alternate translation: “the weapons we fight with … show people that what our enemies say is completely wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 4 d1gj figs-metonymy οὐ σαρκικὰ 1 are not fleshly The word **fleshly** is: (1) a metonym for merely physical. Alternate translation: “are not physical” (2) a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are not sinful” or “do not enable us to do wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 5 xuz9 πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον 1 every high thing that rises up Paul is still speaking with the metaphor of a war, as if “the knowledge of God” were an army and **every high thing** were a wall that people had made to keep the army out. Alternate translation: “every false argument that proud people think of to protect themselves”
|
||||
2CO 10 5 b74d πᾶν ὕψωμα 1 every high thing “everything that proud people do”
|
||||
2CO 10 5 b74d πᾶν ὕψωμα 1 every high thing Alternate translation: “everything that proud people do”
|
||||
2CO 10 5 vm1a figs-metaphor ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 rises up against the knowledge of God Paul speaks of arguments as if they were a wall standing high against an army. The phrase **rises up** mean “stands tall,” not that the “high thing” is floating up into the air. Alternate translation: “people use so they will not have to know who God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 5 r2yz figs-metaphor αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 We take every thought captive into obedience to Christ Paul speaks of people’s thoughts as if they were enemy soldiers whom he captures in battle. Alternate translation: “we show how all the false ideas those people have are wrong and teach the people to obey Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 6 m4ds figs-metonymy ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν 1 to avenge every act of disobedience Here, **act of disobedience** is a metonym for the people who commit those acts. Alternate translation: “punish every one of you who disobey us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 7 y2yb figs-rquestion τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον βλέπετε 1 You are looking at the appearance of things This could be: (1) a command. (2) a statement. Alternate translation: “You are looking only at what you can see with your eyes.” Some think this is a rhetorical question that may also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Are you looking at what is clearly in front of you?” or “You seem unable to see what is clearly in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 10 7 z1t5 τοῦτο λογιζέσθω πάλιν ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 let him remind himself “he needs to remember”
|
||||
2CO 10 7 f3i9 καθὼς αὐτὸς Χριστοῦ, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 that just as he is Christ’s, so also are we “we belong to Christ just as much as he does”
|
||||
2CO 10 7 z1t5 τοῦτο λογιζέσθω πάλιν ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 let him remind himself Alternate translation: “he needs to remember”
|
||||
2CO 10 7 f3i9 καθὼς αὐτὸς Χριστοῦ, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 that just as he is Christ’s, so also are we Alternate translation: “we belong to Christ just as much as he does”
|
||||
2CO 10 8 d4zu figs-metaphor εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν ὑμῶν 1 to build you up and not to destroy you Paul speaks of helping the Corinthians to know Christ better as if he were constructing a building. Alternate translation: “to help you become better followers of Christ and not to discourage you so you stop following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 9 nw6e ἂν ἐκφοβεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 I would terrify you “I am trying to frighten you”
|
||||
2CO 10 11 m6m6 τοῦτο λογιζέσθω ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 Let such a one consider this “I want such people to be aware”
|
||||
2CO 10 11 g58z οἷοί ἐσμεν τῷ λόγῳ δι’ ἐπιστολῶν ἀπόντες, τοιοῦτοι καὶ παρόντες τῷ ἔργῳ 1 what we are in the words of our letters when we are absent is what we will be in our actions when we are there “we will do the same things when we are there with you that we have written about in our letters while we have been away from you”
|
||||
2CO 10 9 nw6e ἂν ἐκφοβεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 I would terrify you Alternate translation: “I am trying to frighten you”
|
||||
2CO 10 11 m6m6 τοῦτο λογιζέσθω ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 Let such a one consider this Alternate translation: “I want such people to be aware”
|
||||
2CO 10 11 g58z οἷοί ἐσμεν τῷ λόγῳ δι’ ἐπιστολῶν ἀπόντες, τοιοῦτοι καὶ παρόντες τῷ ἔργῳ 1 what we are in the words of our letters when we are absent is what we will be in our actions when we are there Alternate translation: “we will do the same things when we are there with you that we have written about in our letters while we have been away from you”
|
||||
2CO 10 11 kb55 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 we are Both instances of **we** refer to Paul’s ministry team but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 10 12 k94z ἐνκρῖναι ἢ συνκρῖναι ἑαυτούς, τισιν 1 to group or compare ourselves “to say we are as good as some”
|
||||
2CO 10 12 k94z ἐνκρῖναι ἢ συνκρῖναι ἑαυτούς, τισιν 1 to group or compare ourselves Alternate translation: “to say we are as good as some”
|
||||
2CO 10 12 i85y figs-parallelism αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ἑαυτοὺς μετροῦντες καὶ συνκρίνοντες ἑαυτοὺς ἑαυτοῖς 1 they measure themselves by one another and compare themselves with each other Both of these clauses mean essentially the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 10 12 n8sx figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ἑαυτοὺς μετροῦντες 1 they measure themselves by one another Paul is speaking of goodness as though it were something whose length people could **measure**. Alternate translation: “they look at each other and try to see who is better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 12 zwl5 οὐ συνιᾶσιν 1 have no understanding “show everyone that they do not know anything”
|
||||
2CO 10 12 zwl5 οὐ συνιᾶσιν 1 have no understanding Alternate translation: “show everyone that they do not know anything”
|
||||
2CO 10 13 x79x figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Paul speaks of the authority he has as if it were a land over which he rules, those things over which he has authority as being within the borders or “limits” of his land, and those things not under his authority as being beyond the “limits.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 13 a4ud figs-idiom οὐκ εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα καυχησόμεθα 1 will not boast beyond limits This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will not boast about things over which we have no authority” or “will boast only about things over which we have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 10 13 u84l κατὰ τὸ μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος, οὗ ἐμέρισεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς 1 according to the measure of the area that God has assigned to us “about things under the authority that God has given us to do”
|
||||
2CO 10 13 u84l κατὰ τὸ μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος, οὗ ἐμέρισεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς 1 according to the measure of the area that God has assigned to us Alternate translation: “about things under the authority that God has given us to do”
|
||||
2CO 10 13 fx2b figs-metaphor μέτρου, ἐφικέσθαι ἄχρι καὶ ὑμῶν 1 a measure that reached even as far as you Paul speaks of the authority he has as if it were a land over which he rules. Alternate translation: “and you are within the border of our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 14 ay6h οὐ…ὑπερεκτείνομεν ἑαυτούς 1 we are not overextending ourselves “we did not go beyond our borders”
|
||||
2CO 10 14 ay6h οὐ…ὑπερεκτείνομεν ἑαυτούς 1 we are not overextending ourselves Alternate translation: “we did not go beyond our borders”
|
||||
2CO 10 15 hu9l figs-idiom οὐκ εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα καυχώμενοι 1 Neither do we boast beyond limits about This is an idiom. See how similar words were translated in [2 Corinthians 10:13](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “And we have not boasted about things over which we have no authority” or “We have not boasted only about things over which we have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 10 16 raq7 ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι 1 another person’s area “an area that God has assigned to someone else”
|
||||
2CO 10 17 q8cc ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 boast in the Lord “let … boast about what the Lord has done”
|
||||
2CO 10 16 raq7 ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι 1 another person’s area Alternate translation: “an area that God has assigned to someone else”
|
||||
2CO 10 17 q8cc ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 boast in the Lord Alternate translation: “let … boast about what the Lord has done”
|
||||
2CO 10 18 h81t ὁ ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων 1 who commends himself This means that he provides enough evidence for each person who hears him to decide whether he is right or wrong. See how “recommend ourselves” is translated in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 10 18 n5v6 figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος 1 is approved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 10 18 sy2r figs-ellipsis ὃν ὁ Κύριος συνίστησιν 1 the one whom the Lord commends You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the one whom the Lord recommends is the one of whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 11 intro abce 0 # 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False teaching<br><br>The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])<br><br>### Light<br><br>Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Irony<br><br>This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.<br><br>“You tolerate these things well enough!” Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.<br><br>The statement, “For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!” means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.<br><br>“I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that.” Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. “Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: “Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more.”<br><br>He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?”<br><br>### “Are they servants of Christ?”<br><br>This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: “If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses.” Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](../11/30.md))
|
||||
2CO 11 1 t7ks 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to affirm his apostleship.
|
||||
2CO 11 1 r4q6 ἀνείχεσθέ μου μικρόν τι ἀφροσύνης 1 bear with me in a little bit of foolishness “you would allow me allow me to act like a fool”
|
||||
2CO 11 1 r4q6 ἀνείχεσθέ μου μικρόν τι ἀφροσύνης 1 bear with me in a little bit of foolishness Alternate translation: “you would allow me allow me to act like a fool”
|
||||
2CO 11 2 m6vl ζηλῶ…ὑμᾶς Θεοῦ ζήλῳ 1 jealous … jealousy These words speak of a good, strong desire that the Corinthians be faithful to Christ, and that no one should persuade them to leave him.
|
||||
2CO 11 2 ee9i figs-metaphor ἡρμοσάμην γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ, παρθένον ἁγνὴν παραστῆσαι τῷ Χριστῷ 1 for I promised you in marriage to one husband, to present you as a pure virgin to Christ Paul speaks of his care for the Corinthian believers as if he had **promised** another man that he would prepare his daughter to marry him and he is most concerned that he be able to keep his promise to the man. Alternate translation: “for I was like a father who promised to present his daughter to one husband. I promised to keep you as a pure virgin so I could give you to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 3 l2hr φοβοῦμαι δὲ, μή πως ὡς ὁ ὄφις ἐξηπάτησεν Εὕαν ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτοῦ, φθαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος καὶ τῆς ἁγνότητος τῆς εἰς τὸν Χριστόν 1 But I am afraid that somehow … the sincerity and the purity that are in Christ “But I am afraid that somehow your thoughts might be led astray from a sincere and pure devotion to Christ just as the serpent deceived Eve by his craftiness”
|
||||
2CO 11 3 l2hr φοβοῦμαι δὲ, μή πως ὡς ὁ ὄφις ἐξηπάτησεν Εὕαν ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτοῦ, φθαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος καὶ τῆς ἁγνότητος τῆς εἰς τὸν Χριστόν 1 But I am afraid that somehow … the sincerity and the purity that are in Christ Alternate translation: “But I am afraid that somehow your thoughts might be led astray from a sincere and pure devotion to Christ just as the serpent deceived Eve by his craftiness”
|
||||
2CO 11 3 m5zn figs-metaphor φθαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν 1 your thoughts might be led astray Paul speaks of **thoughts** as if they were animals that people could lead along the wrong path. Alternate translation: “someone might cause you to believe lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 4 wq57 εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 For if one who comes “When anyone comes and”
|
||||
2CO 11 4 l7m8 πνεῦμα ἕτερον…ὃ οὐκ ἐλάβετε, ἢ εὐαγγέλιον ἕτερον ὃ οὐκ ἐδέξασθε 1 or you receive a different spirit which you did not receive, or you receive a different gospel which you did not accept “a different spirit than the Holy Spirit, or a different gospel than you received from us”
|
||||
2CO 11 4 wq57 εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 For if one who comes Alternate translation: “When anyone comes and”
|
||||
2CO 11 4 l7m8 πνεῦμα ἕτερον…ὃ οὐκ ἐλάβετε, ἢ εὐαγγέλιον ἕτερον ὃ οὐκ ἐδέξασθε 1 or you receive a different spirit which you did not receive, or you receive a different gospel which you did not accept Alternate translation: “a different spirit than the Holy Spirit, or a different gospel than you received from us”
|
||||
2CO 11 4 fs5z καλῶς ἀνέχεσθε 1 you are bearing with it well “you are dealing correctly with these things.” See how these words were translated in [2 Corinthians 11:1](../11/01.md).
|
||||
2CO 11 5 eet1 figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων 1 those super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say there are. Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 11 6 f8d1 figs-litotes οὐ τῇ γνώσει 1 I am not untrained in knowledge This negative phrase emphasizes the positive truth that he is trained in knowledge. Alternate translation: “I am certainly trained in knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 6 n7xy figs-abstractnouns οὐ τῇ γνώσει 1 The abstract noun “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “I am trained to know what they know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 11 7 un9v figs-rquestion ἢ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησα ἐμαυτὸν ταπεινῶν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε 1 Or did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted? Paul is beginning to claim that he treated the Corinthians well. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement, if necessary. Alternate translation: “I think we agree that I did not sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 7 ax51 δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 freely preached the gospel of God to you “I preached the gospel of God to you without expecting anything from you in return”
|
||||
2CO 11 7 ax51 δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 freely preached the gospel of God to you Alternate translation: “I preached the gospel of God to you without expecting anything from you in return”
|
||||
2CO 11 8 k6ds figs-irony ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα 1 I robbed other churches This is an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul received money from **churches** who were not obligated to give to him. Alternate translation: “I accepted money from other churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 8 a416 figs-explicit τὴν ὑμῶν διακονίαν 1 the ministry to you The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I could serve you at no cost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 11 9 a23k οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἐλθόντες 1 the brothers who came These “brothers” were probably all male.
|
||||
2CO 11 9 fc6l figs-metaphor ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 In everything I have kept myself from being a burden to you Paul speaks of someone for whom one has to spend money as if they were heavy items that people have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 9 sqcf figs-explicit ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I have done all I can to make sure you do not have to spend money so that I can be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 11 9 b35r ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν…ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 I will continue to do that “I never will be a burden to you”
|
||||
2CO 11 9 b35r ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν…ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 I will continue to do that Alternate translation: “I never will be a burden to you”
|
||||
2CO 11 10 si2r ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 the truth of Christ is in me Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you can know that what I am about to say is true”
|
||||
2CO 11 10 nae3 figs-activepassive ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine will not be silenced You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 10 ua2i ἡ καύχησις αὕτη…εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -501,15 +501,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 12 si5d 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues to affirm his apostleship, he talks about false apostles.
|
||||
2CO 11 12 d9sl figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐκκόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται, εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 in order that I may take away the opportunity Paul speaks of a false claim that his enemies state as if it were something that he can carry away. Alternate translation: “so that I might make it impossible for those who are trying to get people to regard them as highly as they respect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 12 t4js figs-activepassive εὑρεθῶσιν 1 they may be regarded as equal to us You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 13 ml66 οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι 1 For such people “I do what I do because people like them”
|
||||
2CO 11 13 nq3t ἐργάται δόλιοι 1 deceitful workers “dishonest workers”
|
||||
2CO 11 13 y896 μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους 1 disguising themselves as apostles “are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles”
|
||||
2CO 11 13 ml66 οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι 1 For such people Alternate translation: “I do what I do because people like them”
|
||||
2CO 11 13 nq3t ἐργάται δόλιοι 1 deceitful workers Alternate translation: “dishonest workers”
|
||||
2CO 11 13 y896 μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους 1 disguising themselves as apostles Alternate translation: “are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles”
|
||||
2CO 11 14 v9z4 figs-litotes οὐ θαῦμα 1 no wonder By stating this in a negative form Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians should expect to meet many “false apostles” ([2 Corinthians 11:13](../11/13.md)). Alternate translation: “we should expect this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 14 ss7s αὐτὸς…ὁ Σατανᾶς μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός 1 Satan disguises himself as an angel of light “Satan is not an angel of light, but he tries to make himself look like an angel of light”
|
||||
2CO 11 14 ss7s αὐτὸς…ὁ Σατανᾶς μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός 1 Satan disguises himself as an angel of light Alternate translation: “Satan is not an angel of light, but he tries to make himself look like an angel of light”
|
||||
2CO 11 14 mld4 figs-metaphor ἄγγελον φωτός 1 an angel of light Here, **light** is a metaphor for righteousness. Alternate translation: “an angel of righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 15 fvx7 figs-litotes οὐ μέγα…εἰ 1 it is no great thing By stating this in a negative form Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians should expect to meet many “false apostles” ([2 Corinthians 11:13](../11/13.md)). Alternate translation: “we should certainly expect to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 15 sb58 καὶ οἱ διάκονοι αὐτοῦ μετασχηματίζονται ὡς διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης 1 his servants also disguise themselves as servants of righteousness “his servants are not servants of righteousness, but they try to make themselves look like servants of righteousness”
|
||||
2CO 11 16 s962 γε κἂν ὡς ἄφρονα δέξασθέ με, ἵνα κἀγὼ μικρόν τι καυχήσωμαι 1 receive me as a fool so I may boast a little “receive me as you would receive a fool: let me talk, and consider my boasting the words of a fool”
|
||||
2CO 11 15 sb58 καὶ οἱ διάκονοι αὐτοῦ μετασχηματίζονται ὡς διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης 1 his servants also disguise themselves as servants of righteousness Alternate translation: “his servants are not servants of righteousness, but they try to make themselves look like servants of righteousness”
|
||||
2CO 11 16 s962 γε κἂν ὡς ἄφρονα δέξασθέ με, ἵνα κἀγὼ μικρόν τι καυχήσωμαι 1 receive me as a fool so I may boast a little Alternate translation: “receive me as you would receive a fool: let me talk, and consider my boasting the words of a fool”
|
||||
2CO 11 18 t4ic figs-metonymy κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh Here the metonym **flesh** refers to man in his sinful nature and his achievements. Alternate translation: “about their own human achievements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 11 19 u8f3 ἀνέχεσθε τῶν ἀφρόνων 1 put up with the foolish “you … accept me when I act like a fool.” See how a similar phrase was translated in [2 Corinthians 11:1](../11/01.md).
|
||||
2CO 11 19 si6l figs-irony φρόνιμοι ὄντες 1 being wise Paul is shaming the Corinthians by using irony. Alternate translation: “thinking that you are wise, even through you are not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -518,17 +518,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 20 sr4n figs-metaphor κατεσθίει 1 he consumes you Paul speaks of the super-apostles’ taking people’s material resources as if they were eating the people themselves. Alternate translation: “takes all your property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 20 yn5t λαμβάνει 1 takes advantage of you A person **takes advantage of** another person by knowing things that the other person does not and using that knowledge to help himself and harm the other person.
|
||||
2CO 11 21 n8s9 figs-irony κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠσθενήκαμεν! 1 I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that Paul is using irony to tell the Corinthians that it was not because he was **weak** that he treated them well. Alternate translation: “I am not ashamed to say that we had the power to harm you, but we treated you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 11 21 v8a3 ἐν ᾧ…ἄν τις τολμᾷ…τολμῶ κἀγώ 1 Yet if anyone boasts … I too will boast “in whatever anyone boasts about … I will dare to boast about it also”
|
||||
2CO 11 21 v8a3 ἐν ᾧ…ἄν τις τολμᾷ…τολμῶ κἀγώ 1 Yet if anyone boasts … I too will boast Alternate translation: “in whatever anyone boasts about … I will dare to boast about it also”
|
||||
2CO 11 22 qi8w 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues to confirm his apostleship, he states specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
|
||||
2CO 11 22 jdq8 figs-rquestion Ἑβραῖοί εἰσιν? κἀγώ. Ἰσραηλεῖταί εἰσιν? κἀγώ. σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ εἰσιν? κἀγώ. 1 Are they Hebrews? … Are they Israelites? … Are they descendants of Abraham? Paul is asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. Alternate translation: “They want you to think they are important and to believe what they say because they are Hebrews and Israelites and descendants of Abraham. Well, so am I!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 23 a4tz figs-rquestion διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσιν? (παραφρονῶν λαλῶ), ὑπὲρ ἐγώ 1 Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more Paul continues asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. Alternate translation: “They say they are servants of Christ—I speak as though I were out of my mind—but I am more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 23 bq23 παραφρονῶν λαλῶ 1 as though I were out of my mind “I speak as though I were unable to think well”
|
||||
2CO 11 23 bq23 παραφρονῶν λαλῶ 1 as though I were out of my mind Alternate translation: “I speak as though I were unable to think well”
|
||||
2CO 11 23 vy54 figs-ellipsis ὑπὲρ ἐγώ 1 I am more You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “I am more a servant of Christ than they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 11 23 s8wq ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως 1 in even more hard work “I have worked harder”
|
||||
2CO 11 23 dr6x ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως 1 in far more imprisonments “I have been in prisons more often”
|
||||
2CO 11 23 s8wq ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως 1 in even more hard work Alternate translation: “I have worked harder”
|
||||
2CO 11 23 dr6x ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως 1 in far more imprisonments Alternate translation: “I have been in prisons more often”
|
||||
2CO 11 23 cs3f figs-idiom ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως 1 in beatings beyond measure Here, **beyond measure** is an idiom that means he had been beaten many, many times. Alternate translation: “I have been beaten very many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 11 23 qdcm figs-hyperbole ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως 1 This is exaggerated to emphasize that he had been beaten many, many times. Alternate translation: “I have been beaten too many times to bother counting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 23 r6jv ἐν θανάτοις πολλάκις 1 in facing many dangers of death “and I have almost died many times”
|
||||
2CO 11 23 r6jv ἐν θανάτοις πολλάκις 1 in facing many dangers of death Alternate translation: “and I have almost died many times”
|
||||
2CO 11 24 ttz2 τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν 1 forty lashes minus one This was a common expression for being whipped 39 times. In Jewish law the most they were allowed to whip a person at one time was forty lashes. So they commonly whipped a person thirty-nine times so that they would be guilty of whipping someone too many times if the accidentally counted wrong.
|
||||
2CO 11 25 u9xc figs-activepassive ἐραβδίσθην 1 I was beaten with rods You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 25 xk9w figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθην 1 I was stoned You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -541,15 +541,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 29 g5am figs-metaphor τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι? 1 Who has been caused to stumble, and I do not burn? Here Paul’s anger is spoken of as a burning inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 bdd4 figs-rquestion τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι? 1 Paul uses this question to express his anger when a fellow believer is caused to sin. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone causes a brother to sin, I am angry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 xu57 figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζεται 1 has been caused to stumble Paul speaks of sin as if it were tripping over something and then falling. Alternate translation: “has been led to sin” or “has thought that God would permit him to sin because of something that someone else did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 30 gxe6 τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας 1 what shows my weaknesses “what shows how weak I am”
|
||||
2CO 11 30 gxe6 τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας 1 what shows my weaknesses Alternate translation: “what shows how weak I am”
|
||||
2CO 11 31 yx8z figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am not lying Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: “I am telling the absolute truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 32 n383 ὁ ἐθνάρχης Ἁρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν πόλιν 1 the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city “the governor whom King Aretas had appointed had told men to guard the city”
|
||||
2CO 11 32 j7de πιάσαι με 1 to arrest me “so that they might catch and arrest me”
|
||||
2CO 11 32 n383 ὁ ἐθνάρχης Ἁρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν πόλιν 1 the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city Alternate translation: “the governor whom King Aretas had appointed had told men to guard the city”
|
||||
2CO 11 32 j7de πιάσαι με 1 to arrest me Alternate translation: “so that they might catch and arrest me”
|
||||
2CO 11 33 i8xa figs-activepassive ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην 1 I was lowered in a basket You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 33 aw7d figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 from his hands Paul uses the governor’s **hands** as metonymy for the governor. Alternate translation: “from the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Paul’s vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Third heaven<br><br>Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](../12/05.md))
|
||||
2CO 12 1 iwn3 0 Connecting Statement: In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
|
||||
2CO 12 1 iur3 ἐλεύσομαι…εἰς 1 I will go on to “I will continue talking, but now about”
|
||||
2CO 12 1 iur3 ἐλεύσομαι…εἰς 1 I will go on to Alternate translation: “I will continue talking, but now about”
|
||||
2CO 12 1 rb42 figs-hendiadys ὀπτασίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεις Κυρίου 1 visions and revelations from the Lord This could mean: (1) Paul uses the words **visions** and **revelations** to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: “things that the Lord has allowed only me to see” (2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: “secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 12 2 cz7u οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I know a man in Christ Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
|
||||
2CO 12 2 fth2 εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα 1 whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body”
|
||||
|
|
@ -558,30 +558,30 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
|
||||
2CO 12 4 wm7y ἡρπάγη 1 caught up suddenly and forcefully held and taken
|
||||
2CO 12 4 ic45 τὸν Παράδεισον 1 paradise Here, **paradise** could refer to: (1) heaven. (2) the third heaven. (3) a special place in heaven.
|
||||
2CO 12 5 hpq6 τοῦ τοιούτου 1 of such a person “of that person”
|
||||
2CO 12 5 hpq6 τοῦ τοιούτου 1 of such a person Alternate translation: “of that person”
|
||||
2CO 12 5 i12f οὐ καυχήσομαι, εἰ μὴ ἐν ταῖς ἀσθενείαις 1 I will not boast, except about my weaknesses You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “I will boast only of my weaknesses”
|
||||
2CO 12 6 vg13 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul defends his apostleship from God, he tells of the weakness that God gave him to keep him humble.
|
||||
2CO 12 6 p8fm μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ βλέπει με, ἢ ἀκούει ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 no one will think more of me than what he sees in me or hears from me “no one will give me more credit than what he sees in me or hears from me”
|
||||
2CO 12 6 p8fm μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ βλέπει με, ἢ ἀκούει ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 no one will think more of me than what he sees in me or hears from me Alternate translation: “no one will give me more credit than what he sees in me or hears from me”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 v5s7 0 General Information: This verse reveals that Paul was speaking about himself beginning in [2 Corinthians 12:2](../12/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 12 7 xxi2 τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων 1 because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations “because those revelations were so much greater than anything anyone else had ever seen”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 xxi2 τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων 1 because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations Alternate translation: “because those revelations were so much greater than anything anyone else had ever seen”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 hu8g figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh was given to me You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 7 q5e7 figs-metaphor σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh Here Paul’s physical problems are compared to a **thorn** piercing his **flesh**. Alternate translation: “an affliction” or “a physical problem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 7 q7lz ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ 1 a messenger from Satan “a servant of Satan”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 ehp9 μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι 2 overly proud “I would not become too proud”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 q7lz ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ 1 a messenger from Satan Alternate translation: “a servant of Satan”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 ehp9 μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι 2 overly proud Alternate translation: “I would not become too proud”
|
||||
2CO 12 8 n76p τρὶς 1 Three times Paul put these words at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that he had prayed many times about his “thorn” ([2 Corinthians 12:7](../12/07.md)).
|
||||
2CO 12 8 wc7r ὑπὲρ τούτου 1 Lord about this “about this thorn in the flesh,” or “about this affliction”
|
||||
2CO 12 9 nr2j ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις μου 1 My grace is enough for you “I will be kind to you, and that is all you need”
|
||||
2CO 12 9 cs63 ἡ γὰρ δύναμις ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελεῖται 1 for power is made perfect in weakness “for my power works best when you are weak”
|
||||
2CO 12 8 wc7r ὑπὲρ τούτου 1 Lord about this Alternate translation: “about this thorn in the flesh,” or “about this affliction”
|
||||
2CO 12 9 nr2j ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις μου 1 My grace is enough for you Alternate translation: “I will be kind to you, and that is all you need”
|
||||
2CO 12 9 cs63 ἡ γὰρ δύναμις ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελεῖται 1 for power is made perfect in weakness Alternate translation: “for my power works best when you are weak”
|
||||
2CO 12 9 g8mi figs-metaphor ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the power of Christ might reside on me Paul speaks of the **power of Christ** as if it were a tent built over him. This could mean: (1) people might see that Paul has the power of Christ” (2) Paul truly has the power of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 10 pxf1 εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγμοῖς, καὶ στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ 1 I am content for Christ’s sake in weaknesses, in insults, in troubles, in persecutions and distressing situations This could mean: (1) Paul is **content** in **weaknesses**, **insults**, **troubles**, **persecutions**, and **distressing situations** if these things come because I belong to Christ. (2) Paul is content in weakness if these things cause more people to know Christ.
|
||||
2CO 12 10 s5sx ἐν ἀσθενείαις 1 in weaknesses “when I am weak”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 xl8q ἐν ὕβρεσιν 1 in insults “when people try to make me angry by saying that I am a bad person”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 hza1 ἐν ἀνάγκαις 1 in troubles “when I am suffering”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 c4t2 στενοχωρίαις 1 distressing situations “when there is trouble”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 s5sx ἐν ἀσθενείαις 1 in weaknesses Alternate translation: “when I am weak”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 xl8q ἐν ὕβρεσιν 1 in insults Alternate translation: “when people try to make me angry by saying that I am a bad person”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 hza1 ἐν ἀνάγκαις 1 in troubles Alternate translation: “when I am suffering”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 c4t2 στενοχωρίαις 1 distressing situations Alternate translation: “when there is trouble”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 t7qg ὅταν γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι 1 For whenever I am weak, then I am strong Paul is saying that when he is no longer **strong** enough to do what needs to be done, Christ, who is more powerful than Paul could ever be, will work through Paul to do what needs to be done. However, it would be best to translate these words literally, if your language allows.
|
||||
2CO 12 11 uph4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Corinth of the true signs of an apostle and of his humility before them to strengthen them.
|
||||
2CO 12 11 a1ym γέγονα ἄφρων 1 I have become a fool “I am acting like a fool”
|
||||
2CO 12 11 pzw1 ὑμεῖς με ἠναγκάσατε 1 You forced me to this “You forced me to talk this way”
|
||||
2CO 12 11 a1ym γέγονα ἄφρων 1 I have become a fool Alternate translation: “I am acting like a fool”
|
||||
2CO 12 11 pzw1 ὑμεῖς με ἠναγκάσατε 1 You forced me to this Alternate translation: “You forced me to talk this way”
|
||||
2CO 12 11 v2lr figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι 1 I should have been commended by you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 11 f644 συνίστασθαι 1 commended “been praised” ([2 Corinthians 3:1](../03/01.md)) or “been recommended” ([2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md)).
|
||||
2CO 12 11 h4d5 figs-litotes οὐδὲν γὰρ ὑστέρησα 1 For I was not at all inferior By using the negative form, Paul is saying strongly that those Corinthians who think that he is **inferior** are wrong. Alternate translation: “For I am just as good as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 12 kp5l figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη 1 indeed the signs of an apostle were performed You can state this in active form, with emphasis on the **signs**. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 12 d4um σημείοις τε, καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ δυνάμεσιν 1 signs and wonders and mighty deeds These are the “signs of an apostle” that Paul performed “with all perseverance.”
|
||||
2CO 12 13 z35e figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν? 1 how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you? Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 13 d426 αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν 1 I was not a burden to you “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed”
|
||||
2CO 12 13 d426 αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν 1 I was not a burden to you Alternate translation: “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed”
|
||||
2CO 12 13 sy7v figs-irony χαρίσασθέ μοι τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην! 1 Forgive me for this wrong! Paul is being ironic to shame the Corinthians. Both he and they know that he has done them no wrong, but they have been treating him as though he has wronged them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 12 13 u1w9 τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην 1 this wrong Here, **this wrong** refers to not asking them for money and other things he needed.
|
||||
2CO 12 14 ugk1 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑμᾶς 1 but you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “but what I want is that you love and accept me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -608,10 +608,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 19 g1iw figs-rquestion πάλαι δοκεῖτε ὅτι ὑμῖν ἀπολογούμεθα? 1 Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you? Paul uses this question to acknowledge something that the people may have been thinking. He does this so that he can assure them that it is not true. Alternate translation: “Perhaps you think that all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 19 ih3e figs-metaphor κατέναντι Θεοῦ 1 Before God Paul speaks of **God** knowing everything Paul does as if God were physically present and observed everything Paul said and did. Alternate translation: “With God as witness” or “In the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 19 vg3u figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκοδομῆς 1 for your strengthening Paul speaks of knowing how to obey God and desiring to obey him as if it were physical growth. Alternate translation: “so that you would know God and obey him better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 20 cu6s οὐχ οἵους θέλω, εὕρω ὑμᾶς 1 I may not find you as I wish “I may not like what I find” or “I may not like what I see you doing”
|
||||
2CO 12 20 zy6g κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον οὐ θέλετε 1 I may not be found by you as you wish “you might not like what you see in me”
|
||||
2CO 12 20 cu6s οὐχ οἵους θέλω, εὕρω ὑμᾶς 1 I may not find you as I wish Alternate translation: “I may not like what I find” or “I may not like what I see you doing”
|
||||
2CO 12 20 zy6g κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον οὐ θέλετε 1 I may not be found by you as you wish Alternate translation: “you might not like what you see in me”
|
||||
2CO 12 20 rh1h figs-abstractnouns μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι 1 there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder The abstract nouns **quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder** can be translated using verbs. This could mean: (1) some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you. (2) some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other’s private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 ddw3 πενθήσω πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων, 1 I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned “I will be grieved because many of them have not given up their old sins”
|
||||
2CO 12 21 ddw3 πενθήσω πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων, 1 I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned Alternate translation: “I will be grieved because many of them have not given up their old sins”
|
||||
2CO 12 21 hq1e figs-parallelism μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 did not repent of the impurity and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence This could mean: (1) Paul is saying almost the same thing three times for emphasis. Alternate translation: “did not stop commiting the sexual sins that they practiced” (2) Paul is speaking of three different sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 rh22 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ 1 of the impurity The abstract noun **impurity** can be translated as “things that do not please God.” Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 rn6u figs-abstractnouns πορνείᾳ 1 of the … sexual immorality The abstract noun **sexual immorality** can be translated as “immoral deeds.” Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -619,16 +619,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Preparation<br><br>Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Power and weakness<br><br>Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words “power” and “weakness” in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.<br><br>### “Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves.”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
|
||||
2CO 13 1 y8fz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul establishes that Christ is speaking through him and that Paul is wanting to restore them, encourage them, and unify them.
|
||||
2CO 13 1 slj1 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses You can state this as active. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 2 fxl6 τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 all the rest “all you other people”
|
||||
2CO 13 2 fxl6 τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 all the rest Alternate translation: “all you other people”
|
||||
2CO 13 4 a1bf figs-activepassive καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη 1 he was crucified This can be made active. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 5 sbx4 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you Here, **in you** could mean: (1) Jesus is living inside each individual. (2) Jesus is living among them, part of and the most important member of the group.
|
||||
2CO 13 7 u75e figs-litotes μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν 1 that you may not do any wrong Paul is emphasizing the opposite with his statement. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 13 7 gt2e δόκιμοι 1 to have passed the test “to be great teachers and live the truth”
|
||||
2CO 13 8 a3l7 οὐ…δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 we are not able to do anything against the truth “we are not able to keep people from learning the truth”
|
||||
2CO 13 9 vt7b τὴν ὑμῶν κατάρτισιν 1 for your perfection “that you may become spiritually mature”
|
||||
2CO 13 7 gt2e δόκιμοι 1 to have passed the test Alternate translation: “to be great teachers and live the truth”
|
||||
2CO 13 8 a3l7 οὐ…δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 we are not able to do anything against the truth Alternate translation: “we are not able to keep people from learning the truth”
|
||||
2CO 13 9 vt7b τὴν ὑμῶν κατάρτισιν 1 for your perfection Alternate translation: “that you may become spiritually mature”
|
||||
2CO 13 10 rlm8 figs-metaphor εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν. 1 for building up, and not for tearing down Paul speaks of helping the Corinthians to know Christ better as if he were constructing a building. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Corinthians 10:8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “to help you become better followers of Christ and not to discourage you so you stop following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 13 11 uk1p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter to the Corinthian believers.
|
||||
2CO 13 11 fm8m καταρτίζεσθε 1 Be restored “Work toward maturity”
|
||||
2CO 13 11 diw1 τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖτε 1 be of the same mind “live in harmony with one another”
|
||||
2CO 13 12 p1nh ἐν ἁγίῳ φιλήματι 1 with a holy kiss “with Christian love”
|
||||
2CO 13 12 x2qd οἱ ἅγιοι 1 the saints “those whom God has set apart for himself”
|
||||
2CO 13 11 fm8m καταρτίζεσθε 1 Be restored Alternate translation: “Work toward maturity”
|
||||
2CO 13 11 diw1 τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖτε 1 be of the same mind Alternate translation: “live in harmony with one another”
|
||||
2CO 13 12 p1nh ἐν ἁγίῳ φιλήματι 1 with a holy kiss Alternate translation: “with Christian love”
|
||||
2CO 13 12 x2qd οἱ ἅγιοι 1 the saints Alternate translation: “those whom God has set apart for himself”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue